Home

CC-Link IE Field Network High-Speed Counter Module User`s Manual

1. Address eee Name Description Default CH1 CH2 Set the comparison output function The following shows the setting range 0100 Comparison output 0 Coincidence Output Function 0 H setting 1 Cam Switch Function The reflection timing of the setting value When Initial data setting request flag RY9 is turned off then on e Set a channel to be compared for Coincidence output 1 to 4 The following shows the setting range b15 b14 b13 b12 b11 b10 b9 b8 b7 b6 bd b4 b3 b2 b1 bO ofofojofofo olfofo olo ola a a 1 Coincidence output Y 01014 channel assignment ae i oe 00004 setting 1 Coincidence output 1 channel assignment setting 2 Coincidence output 2 channel assignment setting 3 Coincidence output 3 channel assignment setting 4 Coincidence output 4 channel assignment setting e The reflection timing of the setting value When Initial data setting request flag RY9 is turned off then on 4 Module based parameter data address 01024 to 01034 Address Are Name Description Default CH1 CH2 e Set the comparison condition for Coincidence output 1 to 4 e The following shows the setting range b15 b14 b13 b12 b11 b10 b9 b8 b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 bO Coincidence Coincidence Coincidence Coincidence Coincidence output 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 output 4 output 3 output 2 output 1 01024 comparison v A v 7 00004 condition setting 0 fixed 00 Coincidence Output 01 Within range
2. Address Name Description Default e When initialization of the module operation information stored in the remote buffer memory and the nonvolatile memory is completed Module operation information initialization completed address 10054 changes to Initialization is completed 1 Module operation e When Module operation information initialization command address 10044 information is set to Not commanded 0 Module operation information initialization 10054 initialization completed address 10054 changes to Initialization is not performed 0 00004 completed The following shows the range of values which can be stored b15 b14 b13 b12 b11 b10 b9 b8 b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 bl b0 0ojojojojo 0 0 0j0jO0OJOJO 0ojojo 0 Initialization is F not performed yY 1 Initialization is 0 fixed completed 21 Extended parameter data address 15004 to 1521 Address Name Description Default Set the step type for the cam of Output 1 Setting range 0 Starts with output status being OFF 15004 Sam switoh funelon 1 Starts with output status being ON 0 step type Output 1 ae The reflection timing of the setting value When CHO Cam switch execute command PWM output start command RY26 RY3E is turned off then on Set the number of steps for the cam of Output 1 Cam switch function Setting range 0 to 16 15014 number of steps Dco ae 0 Output 1 The reflection tmingof the setting
3. Address ere Name Description Default CH1 CH2 e Set the input response time of CHO Phase Z input terminal Z1 Z2 CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 and CHO Latch counter input terminal LATCH1 LATCH2 e The following shows the setting range b15 b14 b13 b12 b11 b10 b9 b8 b7 b6 bd b4 b3 b2 bi bO ofofofofofofojofofo 1 L J D4 0 fixed 1 Z phase input response time setting OFF gt ON ON gt OFF Setting z 5 Response time Response time 00 0 25s 2 5us 01 0 1ms 0 1ms 10 1 0ms 1 0ms 2 Function input response time setting OFF gt ON ON gt OFF External control Setting Response time Response time 01294 01494 input response time 002A 00 0 02ms 0 1ms setting 01 0 1ms 0 1ms 10 1 0ms 1 0ms 3 Latch counter input response time setting OFF gt ON ON gt OFF Setting F r Response time Response time 00 0 02ms 0 1ms 01 0 1ms 0 1ms 10 1 0ms 1 0ms When CHO Function input logic setting address 01274 01474 and CHO Latch counter input logic setting address 01284 01484 are set to Negative Logic 1 the OFF ON response time and the ON gt OFF response time invert For example when CHO Latch counter input logic setting address 01284 0148p is set to Negative Logic 1 and corresponding bits for this area are set to 00 the OFF ON response time is 0 1ms e The reflection
4. 1 0 Pin Input Operating F Re e claz Internal circuit number Signal name Operation voltage current ne sifica guaranteed guaranteed time tion Cali ake value value B19 B13 Phase A pu se pueden or _ differential input equivalent fey Wad Phase A pulse When ON 4 5 to 5 5V 4 to 8mA input 5V When OFF 2V orlower 1 0mA or lower Phase A pulse When ON 21 6 to 26 4V 4 to 6mA B20 B14 ae 210R Atke input 24V When OFF 5V orlower 1 0mA or lower A19 A13 Fhase A pulse _ _ a input common B17 B11 Sidhe B pu se _ AMASEI or Da O differential input equivalent kis ha Phase B pulse When ON 4 5 to 5 5V 4 to 8mA input 5V When OFF 2V orlower 1 0mA or lower Phase B pulse When ON 21 6 to 26 4V 4 to 6mA i TT oa 2700 4 1K B18 B12 X Y Al e550 i input 24V When OFF 5V orlower 1 0mA or lower l Phase B AE A input common B15 Bog Phase Z differential When ON AM26C31 or input When OFF equivalent Input Phase Z input 5V When ON 4 5 to 5 5V 4 to 8mA 1 25us or less A16 A10 When OFF 2V orlower 1 0mA or lower 2 5us or less Phase Z input 24V When ON 21 6 to 26 4V 4 to 6mA 1 25us or less a B16 B10 D c Rate 210R ee Ase When OFF 5Vorlower 1 0mA or lower 2 5us or less 2 D Phase Z input A15 A09 Os common ae o When ON 4 5 to 5 5V 7 to 12MA 20us or less g Oo B07 B04 Functio
5. ON Power supply ON OFF Power supply OFF RUN LED green Indicates the operating status of the module ON Operating normally OFF When a major error occurs MODE LED green Indicates the mode status of the module ON In online mode Flashing In unit test mode OFF At the unit test completion D LINK LED green Indicates the data communication status between the module and the master module ON Data link in operation cyclic transmission in progress Flashing Data link in operation cyclic transmission stopped OFF Data link not performed disconnected ERR LED red Indicates the error status of the module ON A moderate error or major error has occurred Flashing A minor error warning has occurred OFF Operating normally CH16A B oZ LED CH2oA oB oZ LED Indicates the input status of the pulse input terminals in phase A B and Z green ON At voltage application OFF At no voltage application CH1FNC LAT LED CH2FNC LAT LED Indicates the input status of the function latch counter input terminal green ON At voltage application OFF At no voltage application EQU1 to EQU4 LED er i arean Indicates the output status of the coincidence output 1 to 4 terminals EQU1 to EQU4 ON Signal output ON OFF Signal output OFF 24 CHAPTER 2 PART NAMES No Name Description PORT1 connector for CC Link IE Field Network RJ45 connector P1 Connect an Eth
6. 6784 to 6817 1A80 to 1AA1 Cam switch output 12 Same as Cam switch output 1 6818 to 6911 1AA2 to 1AFFy System area 6912 to 6945 1B00 to 1B21 Cam switch output 13 Same as Cam switch output 1 6946 to 7039 1B22 to 1B7F System area 7040 to 7073 1B80 to 1BA1 Cam switch output 14 Same as Cam switch output 1 7074 to 7167 1BA2 to 1BFF System area m gt 7168 to 7201 1C00 to 1021 Cam switch output 15 Same as Cam switch output 1 7202 to 7295 1C22 to 1C7Fy System area 7296 to 7329 1C80 to 1CA1 4 Cam switch output 16 Same as Cam switch output 1 7330 to 8191 1CA2 to 1FFFy System area 4 This is the value at default or initialization by Parameter area initialization command address 1002 2 This shows whether read or write from programs is possible R Readable W Writable Point The extended parameter data is written to a nonvolatile memory at the rising edge off to on of Initial data setting request flag RY9 or when the parameters are set on the parameter setting window However the extended parameters cannot be set on the parameter setting window Set the extended parameters from the program before setting parameters on the parameter setting window The activation timing of the extended parameter data differs depending on the data type Refer to the pages where details of each dat
7. RX No Signal name Description e This signal turns on when CHO Latch count value RWr12 to RWr13 RWr2A to RWr2B is updated Page 145 Section 8 10 gt Page 157 Section 8 14 CHO Latch count value RWr12 to RWr13 RWr2A to RWr2B is updated without resetting this flag CH1 Update flag e This signal turns off when CHO Update flag reset command Latch count value RY28 Latch count RY40 is turned on RX29 value e Up to ATi delay occurs until this signal turns on after CHO Latch count value RWr12 to RWr13 RWr2A to RWr2B is updated For the overview of the operation refer to the description of CHO Update flag reset completed Latch count value RX28 RX40 4 For AT4 refer to Page 302 Appendix 4 e This signal turns on when CHO Sampling count value RWr12 to RWr13 RWr2A to RWr2B is updated Page 148 Section 8 11 CHO Sampling count value RWr12 to RWr13 RWr2A to RWr2B is updated without resetting this flag Update flag e This signal turns off when CHO Update flag reset command Sampling count value RY28 Sampling count Ry 40 is turned on value Up to AT delay occurs until this signal turns on after CHO Sampling count value RWr12 to RWr13 RWr2A to RWr2B is updated For the overview of the operation refer to the description of CHO Update flag reset completed Sampling count value RX28 RX40 4 For ATy refer to Page 302 Appendix 4 e This signal turns on when CHO Periodic pulse
8. CHO PWM output assignment setting counter module Pulse output EQU4 terminal RWw1D RWw35 PWM output mnm O function CHO ON width setting PWM output RWw1E to RWw1F RWw36 to RWw37 PWM cycle 5us to 1s CHO Cycle setting PWM output RWw20 to RWw21 RWw38 to RWw39 Remote output signal CHO PWM output start command J RY26 RY3E CHO ON width setting change request PWM output RY35 RY4D 1 Restrictions During operation in the synchronous communication mode the PWM output function cannot be used Set CHO Operation mode setting to 0 Normal Mode 2 Setting method of the PWM output function 1 Set Parameter write for Method selection CC IE Field Configuration window gt Select a high speed counter module in List of stations gt CC IE Field Configuration gt Online gt Parameter Processing of Slave Station 2 Set CHO Operation mode setting to 4 PWM Output Mode CH1 Operation mode setting 4 PWM Output Mode E CH1 Count source selection 0 A Phasel CH1 Pulse input mode 0 1 Phase 0 Normal Mode CH1 Counting speed setting 0 10kpps 1 Frequency Measurement Mode CH1 Counter format lO Linearc 2 Rotation Speed Measurement Mode 3 Pulse Measurement Mode CH1 Z phase Preset trigger setting 0 Rising uonoun4 NANO WMd 6L 8 4 PVM Output Mode 175 3 Assign
9. Remote register Frequency measurement CHO Measured frequency value RWr1A to RWr1B RWr32 to RWr33 Encoder 1 Restrictions During operation in the synchronous communication mode the frequency measurement function cannot be used Set CHO Operation mode setting to 0 Normal Mode 2 Setting method of the frequency measurement function 1 SetParameter write for Method selection CC IE Field Configuration window gt Select a high speed counter module in List of stations gt CC IE Field Configuration gt Online gt Parameter Processing of Slave Station 2 Set CHO Operation mode setting to 1 Frequency Measurement Mode 0 Normal 1 Frequency Measurement Mode z 0 1 Phase 0 10kpps 0 Linear CH1 Operation mode setting CH1 Count source selection CH1 Pulse input mode CH1 Counting speed setting CH1 Counter format CH1 Z phase Preset triggers 0 Normal Mode 1 Frequency Measurement Mode 2 Rotation Speed Measurement Mode 3 Pulse Measurement Mode 4 PWM Output Mode 3 Calculation of the frequency The frequency measurement function calculates the frequency from the following formula e Frequency Hz Count value per unit of time Unit of time 4 Select a unit of time from 0 01s 0 1s or 1s Therefore when the count value per unit of time is
10. CHO Measured rotation speed value aa 0 6667X 7667X 6667 RWr1A to RWr1B RWr32 to RWr33 i X X OX i aa 4 CHO Rotation speed measurement flag i BA RWr20 b5 RWr38 b5 Oo 2 CHO Update flag Measured rotation speed value OFF a RX2D RX45 i N i i 1 i i i 4 ka CHO Update flag reset command Measured rotation speed value OFF 3 RY2C RY44 4 uonouny jueweinsesyy peeds uonejoy 1 8 CHO Update flag reset completed a Measured rotation speed value OFF RX2C RX44 T Rotation speed measurement time unit 169 No Description The following processing is performed when CHO Count enable command RY24 RY3C is turned on to turn CHO Rotation speed measurement flag RWr20 b5 RWr38 b5 to Operating 1 The values of CHO Time unit setting Rotation speed measurement RWw18 RWw30 CHO Moving average count Rotation 1 speed measurement RWw19 RWw31 and CHO Number of pulses per rotation RWw1A to RWw1B RWw32 to RWw33 are acquired If the value is changed during the rotation speed measurement the change is ignored CHO Update flag Measured rotation speed value RX2D RX45 turns off e The value in CHO Measured rotation speed value RWr1A to RWr1B RWr32 to RWr33 is cleared to 0 CHO Update flag Measured rotation speed value RX2D RX45 turns on when a value is stored in CHO Measured rotation speed value RWr1A
11. If the master station does not receive a response for several link scans from the high speed counter module the high speed counter module is determined as a cyclic transmission faulty station and the corresponding bit of the data link status each station SWOOBO to SW00B7 turns on b Initial setting program M10 4 4 PLS M102 J Start remote register initial settings X1008 M102 3 a LDMOV K1000 D1000 Point setting Coincidence output 1 DMOV K1000 D1004 J Lower limit value setting Coincidence output 2 DMOV K2000 D1006 J Upper limit value setting Coincidence output 2 gt h aaa A a a aa a a aaa aa eer Cow Ly ee Se eae ee see he ae LDMOV K 5000 D1016 J iCH1 Ring counter lower limit value setting i f toe ee a ee LDMOV K5000 D1018 _J CH1 Ring counter upper limit value setting DMOV K100 D1020 J CH1 Preset value setting 2 Meee ee eg eee ee ee ee Poe TCH Time unit setting MOV Ko D1022 Sampling counter Periodic pulse counter i i 1 CH1 Cycle setting M K2000 D102 H E E EEA MON reel DU oI Sampling counter Periodic pulse counter LBMOV D1000 w1000 K24 J Set values to the remote register SET Y1008 J Turn on Initial data processing completion flag Y1008 X1008 X100B E J 1 AF 1 RST Y1008 F Turn off Initial data processing completion flag SET M10 J 4 Set only when using the ring counter function 2 Set only when using the
12. Method selection R1 The parameters are written to the target module Parameter Information Checked parameters are the targets of selected mucek i Name initial ValuelyRead Value Write Value Setting Range Unit Description Inputresponse time setting 5 10ms Il Set the input respo Output HOLD CLEAR setting 0 CLEAR 1 HOLD Setwhetherto hole Cyclic data update watch ti 0 I 10 x100ms Set the cyclic data t idule based parameter main module I Comparison output function T Comparison output setti 0 Coincidel 0 Coincide Setthe comparisor p Coincidence output 1 ci Seta channel to be Coincidence output 2 cl CI Seta channel to be Seta channel to be 7 KRR Sell ws Parameters can be intuitively set for the function to be used without a manual Function name Setting value The refreshed device values of remote I O or remote registers may be overwritten Accesses the PLC CPU by using the current connection destination Please check if there is any problem with the connection destination Process is executed according to the parameters written in the PLC CPU For information on items not displayed on the screen please refer to the manual Import 3 Easy station number setting Because of the rotary switch on the front of the module setting and checking the s
13. gt Controlled by the high speed counter module Controlled by the program ON ON CHO Count enable command RY24 RY3C 150 100 CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 1ON CHO Latch counter input terminal LATCH1 LATCH2 150 100 The value in CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 is stored in CHO Latch count value Latch counter input terminal RWr18 to RWr19 RWr30 to RWr31 at the rising edge of CHO Latch counter input terminal LATCH1 LATCH2 After CHO Latch count value Latch counter input terminal RWr18 to RWr19 RWr30 to RWr31 is updated CHO Latch count value update flag Latch counter input terminal RX2B RX43 turns on 1 CHO Latch count value Latch counter input terminal N RWr18 to RWr19 RWr30 to RWr31 50 5 fel a 0 QO CHO Latch count value update flag v 4 Q Latch counter input terminal Xi RX2B RX43 OFF a a 4 z i n CHO Latch count value update 4 5 flag reset command 3 4 4 2 Latch counter input terminal OFF Q RY2A RY42 Sf y fe i 4 r 4 2 CHO Latch count value update i e ao Aa r flag reset completed Wa J 4 Latch counter input terminal OFF RX2A RX42 9 C 2 No Description 3 o 2 3 v 2 When CHO Latch count value update flag reset command Latch counter input terminal RY2A RY42 is tur
14. The clock information of the error that occurred is based on the clock information acquired from the CPU module of the master station When an error has occurred before the clock information is acquired from the CPU module the error time is not recorded OAE0y to Error history 15 Same as Error history 1 0000 OAEFyY 295 sossaippy How y Jaling slowey jo sjieleq xIpueddy 15 Station based control data address 1000 Address Name Description Default e The error history stored in the remote buffer memory and the nonvolatile memory is cleared by this command e The following shows the setting range b15 b14 b13 b12 b11 b10 b9 b8 b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 bl b0 ofofofofolofofo folofofolo o o k J 0 Not Y commanded 0 fixed 1 Commanded When Error history clear command address 10004 is set to Commanded 1 the error history stored in the remote buffer memory and the nonvolatile memory is cleared and Error history clear completed address 10014 changes to Clear is completed 1 10004 Error history clear gt Controlled by the high speed counter module 00004 command Controlled by the program Stored condition of 7 an error history An error history is stored An error history is not stored Error history A clear command Not commanded 0 X l Commanded 1 Not commanded 0 address
15. Transient transmission A function of communication with another station which is used when requested by a dedicated instruction or GX Works2 Network module A generic term for the following modules CC Link IE Field Network module CC Link IE Controller Network module Ethernet interface module e MELSECNET H module e MELSECNET 10 module Buffer memory Programming tool A memory in an intelligent function module where data such as setting values and monitoring values are stored Another term for GX Works2 Master local module A generic term for the CC Link IE Field Network master local module Master station A station that controls CC Link IE Field Network The station can communicate with all stations Only one master station can be used in a network The station can perform the cyclic transmission and transient transmission Remote I O station A station that deals with bit data The station can communicate with the master station and other local stations The station cannot communicate with other remote I O stations remote device stations and intelligent device stations The station can perform the cyclic transmission Remote device station A station that deals with bit data and word data The station can communicate with the master station and other local stations The station cannot communicate with other remote I O stations remote device stations and intelligent device stations
16. m Parameter Information 86 CHAPTER 7 VARIOUS SETTINGS 5 Double click the item to change the setting and input the setting value e Items to input from the pull down list Double click the item to set to display the pull down list Select the item e Items to input from the text box Double click the item to set and input the setting value Parameter Processing of Slave Station Target Module Information NZ2GFCF D62PD2 Start I O No 0000 Station No 1 Method selection Parameter write zl The parameters are written to the target module Parameter Information Checked parameters are the targets of selected processes The box cannot be u nchecked a Name hitial Value Read Value Write Value Setting Range Unit Description Mation based parameter Mode switch setting 9 Automatic 9 Automatic Execute all CH mode M Input response time setting 5 10ms 4 Sms Set the input respons M Output HOLD GLEAR setting 0 CLEAR n Set whether to hold o Text box type v Uyclic data update watch tim U Set the cyclic data up Module based parameter main module x f 0 Coinci z Set the comparison o The list cannot be folded _ _ HI Set a channel to be c i z 0 Coincidence Output Function Set a channel to be c A Gam Switch Function Set a channel to be c a e sraon Pull down list type Clear All Write Value Pro
17. 265 CHO Moving average count Frequency measurement Rotation speed measurement RWw19 RWW3ii e vanishes ie op aukae dagen 28 els 283 CHO Number of pulses per rotation RWw1A to RWw1B RWw32 to RWW33 2 00 eee 283 CHO ON width setting PWM output RWw1E to RWw1F RWw36 to RWwW37 5 284 CHO ON width setting change completed PWM output RX35 3 RX4AD Faia pinarna SEMA pete aes are GAR He 265 CHO ON width setting change request PWM output RY35 RY4D five sansa oe ee Sie a eke Be 271 CHO Operation mode address 0620 0640 294 CHO Operation mode setting address 01204 0140p Duh dod adeta dt yooh Aa bts boa dee ales 288 CHO Periodic pulse count value update check RWr16 to RWr17 RWr2E to RWr2F 0 00000 275 CHO Periodic pulse count present value RWr14 to RWr15 RWr2C toRWr2D 000 275 CHO Phase Z setting address 01254 0145p 290 CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 Schelde Atta deat erat adap aN acca th Ng Re ree iy 275 CHO Preset value setting RWw14 to RWw15 RWw2C to RWwW2D 00 020 c eee eee 281 CHO Preset replace command RY21 RY39 269 CHO Preset replace completion RX21 RX39 259 CHO Pulse input mode address 01224 01424 289 CHO Pulse measurement setting Function input terminal address 012Ay 014Ay 293 CHO Pulse measurement setting Latch counter input terminal address 012By 014By
18. 3 is Function input terminal i RX32 RX4A OFF 4 CHO Measured pulse value update flag E 4 g CHO Measured pulse value update flag reset command Function input terminal 3 k RY31 RY49 OFF i CHO Measured pulse value update flag reset completed Function input terminal d d RX31 RX49 OFF No Description 1 When CHO Pulse measurement start command Function input terminal RY30 RY48 is turned on CHO Pulse measurement flag Function input terminal RWr20 b6 RWr38 b6 changes to Operating 1 The following processing are performed The remote input signal and remote register remain the same before the measured pulse value is stored CHO Measured pulse value update flag Function input terminal RX32 RX4A turns off The value in CHO Measured pulse value Function input terminal RWr1C to RWr1D RWr34 to RWr35 changes to 0 2 The following processing is performed when the measured pulse value is stored CHO Measured pulse value update flag Function input terminal RX32 RX4A turns on 3 When CHO Measured pulse value update flag reset command Function input terminal RY31 RY49 is turned off then on the high speed counter module turns off CHO Measured pulse value update flag Function input terminal RX32 RX4A and turns on CHO Measured pulse value update flag reset completed Fu
19. DIN rail Horizontal installation Vertical installation Horizontal installation upside down USIP UOHE E SU E79 uonIsod uoRejjesuj pue JUsWUOMIAUZ uoneesu Z 9 Upward installation 61 6 3 Installation 6 3 1 Connecting extension modules 1 Connecting procedure f 1 Remove the cover on the side of the module Do not dispose the removed cover but store it 2 Release the module joint levers two points on the side of the extension module Slide the levers vertically 3 Insert the connector of the extension module into that of the high speed counter module so that they are securely engaged 4 Lock the module joint levers two points on the side of the extension module Slide the levers toward the module Check that the modules are securely connected 62 CHAPTER 6 INSTALLATION AND WIRING 2 Disconnecting procedure Disconnect the modules by reversing the procedure above Point Shut off the external power supply for the system in all phases before connecting or disconnecting extension modules Lock the module joint levers securely Failure to do so may cause malfunction failure or drop of the module uopelesu 9 sajnpow uolsuelxe unosuuop peg 63 6 3 2 Mounting the modules on a DIN rail Point An example of the use of the DIN rail stopper is described in the following procedure Fix the module according to the manual of the
20. The extension input module may take in noise as an input depending on the input response time setting The pulse width which is taken in as an input varies depending on the response time set in parameters To set the input response time consider fully the operating environment The following table shows the minimum values of the pulse widths which may be taken in as an input The pulse widths lower than the values shown below can be filtered as noise Value of input response time setting 2ms 5ms 10ms 20ms 70ms Minimum values of the pulse widths which may be taken in as an input the maximum pulse widths which can be filtered as noise 0 15ms 2ms 4ms 9ms 36ms uonejesu jnpon uoIsue xy 94 e UONOUNY Ezg 189 8 24 CC Link IE Field Network Diagnostic Function With this function whether any network error occurs or not can be checked through GX Works2 connected to the CPU module 1 How to use 1 Connect GX Works2 to the CPU module 2 Start CC Link IE Field Network diagnostics from the menu of GX Works2 Diagnostics lt gt CC IE Field Diagnostics CC IE Field Diagnostics c I Select Module Module 1 Network No 1 Change Modul Station No 1 Error z an e a e apne I Total Slave stations Total Slave Stations Current Link Number of Station Gates E Et Pee 1 ms Errors Detected 1 jde Disconnected Station j Legends 1 Connected St 1 1 M
21. 1 Cyclic transmission program For a cyclic transmission program interlock with the following link special relay SB and link special register SW Own station data link status master station SB0049 e Data link status each station SWOOBO to SWO00B7 For the link special relay SB and link special register SW refer to the following User s manual for the master local module used Ex Interlock example SB49 SW B0 0 t t mc NO Mo ie eels tee ola al aie Cont Sin Po ea ae ea ie ke ae Ge a 2 Communication program with station No 1 I Ue eat 2 Sy ey EN EAS Vee Se Se wel ee ange nae Ne enh eye ap ends er en ed MCR No SB49 SWOBO 1 Mc NI M1 2 Transient transmission program For a transient transmission program interlock with the following link special relay SB and link special register SW Own station baton pass status master station SB0047 e Baton pass status each station SW00A0 to SW00A7 For the link special relay SB and link special register SW refer to the following 1 User s manual for the master local module used lex Interlock example Start contact SB47 SW A0 0 Dedicated instruction to station No 1 193 Buruwesbosg JO SUOIINeDe1d 4 6 3 Initial data processing request flag RX8 program To operate the high speed counter module the initial processing is required Since the high speed counter module does not operate until the initial proce
22. 293 CHO Pulse measurement start command Function input terminal RY30 RY48 20 000 271 CHO Pulse measurement start command Latch counter input terminal RY32 RY4A 005 271 CHO PWM output assignment setting RWw1D RWW35 isi bese Sadie men estes Rae eS 284 CHO Ring counter lower limit value RWw10 to RWw11 RWw28 to RWw29 0 ee ee 281 CHO Ring counter upper limit value RWw12 to RWw13 RWw2A to RWw2B 00002 eee eee 281 CHO Selected counter function address 06214 064114 aaa aed dpa ea o n tote dy aa Dd aan ed 294 CHO Selected counter function start command RY25 RY SDI reen a a oie n E a taney bate 270 CHO Setting change completed Sampling counter Periodic pulse counter RX27 RX3F 260 CHO Setting change request Sampling counter Periodic pulse counter RY27 RY3F 270 CHO Status RWr20 RWr38 277 CHO Time unit setting Frequency measurement Rotation speed measurement RWw18 RWW30 a ee aaa te eae ede es Relea moths 283 CHO Time unit setting Sampling counter Periodic pulse counter RWw16 RWw2E 282 CHO Update flag Latch count value Sampling count value Periodic pulse count value RX29 RX41 262 CHO Update flag Measured frequency value Measured rotation speed value RX2D RX45 264 CHO Update flag reset command Latch count value Sampling count value Periodic pulse count value RY28 RY40 aie oe
23. CH2 Operation mode setting 4 Setthe pulse width to be measured in CHO Pulse measurement setting Latch counter input terminal CH1 Pulse measurement setting Function input terminal CH1 Pulse measurement setting Latch counter input terminal CH2 Setting 0 Pulse ON idth 0 Pulse 0 _ en CH2 Operation mode setting CH2 Count source selection 0 Pulse ON Width 1 Pulse OFF Width 0 Normal 0 A Phase 3 Terminals for the pulse measurement The following table lists the terminals that are used for the pulse measurement for each channel Channel Terminals for the pulse measurement CH1 Function input terminal 1 FUNC1 Latch counter input terminal 1 LATCH1 CH2 Function input terminal 2 FUNC2 Latch counter input terminal 2 LATCH2 4 5 Pulse width to be measured Set which pulse width ON or OFF is to be measured by using CHO Pulse measurement setting Function input terminal and CHO Pulse measurement setting Latch counter input terminal The measured value is stored in CHO Measured pulse value Function input terminal RWr1C to RWr1D RWr34 to RWr35 or CHO Measured pulse value Latch counter input terminal RWr1E to RWr1F RWr36 to RWr37 ON width OFF width lt Pulse width to be Setting value of pulse Description measured width to be measur
24. CONTENTS SAF EMS PRECAUTION S sree ee eee A ar ORC 1 CONDITIONS ORWUSEFOR MHE PRODUCTE eaeeresren nee eases ee re eee ee eee 5 INTRODUCTION Perec cat E I E noe a ae YR RR oo i E ee ee N 6 RELEVANITEMAN UA LES sense TE ts sire sree AA ernie astra iron Tema A Seamer artes A eon 7 ee aah a PR rn 7 MANUAL PAG EZ RGANIZATI Nise erect eee ey eee een ee ern wee eee Wi ee een ara er 12 Alan eee tends aeae been Ratt oe wad Beha heme Ree ci eieacE eee Doe Oe Gator eaten meri Eoen ets 13 PACKING EISTE A ear ec aed oe na en Pee ar SR er E S E EE AE A VO OR 15 CHAPTER 1 HIGH SPEED COUNTER MODULE 16 4 1 Application n orenera e a a ae dak eg ALS ee oe AP ee ees 17 4 23 Featuresris 225 re ie ee ee ht Neen de da teenie n te dik 18 CHAPTER 2 PART NAMES 23 CHAPTER 3 SPECIFICATIONS 27 3 1 General Specifications 3 05 2 ese cevag eve one eae Se eee ea eee eee 27 3 2 Performance Specifications si spia aa tte 29 3 2 1 The input waveform and the phase difference between phase A pulse and phase B pulse Sesh Sue hanks Satie ed eer ee ed oe Ee 32 3 3 Calculating Current Consumption 0 000000 eee 34 3 42 Function List send e Ret bee ya daee baad hi ay ade 8 hae a ade 35 3 5 List of Remote I O Signals 0 ccc eet tenet eee 38 3 6 List of Remote Register 0 2 0 0 eet t nett e eae 42 3 7 List of Remote Buffer Memory 0 c cece teeta 45 CHAPTER 4 THE PROCEDURE BEFORE OPERATION 55 CHAPTER
25. Description MELSEC Q CC Link IE Field Network Master Local Module User s Manual lt SH 080917ENG 13JZ47 gt Overview of the CC Link IE Field Network and specifications procedures before operation system configuration installation wiring settings functions programming and troubleshooting of the QJ71GF11 T2 MELSEC L CC Link IE Field Network Master Local Module User s Manual lt SH 080972ENG 13JZ54 gt Overview of the CC Link IE Field Network and specifications procedures before operation system configuration installation wiring settings functions programming and troubleshooting of the LJ71GF11 T2 MELSEC Q QD77GF Simple Motion Module User s Manual Network lt IB 0300203 1XB957 gt Functions programming and troubleshooting for CC Link IE Field Network of the QD77GF16 MELSEC Q QD77GF Simple Motion Module User s Manual Positioning Control lt IB 0300202 1XB956 gt Specifications of the QD77GF16 and information on how to establish a system maintenance and inspection and troubleshooting Functions programming and buffer memory for the positioning control of the QD77GF16 2 Operating manual Manual name lt manual number model code gt Description GX Works2 Version 1 Operating Manual Common lt SH 080779ENG 13JU63 gt System configuration parameter settings and online operations of GX Works2 which are common to Simple projects and Structured projects
26. Disable Output overview gt Outputs the result whether the specified comparison condition was satisfied or not Comparison condition Setting item Coincidence Within range Out of range output output output Coincidence output 1 to 4 RX10 to RX13 2 Coincidence output 1 to 4 terminals o o EQU1 to EQU4 Counter value greater smaller signal o RWr0 Outputs a relationship greater or smaller between the present value and the point setting coincidence output 1 to 4 The following table lists the details on Counter value greater smaller signal RWr0 Point setting Coincidence output 1 to 4 Details Bit name Present Present Present value gt value value lt Counter value b15b14b13b12b11b10 b9 b8 b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 bO smaller 0 0 1 Coincidence Coincidence Coincidence Coincidence Coincidence output 4 output 3 output 2 output 1 output 1 to 4 olololololololo 6 is S S S S S Counter value SSSss aS aS aSa aSa ter PHPRERERERERERRE B 1 0 0 SASalSasal SagsalS os a Coincidence je je je Q je je je je o jo JO Jo jo jo jo jo output 1 to 4 118 CHAPTER 8 FUNCTIONS 5 Output setting on Coincidence output 1 to 4 terminals EQU1 to EQU4 To output signals from Coincidence output 1 to 4 terminals EQU1 to EQU4 to outside enable output by turning on CHD Coincidence output enab
27. Sampling count value e This area stores the count values in the sampling period when the sampling counter function is selected For the overview of the operation refer to Page 148 Section 8 11 e When Initial data setting request flag RY9 is turned off then on the value in this area is cleared Periodic pulse count difference value e This area stores the count value per cycle time the difference value when the periodic pulse counter function is selected For the overview of the operation refer to Page 151 Section 8 12 e When Initial data setting request flag RY9 is turned off then on the value in this area is cleared 14 15 16 17 2C 2D 2E 2F Periodic pulse count present value Periodic pulse count value update check e This area stores the value which is stored in CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 after the cycle time elapsed when the periodic pulse counter function is selected e When Initial data setting request flag RY9 is turned off then on the value in this area is cleared e This area stores the same value as the value in CHO Periodic pulse count difference value RWr12 to RWr13 RWr2A to RWr2B when the periodic pulse counter function is selected e When CHO Periodic pulse count difference value RWr12 to RWr13 RWr2A to RWr2B is not equivalent to CHO Periodic pulse count value update check RWr16 to RWr17 RWr2E to RWr2F a data mismatch occurs Re
28. gt o 4 7kQ B02 B02 Coincidence output A02 A02 common 4 For EQU1 to EQU4 the assignment to CH1 or CH2 can be changed 4 ON OFF status of input signals The ON OFF status of input signals depends on external wiring and the logic setting The following table shows an example of CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 The ON OFF status for other input signals is the same as CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 i External ON OFF status of CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 in Logic status Ye wiring terms of the high speed counter module No voltage OFF Positive logic applied Voltage applied ON No voltage ON Negative logic applied Voltage applied OFF 1 Configure the logic setting by CHO Function input logic setting address 01274 0147p For details on the setting refer to the following lt L gt Page 285 Appendix 3 78 CHAPTER 6 INSTALLATION AND WIRING 6 6 4 Encoders that can be connected This section lists the encoders that can be connected to the high speed counter module Open collector output type encoders e CMOS level voltage output type encoders e Line driver output type encoders AM26LS31 or equivalent Point Verify that the encoder output voltage meets the specifications of the high speed counter module TTL level voltage output type encoders cannot be used with the high
29. 0 Rising 3 Calculation of the rotation speed The rotation speed measurement function calculates the rotation speed from the following formula Rotation speed r min 60 x Count value per unit of time Unit of time x Number of pulses per rotation 2 4 Select a unit of time from 0 01s 0 1s or 1s 2 Set the number of pulses per rotation in the range of 1 to 8000000 Therefore when the count value per unit of time is 0 the rotation speed is O r min At subtraction count the value of the rotation speed is negative uonouny jueweinsesyy peeds uonejoy 2 8 4 Setting of the unit of time for rotation speed measurement and the number of pulses per rotation Set a unit of time to CHO Time unit setting Rotation speed measurement RWw18 RWw30 Set the number of pulses per rotation to CHO Number of pulses per rotation RWw1A to RWw1B RWw32 to RWw33 Setting item Setting range Reference gt i 0 0 01s CHO Time unit setting Rotation speed measurement PTA RWw18 RWw30 2 is CHO Number of pulses per rotation RWw1A to RWw1B RWw32 to RWw33 1 to 8000000 167 Point Whichever mode 1 1 Phase Multiple of 2 4 2 Phase Multiple of 2 or 5 2 Phase Multiple of 4 is set in CHO Pulse input mode _ 3 Page 104 Section 8 3 1 the rotation speed r min is calculated based on the count value per unit of time Required pulse speed minimum The rotation spe
30. CHAPTER 3 SPECIFICATIONS 4 The operation mode can be set in the parameter setting For details refer to the following L gt Page 84 Section 7 1 ys uoNoUNY y e 37 3 5 List of Remote I O Signals This section lists I O signals for a master local module In the example of the I O signal assignment described in this section the remote I O signals of the main module are assigned to the I O numbers of RXO to RX4F and RYO to RY4F Remote input RX indicates the input signal from the high speed counter module to the master local module Remote output RY indicates the output signal from the master local module to the high speed counter module The remote I O signals of the main module and extension module are assigned as shown below ia 4203 YA 5 6 7 YB 9 AB YCD E Main module Extension module 1 Module Remote input RX Remote output RY Main module RXO to RX4F RYO to RY4F Extension module 1 RX50 to RX5F RY50 to RYSF For details on the remote I O signals refer to the following Page 254 Appendix 1 Remote input signal direction High speed counter Remote output signal direction Master local Module module Master local module module High speed counter module
31. CHAPTER 8 FUNCTIONS 4 Check that 01904 is stored in CH1 Latest warning code RWr23 XS Online gt Monitor lt gt Device Buffer Memory Batch r Device Device Name W1123 x T C Set Value Reference Prograr Buffer Memory Mod gt HEX Addre Display Format Modify Value 2 ia 32 32 64 asc 10 g Details Open Device FlE p c B 4 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 0 l W1123 00000 0 0890 0890000 0190 5 The high speed counter module starts operating in the set drive mode by turning off and on the power or performing the remote reset Point To operate the high speed counter module connected to a simple motion module in the normal mode asynchronous communication mode set Mode switch setting to 0 Normal mode Asynchronous communication mode YMS apo OALA Z 8 103 8 3 8 3 1 Types of pulse input modes Pulse Input Modes and Counting Methods There are six pulse input modes 1 phase pulse input 1 multiple 2 multiples CW CCW pulse input and 2 phase pulse input 1 multiple 2 multiples 4 multiples 1 Pulse input modes and count timing Pulse input mode 1 phase multiple of 1 For counting up Count timing pA B and CH Count down command RY22 RY3A Counts on the rising edge 7 of oA B and CHO Count down command RY22 RY3A are off For counting oA q Counts on the falling edge 4 of oA B or CHO Count down command RY22
32. Connect the shielded cable of the encoder to the shielded cable of the shielded twisted pair cable in the relay box If the shielded cable of the encoder is not grounded in the encoder ground it to the relay box as shown by the dotted lines p N To the high speed counter module a 73 suonneseid Bul p99 SOOINOQ CUJO XY 10 SIO B9UUOD Jo BuIA 9 9 6 6 2 Connectors for external devices The connectors and crimp tools for use with the high speed counter module must be purchased separately by the user The following tables list the connector types and the crimp tool 1 Precautions e Tighten the connector screws within the following specified torque range Screw type Tightening torque range Connector screw M2 6 screw 0 20 to 0 29Nem Use copper wires having temperature rating of 75 C or more for the connectors When required use UL approved connectors 2 Connector types Type Model Applicable wire size 0 088 to 0 3mm 28 to 22 AWG Soldering type AGCON1 stranded straight out When using 40 wires use those having an outer diameter of 1 3mm or smaller Crimp type RONG 0 088 to 0 24mm straight out 28 to 24 AWG stranded 0 088 to 0 3mm 28 to 22 AWG Soldering type AGCON4 stranded straight out diagonal out When using 40 wires use those having an outer diameter of 1 3mm or smaller 1 The A6CON3 pressure displacement type
33. gt Controlled by the high speed counter module reset completed Controlled by the program Latch count CHO Update flag reset command ON Latch count value value RY28 RY40 OFF R ON CHO Update flag Latch count value ras r RX29 RX41 OFF i CHO Update flag reset completed ON i Latch count value al A RX28 RX40 OFF Loo e This signal turns on when resetting CHO Update flag Sampling count value RX29 RX41 Update flag by CHO Update flag reset command Sampling count value RY28 RY40 is completed RX40 CH2 reset completed This signal turns off when CHO Update flag reset command Sampling count value RY28 Sampling count value RY40 is turned off The operation is the same as that of CHO Update flag reset completed Latch count value RX28 RX40 except the signal name Update flag reset completed Periodic pulse count value This signal turns on when resetting CHO Update flag Periodic pulse count value RX29 RX41 by CHO Update flag reset command Periodic pulse count value RY28 RY40 is completed e This signal turns off when CHO Update flag reset command Periodic pulse count value RY28 RY40 is turned off The operation is the same as that of CHO Update flag reset completed Latch count value RX28 RX40 except the signal name 261 sjeuBls yndul a ows jo siejeq xipueddy sjeuBls O I e owsyY Jo sjlejeq xipueddy Remote input
34. immunity Immunity test in which power supply voltage is momentarily interrupted Apply at 0 0 5 cycles and zero cross point 0 250 300 cycles 50 60Hz 40 10 12 cycles 50 60Hz e 70 25 30 cycles 50 60Hz 1 The module is an open type device a device designed to be housed in other equipment and must be installed inside a conductive control panel The tests were conducted with the programmable controller installed in a control panel 2 The accuracy of an analog digital converter module may temporarily vary within 10 308 APPENDICES 2 Installation in a control panel The module is open type devices and must be installed inside a control panel This ensures safety as well as effective shielding of programmable controller generated electromagnetic noise a Control panel e Use a conductive control panel e When securing the top or bottom plate using bolts cover the grounding part on the control panel so that the part will not be painted e To ensure electrical contact between the inner plate and control panel take measures such as covering the bolts so that conductivity can be ensured in the largest possible area e Ground the control panel with a thick ground cable so that low impedance can be ensured even at high frequencies e Holes in the control panel must be 10cm diameter or less If the holes are larger than 10cm radio wave may be emitted In addition because radio waves leak through a cl
35. to a value other than OF 40 Moderate error time setting B 13 ake address 00014 is set to 000b 001b and 010b then 000b 001b or 010b turn on Initial data setting request flag RY9 Number of ON Set Number of ON times PUE e The number of ON times times a E a integration function enable 13304 Moderate error integration ist Rea aes 13 address 02024 to 00004 and A enabled when the cam pi function setting i tt turn off then on Initial data switch function is selected 4 error setting request flag RY9 X Power off the module and An extension output f P i connect an extension output Cam switch module does not exist f module where Cam switch output unit where Cam switch output 13414 Moderate error y s i 13 output unit assignment setting assignment unit assignment setting address 0104p assigns the error address 01044 assigns 7 g the module module Then power on the module 227 SI 8POD 103 SLL Operation of when an error Error code rg Description and occurs I 3 Classification Error name Action hexadecimal cause The other Error CH CHs Check the contact points on the F extension module and if the The extension module is 7 module is allowed to be Extension improperly connected or connected If the same error 1F00 Major error module 1 an extension module not 13 2 occurs again a module failure connection error a
36. uogejesu 9 leI NIG uo sajnpow su bununow z 9 65 66 2 3 4 5 Removal procedure Remove the modules from the DIN rail by reversing the procedure above Applicable DIN rail model compliant with IEC 60715 e TH35 7 5Fe e TH35 7 5Al Interval between DIN rail mounting screws Tighten the screws at intervals of 200mm or less DIN rail stopper Use a stopper that is attachable to the DIN rail CHAPTER 6 INSTALLATION AND WIRING 6 4 Wiring with Terminal Block for Module Power Supply and FG 1 Tightening torque Tighten the terminal block screws within the following specified torque range Tightening the screws too much may damage the module case Screw type Tightening torque range Terminal block mounting screw M2 5 screw 0 2 to 0 3Nem Terminal screw M2 5 screw 0 5 to 0 6Nem 2 Wire to be used The following table describes the wire to be connected to the terminal block for module power supply and FG Diameter Type Material Temperature rating 20 to 16 AWG Stranded Copper 75 C or more For applicable solderless terminals refer to the following Performance Specifications gt Page 29 Section 3 2 3 Installing and removing the terminal block To remove the terminal block loosen the terminal block mounting screw with a slotted screwdriver To install the terminal block tighten the terminal block mounting screw Failure
37. Cycle setting RWw16 RWw2E is set to 1ms 0 the sampling period or the cycle time is 47 oF Sampling indicated in increments of 1ms and when set to 10ms 1 in increments of 0 counter Periodic pulse 10ms counter e The reflection timing of the setting value 1 When Initial data processing request flag RX8 turns off 2 When Initial data setting request flag RYQ is turned off then on only while Initial data processing request flag RX8 is off 3 When CHO Setting change request Sampling counter Periodic pulse counter RY27 RY3F is turned off then on 282 12 Remote registers RWw18 to RWw19 RWw30 to RWw31 APPENDICES Address RWw CH1 CH2 18 30 Item Time unit setting Frequency measurement Description Set a unit of time of frequency measurement for frequency measurement function The following shows the setting range 0 0 01s 1 0 1s 2 1s The reflection timing of the setting value When CHO Count enable command RY24 RY3C is turned off then on Time unit setting Rotation speed measurement Set a unit of time of rotation speed measurement for the rotation speed measurement function The following shows the setting range 0 0 01s 1 0 1s 2 1s The reflection timing of the setting value When CHO Count enable command RY24 RY3C is turned off then on Default 19 31 Moving average count Frequency measurement Set the number of moving average
38. Device hitial Value PTE Destination View selection area Unlabeled TERM Unless otherwise specified this manual uses the following terms Term Description CC Link IE Field Network A high speed and large capacity open field network that is based on Ethernet 1000BASE T GX Works2 The product name of the software package for the MELSEC programmable controllers REMFR The abbreviation for ZP REMFR This dedicated instruction is used in programs of the master local module REMTO The abbreviation for ZP REMTO This dedicated instruction is used in programs of the master local module Intelligent device station A station that deals with bit data and word data The station can communicate with the master station and other local stations The station cannot communicate with other remote I O stations remote device stations and intelligent device stations The station can perform the cyclic transmission and transient transmission Cyclic transmission Simple motion module A function by which data are periodically exchanged among stations on the same network using link devices RX RY RWw and RWr The abbreviation for the QD77GF16 simple motion module Slave station A generic term for stations other than a master station local station remote I O station remote device station and intelligent device station Data link A generic term for cyclic transmission and transient transmission
39. RY No Turn on this signal to replace a count value with the preset value RY21 CH1 e The value cannot be replaced by turning on this signal while CHO External preset replace Z Phase request detection RX23 RX3B is on Turn off CHO Prope arenae Ext t repl Z Ph t detection RX23 RX3B by using CHO xternal preset replace ase request detection sin Comand if p place requ by using External preset replace Z Phase request detection reset command RY23 RY39 CH2 RY3B For the overview of the operation refer to Page 254 Appendix 1 1 e Turn on this signal to count down pulses e This signal is valid when 1 Phase Multiple of 1 0 or 1 Phase Multiple of 2 1 is selected for CHO Pulse input mode address 01224 0142 Inputting pulse in phase B can also start counting down pulses RY22 CH1 The following figure shows the overview of the operation when 1 Phase Multiple of 1 0 is selected for CH1 Pulse input mode address 0122 e Up to AT is taken until this signal has been turned on 1 For AT4 refer to Page 302 Appendix 4 Count down command T E ON A OFF PE oN B OFF i i i i RY3A CH2 CH1 Count ON down command FI RY22 i i i i i CH1 Present value i i i i i RWr10 to RWI oo x 100 101 100 X 99 X lt 98 ae Turn on this signal to turn off CHO External preset replace Z Phase request e Tu is si u x u RY23 CH1 preset replace 9 i 2 detection RX23 RX3B Z Phase n if A count value ca
40. RY16 Setting change request i L RY14 is turned on the changes of Point setting Coincidence output 1 Lower Coincidence output 3 limit value setting Coincidence output 1 RWw0 to RWw1 and Upper limit value setting Coincidence output 1 RWw2 to RWw3 are reflected to the high speed counter module After the setting value is reflected Setting change completed Setting change request Coincidence output 1 RX14 turns on RY17 Coincidence output 4 e For Coincidence output 2 to 4 each corresponding remote I O signals and remote register RWw are used For the overview of the operation refer to Page 254 Appendix 1 1 RY1F External power supply Turn on this signal to activate the external power supply monitoring function monitor request flag J For the overview of the operation refer to Page 254 Appendix 1 1 Turn on this signal to enable output to coincidence output 1 to 4 terminals EQU1 RY20 CH1 a to EQU4 in the coincidence output function Coincidence e This signal is valid to all the coincidence output 1 to 4 terminals EQU1 to EQU4 output enable assigned to the channel command RY38 CH2 e Up to AT 1 is taken until this signal has been turned on 1 For AT4 refer to Page 302 Appendix 4 268 APPENDICES Remote Operation a output Signal name me Description timing
41. a then on Initial data setting input terminal O indicates the channel i request flag RY9 where settings are incorrect The setting in CHO PWM ne rea AE i Take the following actions and turn off then on CHO PWM either of the following output start command RY26 cases RY3E Sere All the bits from bO to b3 output Turn on one or more bits from 01670 Moderate error i are not on 12 3 assignment a bO to b3 setting error Coincidence output O Turn on Coincidence bit which is assigned to output bit which is the other channel is on asslanedi tothe tardet O indicates the channel 3 3 p channel where settings are incorrect Set CHO ON width setting If CHO PWM PWM output RWw1E to output start RWw1F RWw36 to RWw37 to A value other than 0 and command 0 or a value between 10 and 10 to 10000000 is set in RY26 RY3E is 10000000 and perform either CHO ON width setting turned off then of the following operations CHO ON width PWM output RWw1E to on 12 If CHO PWM output RX26 06714 Moderate error setting error RWw1F RWw36 to If CHO ON 3 RX3E is off turn off then on PWM output RWw37 width setting CHO PWM output start O indicates the channel change request command RY26 RY3E where settings are PWM output If CHO PWM output RX26 incorrect RY35 RY4D is RX3E is on turn off then on turned off then CHO ON width setting on 1 change request PWM output RY35 RY4D A value other than 5
42. e The reflection timing of the setting value When Initial data setting request flag RY9 is turned off then on 288 APPENDICES 7 Module based parameter data address 0122 to 01234 01424 to 0143 Address ar Name Description Default CH1 CH2 e Set the pulse input mode e The following shows the setting range 0 1 Phase Multiple of 1 1 1 Phase Multiple of 2 2 CW CCW 01224 0142 Pulse input mode 0 3 2 Phase Multiple of 1 A 4 2 Phase Multiple of 2 5 2 Phase Multiple of 4 e The reflection timing of the setting value When Initial data setting request flag RY9 is turned off then on e Set the counting speed e The following shows the setting range 0 10kpps 100kpps 200kpps 500kpps 1Mpps 2Mpps 4Mpps 7 8Mpps e Always set 200kpps or slower to the counting speed when DC input is used for connecting e The reflection timing of the setting value When Initial data setting request flag RYQ is turned off then on Counting speed 01234 0143 setting Oat OUN sossolppy How y 1 yng slowey Jo sjieleq X pu ddy 289 8 Module based parameter data address 01244 to 0125 01444 to 0145p Address Name Description Default CH1 CH2 Set the counter format e The following shows the setting range 01244 0144 Counter format S Enea ee 0 1 Ring Counter e The reflect
43. set the count value for switching ON and OFF of the corresponding output at von oe Nan the step No 1 to No 16 Wel step No 1e setiing Since the details on these settings are the same as those of Output 1 refer to _ oL the following am switch function Page 299 Appendix 3 21 a Nag type Output 6 The reflection timing of the setting value 170 Caim switchifundio When CHO Cam switch execute command PWM output start command f RY26 RY3E is turned off then on 17A1y step No 16 setting Output 6 Cam switch function 18004 step type Output 7 to to 18204 Cam switch function 18214 step No 16 setting Output 7 Cam switch function 18804 step type Output 8 to to 18A0 Cam switch function 18A1 step No 16 setting Output 8 Cam switch function 19004 step type Output 9 to to 19204 Cam switch function 19214 step No 16 setting Output 9 300 APPENDICES Address Name Description Default Cam switch function 19804 step type Output 10 to to i 19A0 Cam switch function 19A1y step No 16 setting Output 10 Cam switch function 1A00 step type Output 11 to to 6 1A20y Cam switch function 1A214 step No 16 setting Output 11 A Cam switch function 1A804 step type Output 12 to to 0 1AA0 Cam switch function 1AA1y step No 16 setting Output 12 For Output 2 to 16 set the step type and the number of steps for the cam and set the count value for
44. 5 peed ae ta hg aed ela alee caddy 279 Preset replace at coincidence output function 126 Preset replace function 134 Preset replace setting at coincidence output address OTOH er a seek Cedi ate a E aw ayes i 287 Program example 2000000 eee 196 Program example of the frequency measurement MOG eh see ce E ce cage Moe chee ate dl 215 Program example of the pulse measurement mode ct Muna a LAST e E AA N a T ARIA EANG 217 Program example of the PWM output mode 218 Program example of the rotation speed measurement MODE ext ve dinate ee Ea p ana h gen daa dian ae 216 Program example under the normal mode when the cam switch function is set with the comparison output fUNCHON fice esa Seale ede ea fate phe 213 Program example under the normal mode when the coincidence output is set with the comparison output TUNCHON sacana Rae A See eG 209 Programming 20000 eee eee 193 Precautions for programming 193 Procedure for programming 195 Pulse input mode 20000000 104 Pulse measurement function 171 PW LED ie pode rate Riles tesa ieee fk a 24 PWM output function 000 175 Remote READY RXB 00000 257 Reset command Coincidence output 1 to 4 RY10 to RY E uo aatiate am OE E N ies 268 Ring counter function 0 109 Rotation speed measurement function 167 RUN LED paii aa 4 34 a t
45. 82 6 9 Wiring Example with Coincidence Output Terminals 000000 0 eee eee 83 CHAPTER 7 VARIOUS SETTINGS 84 T t Parameter Settingan tne eaga set a Ea cde ad oP E a a e a Ee 84 7 2 Changing the Parameter anaana aeaee 92 7 2 1 Changing the network configuration ssas ccc cece eee cence ee 92 7 2 2 Changing the parameter without changing the network configuration 96 4 3 Operation Mode bist s42ce0080 o 02 hades ieee dae Ee des addon ees 99 CHAPTER 8 FUNCTIONS 101 8 4 Mode Shift at Power on seip yerr HP RE Wa haan need igs elle Sd ee 101 8 2 Drive Mode Switthive seti aege dae et bed Bo ee Bae Se Be as 102 8 3 Pulse Input Modes and Counting Methods 000 cece cece nnn 104 8 31 Typ s of pulseinputimod S 3 4 sven kha bed at ie Pate Ae Ae 104 8 3 2 Counting method setting s saannon rnaen eeaeee eeee 106 8 4 Counter Format Selection 0 0 00 00 ccc cece e teens 107 8 4 1 Linear counter function s sasssa cee eee eens 107 8 4 2 Ring counter function eak en e A E RAE A e eee ee 109 8 5 Comparison Output Function 0 000 00 eee een n ene eens 114 8 5 1 Operation overview of the coincidence output function and the cam switch function 114 8 5 2 Coincidence output function 0 0 6 6 eee eee 115 8 5 3 Preset replace at coincidence output function s s s ssaa cee eee eee eee 126 8 54 Cain switGh funtion 5
46. Coincidence output 1 to 4 RX10 to RX13 turn on regardless of CHO Coincidence output enable command RY20 RY38 Even if Lower limit value setting Coincidence output 1 to 4 RWw0 to RWw1 RWw4 to RWw5 RWw8 to RWw9 RWwC to RWwD and Upper limit value setting Coincidence output 1 to 4 RWw2 to RWw3 RWw6 to RWw7 RWwA to RWwB RWweE to RWwF are changed the present value is not compared with the changed value unless Setting change request Coincidence output 1 to 4 RY14 to RY17 is turned off then on uonouny jndjno souapliouloy Z S g uonouny nd no uosuedwog gg 125 8 5 3 Preset replace at coincidence output function 126 The preset replace at coincidence output function performs the preset replace function replaces the present value with a value preset by the user at the rising state off to on of Coincidence output 1 and 2 The preset replace by this function is performed to the channel assigned to Coincidence output 1 and 2 This function is not available for Coincidence output 3 and 4 1 Setting method of the preset replace at coincidence output function 1 Set Parameter write for Method selection CC IE Field Configuration window 2 gt Select a high speed counter module in List of stations 2 gt CC IE Field Configuration gt Online gt Parameter Processing of Slave Station 2 Set 0 Coincidence Output Function for Comparison output setting 0 Coincidence Output Functi
47. Error warning reset program and error history read program If an error or warning processing is required for a program example under a mode other than the normal mode add the error warning reset program and error history read program of the normal mode before the MCR instruction of each program 200 CHAPTER 9 PROGRAMMING 5 Device for user Device Description X20 Count start signal X21 Present value read signal X22 Coincidence output data setting signal X23 Preset replace command signal X24 Count stop signal X25 Coincidence output clear signal X26 Counter function start signal QX40 X20 to X2F X27 Counter function stop signal X28 Latch count data read signal X29 Latch counter start signal X2A Sampling count data read signal X2B Sampling count start signal X2C Periodic pulse count data read signal X2D Periodic pulse count start signal X30 Latch count value Latch counter input terminal read signal X31 Cam switch start signal X32 Frequency measurement start signal X33 Frequency measurement stop signal X34 Rotation speed measurement start signal X35 Rotation speed measurement stop signal X36 Pulse measurement Function input terminal start signal QX40 X30 to X3F X37 Pulse measurement Latch counter input terminal start signal Es X38 Pulse measurement Function input terminal stop signal I X39 Pulse measurement Latch counter input terminal stop signal
48. PWM output 50 to 10000000 Set the cycle of the output pulse 0 1us per unit RWw20 to RWw21 RWw38 to RWw39 178 1 Set the value that is equal to or smaller than the one set to the cycle setting PWM output ON width setting PWM output p Cycle setting PWM output l Point The ON width of the PWM output is calculated from the following formula according to the duty ratio to be specified ON width of the PWM output Cycle of the PWM output x Duty ratio 100 Given that output circuits or connected devices of the high speed counter module do not affect the value the margin of error maximum of each setting value is calculated as shown below e ON width setting PWM output us x 100 ppm 1000000 0 1 us Cycle setting PWM output us x 100 ppm 1000000 0 1 us CHAPTER 8 FUNCTIONS 5 Operation example of the PWM output function The following figure shows an operation example of outputting the PWM waveform whose cycle time is 2ms and ON time is ims to change the ON time to 0 5ms during PWM output Coincidence output is assigned to the corresponding channel in the Coincidence output 3 channel assignment setting Baas gt Controlled by the high speed counter module Controlled by the program CHO PWM output start command RY26 RY3E OFF 1 CHO ON width setting change request T j PWM output OFF S RY35 RY4D 7
49. RWr13 RWr2A to RWr2B CHO Periodic pulse count present value RWr14 to RWr15 RWr2C to RWr2D and CHO Periodic pulse count value update check RWr16 to RWr17 RWr2E to RWr2F are updated 6 When CHO Update flag reset command Periodic pulse count value RY28 RY40 is turned on the high speed counter module turns off CHO Update flag Periodic pulse count value RX29 RX41 and turns on CHO Update flag reset completed Periodic pulse count value RX28 RX40 After that CHO Update flag reset completed Periodic pulse count value RX28 RX40 turns off when CHO Update flag reset command Periodic pulse count value RY28 RY40 is turned off 7 8 The periodic pulse counter function operates regardless of the ON OFF status of CHO Count enable command RY24 RY3C The periodic pulse counter function is stopped by turning off both CHO Selected counter function start command RY25 RY3D and CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 Point Use the periodic pulse count value after checking the values in CHO Periodic pulse count difference value RWr12 to RWr13 RWr2A to RWr2B and CHO Periodic pulse count value update check RWr16 to RWr17 RWr2E to RWr2F are equal When they are different the periodic pulse count value includes values before and after the end of the cycle time and there is a value discrepancy Read again CHO Periodic pulse count difference value RWr12 to RWr13 RWr2A to RWr2B CHO Period
50. Reference 0 Coincidence Output Coincidence output 1 comparison aS ie 1 Within range Output condition setting 2 Out of range Output 0 Coincidence Output Coincidence output 2 comparison e o 1 Within range Output condition setting 2 Out of range Output Page 114 Section 8 5 0 Coincidence Output Coincidence output 3 comparison TET K 1 Within range Output condition setting 2 Out of range Output 0 Coincidence Output Coincidence output 4 comparison EEA n 1 Within range Output condition setting 2 Out of range Output Preset replace setting at coincidence 0 Present value not replaced output Coincidence output 1 1 Present value replaced Page 126 Section 8 5 3 Preset replace setting at coincidence 0 Present value not replaced output Coincidence output 2 1 Present value replaced Cam switch output unit assignment 0 No Assignment setting 1 Stage 1 Cam switch output 1 channel assignment 0 CH1 setting 1 CH2 Cam switch output 2 channel assignment 0 CH1 setting 1 CH2 Cam switch output 3 channel assignment 0 CH1 setting 1 CH2 Cam switch output 4 channel assignment 0 CH1 setting 1 CH2 Cam switch output 5 channel assignment 0 CH1 setting 1 CH2 Cam switch output 6 channel assignment 0 CH1 setting 1 CH2 Cam switch output 7 channel assignment 0 CH1 f Page 129 Section 8 5
51. The MODE LED flashes while the unit test is being executed 6 The MODE LED turns off when the unit test is completed e When completed The ERR LED does not turn on but remains off e When failed The ERR LED turns on If the test fails replace the Ethernet cable and run the test again If the test fails again it may be due to a hardware failure in the high speed counter module Please consult your local Mitsubishi representative When unit test fails the error details can be checked in the error history To check the error history set the station number of the high speed counter module and connect the module to the master station with an Ethernet cable For the error history refer to the following e Checking by executing a command of the slave station gt Page 221 Section 11 1 1 Error history 1 to 15 address 0A004 to OAFF Page 295 Appendix 3 14 244 CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING 11 5 Troubleshooting for Each Phenomenon This section describes troubleshooting for each phenomenon Perform troubleshooting for each phenomenon when the high speed counter module does not operate properly with no error When an error occurs in the high speed counter module identify the error cause with GX Works2 11 5 1 mode When the setting on the operation mode setting is the normal 1 When the module does not count or perform normal count a When the module does not count Check item Action Is CH
52. Y1036 x1007 X1037 g Program for reading the error history X3D M202 SB47 SW A0 0 F AF AF AF KO M200 M201 E 1 H AF SET M202 Ko _ ZP REMFR J D3000 K240 M200 X3D k z s RST M202 212 Turn on CH1 Coincidence output enable command Turn off CH1 Coincidence output enable command Output Coincidence output 1 to YO of an extension module Read Counter value greater smaller signal to D1100 Turn on Reset command Coincidence output 1 Turn off Reset command Coincidence output 1 Output Coincidence output 2 to Y1 of an extension module Read CH1 Status to D1132 Output CH1 Underflow detection flag to Y2 of an extension module Output CH1 Overflow detection flag to Y3 of an extension module Read CH1 Latest error code to D1134 Read CH1 Latest warning code to D1135 CH1 Error reset command The error history read is normally completed Read Error history to D3000 to D3239 Turn off Error history read normal completion flag CHAPTER 9 PROGRAMMING 9 Program example under the normal mode when the cam switch function is set with the comparison output function a Common program The program is the same as the program example of the normal mode lt gt Page 209 Section 9 3 8 a b Initial setting program M10 yi008 Y1009 X10909 M101 M102 SB47 SW A0 0 er Start
53. amp X3A PWM output start signal X3B PWM output stop signal S X3C Error warning reset start signal T X3D Error history read start signal 201 202 Device Description X1007 Warning status flag X1008 Initial data processing request flag X1009 Initial data setting completion flag X100A Error status flag X100B Remote READY X1010 Coincidence output 1 X1011 Coincidence output 2 X1012 Coincidence output 3 X1013 Coincidence output 4 X1014 Setting change completed Coincidence output 1 X1015 Setting change completed Coincidence output 2 X1016 Setting change completed Coincidence output 3 X1017 Setting change completed Coincidence output 4 X101F External power supply monitor state flag for extension output module X1021 CH1 Preset replace completion X1023 CH1 External preset replace Z Phase request detection X1025 CH1 Counter function detection X1026 CH1 Cam switch execute PWM output X1027 CH1 Setting change completed Sampling counter Periodic pulse counter X1028 CH1 Update flag reset completed Latch count value Sampling count value Periodic pulse count value X1029 CH1 Update flag Latch count value Sampling count value Periodic pulse count value X102A CH1 Latch count value update flag reset completed Latch counter input terminal X102B CH1 Latch count value update flag Latch counter input terminal X102C
54. and turn off then on O indicates the channel measurement Saher ceiings are CHO Count enable command 9 RY24 RY3C incorrect A value other than 0 to 2 is set in CHO Time unit Set CHO Time unit setting CHO Time unit setting Rotation speed Rotation speed measurement 1622 Moderate error setting error measurement RWw18 a6 5 RWw18 RWw30 to a value Rotation speed RWw30 between 0 and 2 and turn off measurement O indicates the channel then on CHO Count enable where settings are command RY24 RY3C incorrect ae A value other than 1 to m 8000000 is set in CHO Set CHO Number of pulses per j CHO Number Nurnber of pulses per rotation RWw1A to RWw1B Q oi pulses DEE rotation RWw1A to RWw32 to RWw33 to a value Q 06234 Moderate error serie aa RWw1B RWw32 to 10 4 between 1 and 8000000 and Cc Sitot 9 RWw33 turn off then on CHO Count a O indicates the channel enable command RY24 where settings are RY3C incorrect Measure pulses within the A pulse from CHO measurable range CHO Pulse Function input terminal To reaume the Measurement FUNC1 or FUNC2 is take either of the following Psat beyond the measurable actions O660 Moderate error range overflow y 11 3 f ertor Function range approx 214s Input the target pulses again i O indicates the channel e Turn off then on CHO Pulse input terminal where settings are measurement start command incorrect Function input terminal RY30 RY48 A value oth
55. error code RWr22 Error flag RXA turns on and the ERR LED turns on 85 Buines sejewereg Z 2 Setting procedure 1 Display the CC IE Field Configuration window e When the master local module is the QJ71GF11 T2 W Project window lt gt Parameter gt Network Parameter lt gt Ethernet CC IE MELSECNET gt NESTE Fee Confusion Seino button When the master local module is the LJ71GF11 T2 2 Select the high speed counter module in List of stations on the CC IE Field Configuration window F1 CC IE Field Configuration Module 1 Start 1 0 0000 CCIE Field Configuration Edt Yiew Close with Discarding the Setting Close with Reflecting the Setting Mode Setting Online Normal Mode v Assignment Method start End x RXIRY Setting RWe RWr Setting Points Start End Points Start End Link Scan Time Apprax lt No Model Name STA Station Type 0 Host Station O Master Station List of stations 3 Open the Parameter Processing of Slave Station window XW CC IE Field Configuration gt Online gt Parameter Processing of Slave Station 4 Set Parameter write for Method selection Parameter Processing of Slave Station Target Module Information NZ2GFCF D62PD2 Start 1 0 No 0000 Station No 1 Method selection Parameterread o Parameter read Parameter write
56. gt Write to PLC or Power OFF ON 206 CHAPTER 9 PROGRAMMING 7 Display the Parameter Processing of Slave Station window XD Project window 2 gt Parameter gt Network Parameter gt Ethernet CC IE MELSECNET gt Eraro E button gt Select a high speed counter module in List of stations gt CC IE Field Configuration gt Online gt Parameter Processing of Slave Station 8 Set Parameter write for Method selection Parameter Processing of Slave Station Target Module Information 1yz2GFCF D62PD2 NZ2Ex 16 D0 Start 1 0 No 0000 Station No 1 Method selection Parameter wte Parameter write p Parameter Information 9 Set Write Value The following are the procedure Click the title cell of Initial Value to select all the items and copy them Click the title cell of Write Value to select all the items and paste the copy Select the items to be changed and set new values according to Initial setting description gt Page 197 Section 9 3 3 Parameter Processing of Slave Station Target Module Information NZ2GFCF D62PD2 NZ2EX 16 D0 Start I O No 0000 Station No 1 Method selection Parameter write X The parameters are written to the target module Parameter Information Checked parameters are the targets of selected processes Name Initial Value Read Value Write Value Settine Range Unit Description Station based parameter
57. gt T ier P rS Parameter Processing of Slave Station or Online a A paa Command Execution of Slave Station is lt gt Parameter Processing of Slave ual AR xecuton not accepted if the network parameter Page 84 f of Slave Station is accepted even i Station written to the CPU module is not correct Section 7 1 CC IE Field configuration gt Online c gt Command Execution of Slave if the network parameter written to the CPU module is not correct Incorrect network parameter access error occurs minor error 01A0p Station 314 APPENDICES Appendix 8 External Dimensions 133 PW RUN MODE DLINK ERR dA dB AZ FNC LATIH tA oB Z FNCLAT fen ME S eS PEPER GREER EANN sfa MITSUBISHI Pi i NZ2GFCF D62PD2 MEISE o ive DIN rail center v ae Unit mm SUOISUBUUIG jeu19 x3 g xIpueddy 315 INDEX 0to9 1 phase multiple of 1 005 104 1 phase multiple of 2 2 005 104 2 phase multiple of 1 0005 104 2 phase multiple of 2 00005 105 2 phase multiple of 4 00005 105 Applicable DIN rail model compliant with IEC 60715 saae aban ra a a e a a aati le ales O 66 Applicable systems n nannan aaa 58 Applicable master station 58 Connectable modules 58 Ethernet cable 2000000 0 ee 58 Software package 2000e ee eee 58 Applicati
58. straight out connector cannot be used for the high speed counter module 3 Connector crimp tool Type Model Applicable wire size Contact Crimp tool FCN 363T T005 H 0 088 to 0 24mm 28 to 24 AWG FUJITSU COMPONENT LIMITED http www fcl fujitsu com en 74 6 6 3 I O interfaces with external devices CHAPTER 6 INSTALLATION AND WIRING This section describes the high speed counter module interfaces to connect with external devices 1 Terminal layouts and pin numbers of connectors for external devices The following figure and table show the terminal layouts and the pin numbers of the high speed counter module connector for external devices m B20 0 0 A20 B19 0 0 A19 B18 0 0 A18 B17 0 0 A17 B16 0 0 A16 B15 0 0 A15 B14 0 0 A14 B13 0 0 A13 Bi2 0 0 A12 NZ2GFCF D62PD2 MEISE B11 0 0 A11 B10 0 0 A10 B09 0 0 A09 B08 1 0 A08 B07 0 0 A07 B06 0 0 A06 B05 0 0 A05 B04 0 0 A04 B03 0 0 A03 Bo2 0 0 A02 B01 0 0 A01 ee Pin number Symbol Pin number Symbol B20 A1 24V A20 A1 5V B19 A1 DIF A19 A1 COM B18 B1 24V A18 B1 5V B17 B1 DIF A17 B1 COM B16 Z1 24V A16 Z1 5V B15 Z1 DIF A15 Z1 COM B14 A2 24V A14 A2 5V B13 A2 DIF A13 A2 COM B12 B2 24V A12 B2 5V B11 B2 DIF A11 B2 COM B10 Z2 24V A10 Z2 5V B09 Z2 DIF A09 Z2 COM B08
59. type Device Device a ae Description ee Description RXO Use prohibited RYO Use prohibited RX1 Use prohibited RY1 Use prohibited RX2 Use prohibited RY2 Use prohibited RX3 Useprohibited RY Useprohibited RX4 Use prohibited RY4 Use prohibited RX5 Useprohibited RY5 Useprohbited RX6 Use prohibited RY6 Use prohibited Main RX7 Warning status flag RY7 Use prohibited module RX8 Initial data processing request flag RY8 Initial data processing completion flag RX9 Initial data setting completion flag RYQ Initial data setting request flag RXA Error status flag RYA Use prohibited RXB Remote READY RYB Use prohibited RXC Use prohibited RYC Use prohibited RXD Use prohibited RYD Use prohibited RXE Use prohibited RYE Use prohibited RXF Use prohibited RYF Use prohibited 38 CHAPTER 3 SPECIFICATIONS Remote input signal direction High speed counter Remote output signal direction Master local Module module Master local module module High speed counter module type Device TOR Device ae Description Description number number RX10 Coincidence output 1 RY10 Reset command Coincidence output 1 RX11 Coincidence output 2 RY11 Reset command Coincidence output 2 RX12 Coincidence output 3 RY12 Reset command Coincidence output 3 RX13 Coincidence output 4 RY13 Reset command Coincidence output 4 Setting change comp
60. uondajes uoNOUNY Ja UN0D UONOUNY Je UNOD Yo e7 OL g 145 2 Operation example of the latch counter function counter function selection The following figure shows an operation example of acquiring the value in CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 as CHO Latch count value RWr12 to RWr13 RWr2A to RWr2B at the rising edge of CHO Selected counter function start command RY25 RY3D or CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 Bec Controlled by the high speed counter module Controlled by the program ON CHO Count enable command RY24 RY3C OFF 150 100 CHO Present value ae RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 CHO Selected counter function start command RY25 RY3D CHO Counter function detection RX25 RX3D CHO Function input terminal 1 FUNC1 FUNC2 OFF n 150 100 CHO Latch count value ssi RWr12 to RWr13 RWr2A to RWr2B CHO Update flag Latch count value RX29 RX41 CHO Update flag reset command Latch count value RY28 RY40 CHO Update flag reset completed Latch count value RX28 RX40 No Description The value in CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 is stored in CHO Latch count value RWr12 to RWr13 RWr2A to RWr2B at the rising edge of CHO Selected counter function start command RY25 RY3D or CHO Function input 1 terminal FUN
61. uonounj nd no souapiouloy Z S g uonouny nd no uosuedwog gg 115 2 Comparison condition types and setting Depending on the selected comparison condition the range to be compared with the present value differs a Coincidence output Coincidence output 1 to 4 turn on when CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 matches with a point set in Point setting Coincidence output 1 to 4 RWw0 to RWw1 RWw4 to RWw5 RWw8 to RWw9 RWwC to RWwD Point setting Coincidence output 1 to 4 RWw0 to RWw1 RWw4 to RWw5 RWw8 to RWw9 RWwC to RWwD 4 Present i value Coincidence output 1 to 4 a ON Coincidence RX10 to RX13 output Coincidence output 1 to 4 OFF terminals EQU1 to EQU4 f To turn off Coincidence output 1 to 4 RX10 to RX13 use Reset command Coincidence output 1 to 4 RY10 to RY13 b Within range output Coincidence output 1 to 4 turn on when both the following conditions are satisfied e When CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 is Lower limit value setting Coincidence output 1 to 4 RWw0 to RWw1 RWw4 to RWw5 RWw to RWw9 RWwC to RWwD or more e When CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 is Upper limit value setting Coincidence output 1 to 4 RWw2 to RWw3 RWw6 to RWw7 RWwA to RWwB RWwE to RWwF or less c Out of range output Coincidence output 1 to 4 turn on when either of the following conditions is satisfied e When CHO Present value RWr1
62. 10001 i 3 Error history g clear completed Not perf d 0 Completed lt Not performed address 10011 ca Olah Errors or warnings which have occurred are not reset even when Error history clear command address 10004 is set to Commanded 1 Use CHO Error reset command RY36 RY4E to reset them 16 Station based control data address 10014 Address Name Description Default When clearing the error history stored in the remote buffer memory and the nonvolatile memory is completed Error history clear completed address 10014 changes to Clear is completed 1 e When Error history clear command address 10004 is set to Not commanded 0 Error history clear completed address 10014 changes to 10014 Eimer history clear Clear is not performed 0 00004 completed The following shows the range of values which can be stored b15 b14 b13 b12 b11 b10 b9 b8 b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 bi b0 o o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Clear is not performed yv I 1 Clear is 0 fixed completed 296 APPENDICES 17 Station based control data address 1002 Address Name Description Default e The parameter information and the extended parameter information stored in the remote buffer memory and the nonvolatile memory are initialized by this command The following shows the setting range b15 b14 b13 b12 b11 b10 b9 b8 b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 bi b
63. 100Q or less Failure to do so may result in electric shock or malfunction Check the rated voltage and terminal layout before wiring to the module and connect the cables correctly Connecting a power supply with a different voltage rating or incorrect wiring may cause a fire or failure Prevent foreign matter such as dust or wire chips from entering the module Such foreign matter can cause a fire failure or malfunction Place the cables in a duct or clamp them If not dangling cable may swing or inadvertently be pulled resulting in damage to the module or cables or malfunction due to poor contact Do not install the communication cables together with the main circuit lines or power cables Keep a distance of 100mm or more between them Failure to do so may result in malfunction due to noise Do not install the control lines together with the main circuit lines or power cables Keep a distance of 150mm or more between them Failure to do so may result in malfunction due to noise When disconnecting the cable from the module do not pull the cable by the cable part For the cable with connector hold the connector part of the cable For the cable connected to the terminal block loosen the terminal screw Pulling the cable connected to the module may result in malfunction or damage to the module or cable When an overcurrent caused by an error of an external device or a failure of the programmable controller flows for a long time it may cause
64. 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Q p yY Cam switch output 0 CH1 01054 channel assignment 1 CH2 00004 setting 1 Cam switch output 1 channel assignment setting 2 Cam switch output 2 channel assignment setting 15 Cam switch output 15 channel assignment setting 16 Cam switch output 16 channel assignment setting The reflection timing of the setting value When Initial data setting request flag RYQ is turned off then on 6 Module based parameter data address 01204 to 01214 01404 to 0141p Address Name CH1 CH2 Description Default 01204 01404 Operation mode setting e Set the operation mode for channels e The following shows the setting range 0 Normal Mode 1 Frequency Measurement Mode 2 Rotation Speed Measurement Mode 3 Pulse Measurement Mode 4 PWM Output Mode e The reflection timing of the setting value When Initial data setting request flag RY9 is turned off then on 01214 01414 Count source selection Set the count source e The following shows the setting range 0 A Phase B Phase 1 Coincidence Output 1 2 Coincidence Output 2 When CHO Count source selection address 01214 01414 is set to Coincidence Output 1 1 or Coincidence Output 2 2 pulses are counted up at the rising edge of the following signals Normal mode Coincidence output 1 to 2 RX10 to RX11 PWM output mode Coincidence output 1 to 2 terminals EQU1 to EQU2
65. 19214 to function step j i 7 i i 04094 Moderate error are not in the ascending 7 3 values in the ascending order No setting error order and turn off then on CHO Cam Output 9 ae i O indicates the channel switch execute command where settings are RY26 RY3E incorrect The values set in Cam switch function step No 1 Set Cam switch function step to No 16 setting Output No 1 to No 16 setting Output Cam switch 7 idet i 10 address 1982 to 10 address 1982 to 19A1 04104 Moderate error ang oe Sep 19A1 are not in the t7 3 to values in the ascending No setting error Output 10 ascending order order and turn off then on CHO O indicates the channel Cam switch execute command where settings are RY26 RY3E incorrect 231 Operation of when an error Error code Son hs Description and occurs A Classification Error name Action hexadecimal cause The other Error CH CHs The values set in Cam switch function step No 1 Set Cam switch function step to No 16 setting Output No 1 to No 16 setting Output Cam switch 16 address 1C82 to 16 address 1C824 to 1CA1 0416 Moderate error function step 1CA1p are not in the 7 3 to values in the ascending No setting error Output 16 ascending order order ang turn off then on CHO O indicates the channel Cam switch execute command where settings are RY26 RY3E incorrect Set CHO Time unit setting If the If
66. 4 setting 1 CH2 Cam switch output 8 channel assignment 0 CH1 setting 1 CH2 Cam switch output 9 channel assignment 0 CH1 setting 1 CH2 Cam switch output 10 channel 0 CH1 assignment setting 1 CH2 Cam switch output 11 channel 0 CH1 assignment setting 1 CH2 Cam switch output 12 channel 0 CH1 assignment setting 1 CH2 Cam switch output 13 channel 0 CH1 assignment setting 1 CH2 Cam switch output 14 channel 0 CH1 assignment setting 1 CH2 88 CHAPTER 7 VARIOUS SETTINGS Setting item Setting details Reference Cam switch output 15 channel 0 CH1 assignment setting 1 CH2 Page 129 Section 8 5 4 Cam switch output 16 channel 0 CH1 assignment setting 1 CH2 0 Normal Mode Operation mode setting Frequency Measurement Mode Rotation Speed Measurement Mode Pulse Measurement Mode PWM Output Mode Page 99 Section 7 3 Count source selection oj AJ wo N gt A Phase B Phase Coincidence Output 1 Coincidence Output 2 Page 288 Appendix 3 6 Pulse input mode 1 Phase Multiple of 1 1 Phase Multiple of 2 CW CCW 2 Phase Multiple of 1 2 Phase Multiple of 2 2 Phase Multiple of 4 Page 104 Section 8 3 1 Counting speed setting olaj RB ww N gt oj nN gt 10kpps 100kpps 200kpps 500kpps IMpps 2Mpps 4Mpps 8Mpps Page 29 Section 3 2 Counter
67. 5 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION 57 5 1 High Speed Counter Module System Configuration a s 0 0 e eee eee 57 5 2 Applicable Systems ciis bovis Pele REE ESA wd oa SE ieee a oie eS 58 CHAPTER 6 INSTALLATION AND WIRING 59 6 1 Station Number Setting 00 enet ee tne 59 6 2 Installation Environment and Installation Position 0000s cece eee 60 6 2 1 Installation environment 0 0 0 0 0 e nent eee 60 6 227 installation positions s 87 ete bcs hath e AR a a DE ed 2h Ae is 60 6 2 3 Installation direction 6 0 eannan aaua 61 amp Sti Jnstallatiom ree a a a a e eon Aa aad an pet A diag ang sa AAR 62 6 3 1 Connecting extension modules s 00 ccc eee een eens 62 6 3 2 Mounting the modules on a DIN rail n nannaa anaana 64 6 4 Wiring with Terminal Block for Module Power Supply and FG 0020 eee eee 67 6 5 Wiring of Ethernet Cable 0 0 0 cette tne e nee 69 6 6 Wiring of Connectors for External Devices 00 000 eee 72 6 6 1 Wiring precautions 0 20 6 a a a n eeee 72 6 6 2 Connectors for external devices 0 0 eee e eee eee run 74 6 6 3 I O interfaces with external devices 0 000 0 c cece tees 75 6 6 4 Encoders that can be connected 0 ccc ccc eect eee tees 79 6 7 Wiring Example Between a High Speed Counter Module and an Encoder 80 6 8 Wiring Example Between a Controller and External Input Terminals
68. 7 CHO ON width setting change completed i i i i PWM output i g i ot RX35 RX4D OFF u E 3 Ly CHO PWM output assignment setting 7 K RWw1D RWw35 L sil e iced CHO ON width setting PWM output 1 10000 RWw1E to RWw1F RWw36 to RWw37 CHO Cycle setting PWM output 7 RWw20 to RWw21 RWw38 to RWw39 i 20000 Coincidence output 1 terminal 1 EQU1 it ON y i Coincidence output 3 terminal ba 2 EQU3 OFF q A h tp gt ke 7 i T1 T3 AEE e gt lt gt wd you T2 T2 a CHO PWM output ON va RX26 RX3E off 4 4 T1 ON width setting PWM output 1ms T2 Cycle setting PWM output 2ms T3 ON width setting PWM output 0 5ms uonoun4 NAINO WMd 6L 8 179 No Description The following processing is performed when CHO PWM output start command RY26 RY3E is turned on to turn on CHO PWM output RX26 RX3E The values in CHO PWM output assignment setting RWw1D RWw35 CHO ON width setting PWM output RWw1E to RWw1F RWw36 to RWw37 and CHO Cycle setting PWM output RWw20 to RWw21 RWw38 to RWw339 are acquired The PWM waveform is output from one of the coincidence output 1 to 4 terminals EQU1 to EQU4 based on the settings The PWM waveform is output starting with OFF The PWM waveform continues to be output based on the acquired settings unti
69. CC Link IE Field Network configuration refer to the following T User s manual for the master local module used 5 1 High Speed Counter Module System Configuration The following shows system configuration using a high speed counter module High speed counter module Extension module NZ2GFCF D62PD2 uoneunByuoy wajshs ajnpoyy 14uno peeds ybiH L S 57 5 2 Applicable Systems 1 Applicable master station When using a high speed counter module use the following products as a master station Model First five digits of serial number QJ71GF11 T2 LJ71GF11 T2 14102 or later QD77GF16 14111 or later When a master station other than the above is used the high speed counter module cannot be used 2 Connectable modules One extension module can be connected to one high speed counter module Module Model Extension I O module NZ2EX2B1 16D NZ2EX2B1 16T NZ2EX2B1 16TE 3 Ethernet cable For the specifications of the Ethernet cable refer to the following 1 User s manual for the master local module used 4 Software package GX Works2 is required for setting and diagnosing the high speed counter module Install GX Works2 with the following version High speed counter module Software version NZ2GFCF D62PD2 Version 1 98C or later Extension I O module NZ2EX2B1 16D NZ2EX2B
70. CH1 Update flag reset completed Measured frequency value Measured rotation speed value X102D CH1 Update flag Measured frequency value Measured rotation speed value X1031 CH1 Measured pulse value update flag reset completed Function input terminal X1032 CH1 Measured pulse value update flag Function input terminal X10323 CH1 Measured pulse value update flag reset completed Latch counter input terminal X1034 CH1 Measured pulse value update flag Latch counter input terminal X1035 CH1 ON width setting change completed PWM output X1036 CH1 Error status X1037 CH1 Warning status NZ2GFCF D62PD2 X1000 to X104F CHAPTER 9 PROGRAMMING Device Description Y1008 Initial data processing completion flag Y1009 Initial data setting request flag Y1010 Reset command Coincidence output 1 Y1011 Reset command Coincidence output 2 Y 1012 Reset command Coincidence output 3 Y1013 Reset command Coincidence output 4 Y1014 Setting change request Coincidence output 1 Y1015 Setting change request Coincidence output 2 Y1016 Setting change request Coincidence output 3 Y1017 Setting change request Coincidence output 4 Y101F External power supply monitor request flag for extension output module Y1020 CH1 Coincidence output enable command Y1021 CH1 Preset replace command Y1022 CH1 Count down command Y1023 CH1 External
71. CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 is on and storing the preset value 0 or 100 in CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 at the falling edge of CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 Jadis gt Controlled by the high speed counter module gt Controlled by the program CHO Count enable command RY24 RY3C OFF CHO Preset value setting RWw14 to RWw15 RWw2C to RWw2D jo Q CHO Present value AT1 or more 2 ON 3 6 8 CHO Function input terminal i FUNC1 FUNC2 OFF i Dy eae i Dr A a l Pet 100 Pulses actually input _ 4 CHO Present value _ RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 ee as i RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 stored in a remote register 1 wo 0 r Q i i i i i i S y Count stop Count stop 14 Count stop gt o i 1 i i a i i 1 1 1 1 1 1 o i D g rl For ATy refer to Page 302 Appendix 4 p amp o No Description E Q 1 Counting starts by turning on CHO Count enable command RY24 RY3C a c 2 Counting stops at the rising edge of CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 The value in CHO Preset value setting RWw14 to RWw15 RWw2C to RWw2D is stored in CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 S RWr28 to RWr29 at the falling edge of CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 and the counting resumes 4 Set any valu
72. CHO Latch count value update flag reset completed Latch counter input terminal RX2A RX42 4 For AT refer to Page 302 Appendix 4 e This signal turns on when resetting CHO Update flag Measured frequency value RX2D RX45 by CHO Update flag reset command Measured frequency value RY2C RY44 is RX2C CH1 completed This signal turns off when CHO Update flag reset command Measured frequency value RY2C RY44 is turned off Update flag reset completed 77777 gt Controlled by the high speed counter module Measured gt Controlled by the program frequency CHO Update flag reset command ON value Measured frequency value i RY2C RY44 OFF fy zn CHO Update flag ON Measured frequency value I l r RX2D RX45 OFF 1 CHO Update flag reset completed 1 ON r RX44 CH2 Measured frequency value N A RX2C RX44 OFF L e This signal turns on when resetting CHO Update flag Measured rotation speed value Update flag RX2D RX45 by CHO Update flag reset command Measured rotation speed value reset completed RY2C RY44 is completed Measured e This signal turns off when CHO Update flag reset command Measured rotation speed rotation speed value value RY2C RY44 is turned off The operation is the same as that of CHO Update flag reset completed Measured frequency value RX2C RX44 except the signal name 263 sjeuBls ndul ayows jo siejeq xipueddy sjeuBls O I e owsyY Jo sjlejeq xipued
73. Counting resumes by turning off CHO Selected counter function start command RY25 RY3D 144 CHAPTER 8 FUNCTIONS 8 10 Latch Counter Function Counter Function Selection The latch counter function by counter function selection acquires CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 of the counter and stores it in the remote register when CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 or CHO Selected counter function start command RY25 RY3D is input 1 Setting method of the latch counter function counter function selection 1 Set Parameter write for Method selection CC IE Field Configuration window gt Select a high speed counter module in List of stations gt CC IE Field Configuration gt Online gt Parameter Processing of Slave Station 2 Select 1 Latch Counter Function in CHO Counter function selection CH1 Counter function selection 0 Count Di 1 Latch Counter Function s CH1 Function input logic setting 0 Positive hee CH1 Latch counter input logic s 0 Positive 0 Count Disable Function CH1 Z phase input response ti 2 OFF gt O oume CH1 Function input response ti 2 OFF gt O 2 Sampling Counter Function 3 Periodic Pulse Counter Function CH1 Latch counter input respo 2 OFF gt O 4 Count disable Presetreplace Function te CH1 Pulse measurement setti 0 Pulse O 5 Latch counter Preset replace Function
74. Do you want to execute 96 CHAPTER 7 VARIOUS SETTINGS 6 Click the Yes button 7 The parameter is read from the high speed counter module Setting Range 10ms CLEAR Coinciden CH1 CH1 8 Set Parameter write for Method selection Parameter Processing of Slave Station Target Module Information NZ2GFCF D62PD2 Start I O No 0000 Station No 1 Parameter read Parameter write Methad selection Parameter write z The i Parameter Information 9 Set Write Value The following are the procedure 7 Click the title cell of Read Value to select all the items and copy them e Click the title cell of Write Value to select all the items and paste the copy e Select the items to be changed and set new values Parameter Processing of Slave Station Target Module Information NZ2GFCF D62PD2 A Start I O No 0000 Station No 1 a Method selection Parameter write The parameters are written to the target module a v m Parameter Information Checked parameters are the targets of selected processes Select All Cancel All Selections hitial Value Read Value Write Value Setting Range Unit 0 Jeyowesed y BulbueyD ZZ 0 CHI 0 CH1 0 CH1 nAn A Display only selectable parameters Clear All Read Value Clear All Write Value m Process Option There is no option in the selected process uonesnB
75. Field Configuration window XW CC IE Field Configuration gt Close with Reflecting the Setting 18 Click the SSSA button to display the refresh parameter setting window ooo o1FF 0000 DIFF oooo 00sSF oooo 0osSF oooof 0003F 0000 __003F CHAPTER 7 VARIOUS SETTINGS 20 Write the set parameter to the CPU module of the master station and reset the CPU module lt m 21 Change the status of the CPU module of the master station to RUN The network configuration setting is now completed H J we Jed ay BulbueyD ZZ uoneinByuoo yiomjeu y BulbueyD pz 95 7 2 2 Changing the parameter without changing the network configuration To change only the created module parameter of the slave station without changing the network configuration set the parameter in the following procedure 1 Display the CC IE Field Configuration window e When the master local module is the QJ71GF11 T2 KO Project window gt Parameter gt Network Parameter gt Ethernet CC IE MELSECNET gt Cee button When the master local module is the LJ71GF11 T2 DO Project window gt Parameter gt Network Parameter gt Ethernet CC IE Field gt e button 2 Select the high speed counter module in List of stations on the CC IE Field Configuration window Tal CC IE Field Configuration Module 1 Start 1 0 0000 CCIE Field Configuration Edit View Clos
76. M Mode ic 9 Automatic jdwexg weibolg 6 There is no option in the selected process The refreshed device values of remote I O or remote registers may be overwritten Accesses the PLC CPU by using the current connection destination Please check if there is any problem with the connection destination Process is executed according to the parameters written in the PLC CPU For information on items not displayed on the screen please refer to the manual Import Export 10 Click the Execute button to write the parameter to the high speed counter module 207 7 Setting method of the program 1 Create a program in Page 209 Section 9 3 8 to Page 218 Section 9 3 13 on GX Works2 according to the mode or function to use 2 Write the program to the CPU module of the master station and reset the CPU module or turn off then on the power supply lt q RESET D or Power OFF ON 3 Change the status of the CPU module of the master station to RUN TTL RUN C O 208 CHAPTER 9 PROGRAMMING 8 Program example under the normal mode when the coincidence output is set with the comparison output function a Common program Check the data link status station No 1 Mc NO MO i NZ2GFCF D62PD2 1 SB49 SW B0 0 r g F NO_ MO ag Add the following MCR instruction at the end of the program MCR NO Point
77. None 29 suoieoioads soUeWOLIOd ZE Item Specifications Differential input DC input Phase Z EIA Standards RS 422 A differential line driver f level AM26LS31 manufactured by Texas 5 24VDC 4 to 8mA 2 points External input Instruments or equivalent 2 points Function 5 24VDC 7 to 12mA 2 points Latch counter 5 24VDC 7 to 12mA 2 points External Cdinsidsnes output Transistor sink type output 4 points output k 5 to 24VDC 0 1A point 0 4A common Measurement item Pulse width ON width OFF width Pul K Measurement resolution 100ns measurement Measurement points 2 points channel Number of output points 16 points Number of steps per output point Maximum 16 steps point Cam switch Control cycle 0 5ms Diff bet h output eens See RRE Within the output response time of the extension output module duration in a channel Output frequency range DC and up to 200kHz PWM output Duty ratio Any ratio Can be set by 0 1us s 0 088 to 0 3mm 28 to 22 AWG A6CON1 and A6CON4 Applicable For external device connection 7 eis 0 088 to 0 24mm 28 to 24 AWG A6CON2 wire size For power supply Core 0 5 to 1 5mm 20 to 16 AWG Applicable connector for external wiring A6CON1 A6CON2 A6CON4 sold separately External power supply 24VDC 20 4 to 26 4VDC Current consumption 220mA Cyclic transmission RX RY points 80 points 16 points x number o
78. OFF status of the external power supply and indicates it with the I O PW LED on the extension output module By using External power supply monitor request flag RY1F a moderate error is generated when the external power supply is off Thus the ON OFF status of the external power supply is notified and the extension output module can be stopped a External power supply monitoring function When the external power supply is turned off with External power supply monitor request flag RY1F on a moderate error occurs When using this function check that the external power supply stabilizes before turning on External power supply monitor request flag RY1F When turning off the external power supply turn off External power supply monitor request flag RY1F in advance Module power supply OFF 1 1 1 1 1 1 i 1 l 1 T T t 1 1 ie 1 ry 1 1 ies 1 1 S 1 1 IN Na S ees i i 1 Error detection disable Error detection enable i Error detection disable T External power supply OFF Error status flag RX36 t OFF External power supply monitor request flag OFF RY1F External power supply monitor state flag RX1F a 7 1 Errors which occur in the extension I O module are displayed in the error area of CH1 of the high speed counter module b Setting and checking the external power supply monitoring function Item Description Reference External pow
79. Phase Z differential input becomes on when CH1 Z phase Preset trigger setting is set to 0 Rising Z1 COM A15 CH1 Phase Z input common This signal inputs minus side of phase Z A2 24V B14 CH2 Phase A pulse input 24V A2 5V A14 CH2 Phase A pulse input 5V e This signal inputs plus side of phase A pulse A2 DIF B13 CH2 Phase A pulse differential input A2 COM A13 CH2 Phase A pulse input common This signal inputs minus side of phase A pulse B2 24V B12 CH2 Phase B pulse input 24V Input B2 5V A12 CH2 Phase B pulse input 5V e This signal inputs plus side of phase B pulse B2 DIF B11 CH2 Phase B pulse differential input B2 COM A11 CH2 Phase B pulse input common This signal inputs minus side of phase B pulse Z2 24V B10 CH2 Phase Z input 24V This signal inputs plus side of phase Z 22 5V A10 CH2 Phase Z input 5V e Turn on this signal to replace a count value by the external signal e The count value is replaced with the preset value when this signal Z2 DIF B09 CH2 Phase Z differential input becomes on when CH2 Z phase Preset trigger setting is set to 0 Rising Z2 COM A09 CH2 Phase Z input common This signal inputs minus side of phase Z FUNC1 24V B08 CH1 Function input 24V FUNC1 5V B07 CH1 Function input 5V e Turn on this signal to execute the selected counter function start FUNC2 24V B05 CH2 Function input 24V command by the external signal FUNC2 5V
80. RY3A is 1 phase multiple of 2 B or CHO down Count down command J L on RY22 RY3A i w LN Counts on the rising edge 7 and the falling edge 1 For countin oe unting u Saad se sieie B and CHO Count down command RY22 RY3A RY22 RY3A are off For counting oA Counts on the rising edge 7 and the falling edge 1 of oA B or CH down Count Ber tis B or CHO Count down command RY22 RY3A is RY22 RY3A on oA Counts on the rising edge 7 of oA For counting up a ising edge 1 of b OB is off pB CW CCW For counting A oA is off down Counts on the rising edge 7 of oB _ f Lf pA 2 phase multiple of 1 For counting up B Counts on the rising edge 1 of pA while B is off For counting down oA B Counts on the falling edge 4 of pA while B is off 104 CHAPTER 8 FUNCTIONS Pulse input p Count timing mode oA i f Counts on the rising edge 7 of oA while B is off For counting u ae Counts on the falling edge 4 of A while B is on B 2 phase multiple of 2 For counting oA f f Counts on the rising edge 1 of A while B is on down Counts on the falling edge 4 of A while B is off oB Counts on the rising edge 1 of pA while B is off oA f I f q Counts on the falling edge of oA while B is on Counts on the rising edge 1 of 6B while A
81. Set the values that satisfy the condition Lower limit value If the If the setting Coincidence output parameters are parameters are lt Upper limit value setting written with the written with the Coincidence output and parameter parameter perform one of the following i ME processing of processing of operations ne ee m raed a the slave the slave If Initial data processing value setting Coincidence 9 station or Initial station or Initial request flag RX8 is on turn output is smaller than data processing data processing off then on Initial data Upper limit the value in Lower limit completion flag completion flag processing completion flag value setting value setting Coincidence output RY8 or Initial RY8 or Initial RY8 If the parameters are written 03104 Moderate error error put data setting data setting l Coincidence O indicates the channel request flag request flag with the parameter output where settings are RY9 is turned RY9 is turned processing of the slave incorrect off then on 13 off then on 13 station or Initial data setting indicates the number of if Setting If Setting completion flag RX9 is on Coincidence output on change request change request turn off then on Initial data which this error occurred Coincidence Coincidence setting request flag RY9 If Initial dat i output RY14 output RY14 iad fen ana i to RY17 i to RY17
82. The station can perform the cyclic transmission Remote buffer memory Buffer memory in a remote device station Remote register RWr Word data input from a slave station to the master station For some areas in a local station data are output in the opposite direction Lo User s manual for the master local module used Remote register RWw Word data output from the master station to a slave station For some areas in a local station data are output in the opposite direction A QJ User s manual for the master local module used Remote output RY Bit data output from the master station to a slave station For some areas in a local station data are output in the opposite direction QJ User s manual for the master local module used Remote input RX Bit data input from a slave station to the master station For some areas in a local station data are output in the opposite direction RA User s manual for the master local module used Link device A device RX RY RWr or RWw in a module on CC Link IE Field Network 13 Term Description Link special relay SB Bit data that indicates the operating status and data link status of a module on CC Link IE Field Network Link special register SW Bit data that indicates the operating status and data link status of a module on CC Link IE Field Network Routing A process of selecting paths for communication
83. This function outputs the specified PWM waveform from any PWM output Page 175 PWM output function eae coincidence output 1 to 4 terminals EQU1 to EQU4 mode Section 8 19 This function sets the output status of the extension output module Output HOLD CLEAR setting ak Page 182 YO to YF used as the output of Coincidence output EQU1 to i function Section 8 20 EQU4 and the cam switch function to HOLD or CLEAR This function monitors the cyclic data update interval When the Page 183 Cyclic data update watch function cyclic transmission remains to be stopped over the set watch time aa a i this function holds or clears the value which is output just before When a moderate error or a major error occurs in the high speed Page 184 Error notification function counter module this function notifies the master station of the error Common to all ae 8 on i using the remote register and the remote input signal modes One extension I O module can be connected to one high speed counter module Function at the extension module p Page 187 i The cam switch function can be used by connecting the extension installation es j Section 8 23 I O module In addition functions unique to the extension I O module can be used CC Link IE Field Network diagnostic With this function whether any network error occurs or not can be Page 190 function checked through GX Works2 connected to the CPU module Section 8 24 36
84. a ten e a do aa ea pea a eee 129 8 6 Preset replace Function naasa s aaneen 134 8 7 Latch Counter Function by Latch Counter Input Terminal n s saasaa aaaeeeaa 139 8 8 Counter Function Selection 0 00 0 ccc ttt etn eens 141 8 9 Count Disable Function sasssa 000 cc tenes 143 8 10 Latch Counter Function Counter Function Selection 0 00 000 c cece eee 145 8 11 Sampling Counter Function 000 00 een ene nen en eens 148 8 12 Periodic Pulse Counter Function 0 0 0 0 tent e eee 151 8 13 Count Disable preset replace Function 0 0 00 000 ccc eee nen ene nee 154 8 14 Latch Counter preset replace Function 0 0000 cece eee eee 157 8 15 CC Link IE Field Network Synchronous Communication Function 05 160 8 16 Frequency Measurement Function 0 0 0000 cece tte 163 8 17 Rotation Speed Measurement Function 00 00 0 ce een eens 167 8 18 Pulse Measurement Function 00 0 00 cece etna 171 8 19 PWM Output Function sce wunean ou en Ra eases oe ec dy ek ey 175 8 20 Output HOLD CLEAR Setting Function 0 0 00 00 c ccc cence eens 182 8 21 Cyclic Data Update Watch Function 0 000000 0c eee 183 10 8 22 Error Notification Function 0 0 00 cc eee eee e eens 184 8 23 Function at the Extension Module Installation 00 000 cece ete eee 187 8 24 CC Link IE Field Network Diagnostic Function 00
85. a maximum If 16 or more errors occur errors are deleted from the oldest f the same error occurs continuously only the error that occurred first is stored to the error history Even after the power of the module is turned off and on the error history remains To initialize the error history set Method selection to Error history clear request on the Command Execution of Slave Station window and click the Execute button Method selection Error history clear request ad Error history read Error clear reguest m Command Setting L20 history clear request 2 Checking by CHO Latest error code RWr22 RWr3A Check the latest error code with the remote register of the master local module XW Online gt Monitor gt Device Buffer Memory Batch Ex When the refresh target device for CH1 Latest error code RWr22 is W1122 Device Device Name T C Set Value Reference Program Buffer Memory Module Start e HE arees r Display Format o _Nodify value 2 PAEA 32 32 S4 esc 10 E oetais aren zl lalo a 7 6 5 4 3 3 Checking by CHO Latest warning code RWr23 RWr3B Check the latest warning code with the remote register of the master local module XW Online gt Monitor gt Device Buffer Memory Batch Ex When the refresh target device for CH1 Latest warning code RWr23 is W1123 r Device Device Name w T C Se
86. after discontinuation of production 1 Mitsubishi shall accept onerous product repairs for seven 7 years after production of the product is discontinued Discontinuation of production shall be notified with Mitsubishi Technical Bulletins etc 2 Product supply including repair parts is not available after production is discontinued 3 Overseas service Overseas repairs shall be accepted by Mitsubishi s local overseas FA Center Note that the repair conditions at each FA Center may differ 4 Exclusion of loss in opportunity and secondary loss from warranty liability Regardless of the gratis warranty term Mitsubishi shall not be liable for compensation of damages caused by any cause found not to be the responsibility of Mitsubishi loss in opportunity lost profits incurred to the user by Failures of Mitsubishi products special damages and secondary damages whether foreseeable or not compensation for accidents and compensation for damages to products other than Mitsubishi products replacement by the user maintenance of on site equipment start up test run and other tasks 5 Changes in product specifications The specifications given in the catalogs manuals or technical documents are subject to change without prior notice 321 Microsoft Windows Windows Vista Windows NT Windows XP Windows Server Visio Excel PowerPoint Visual Basic Visual C and Access are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Microsoft Corpora
87. by the high speed counter module External power supply RX1F External power supply ON monitor state flag monitor request flag OFF fk K RY1F n ar External power supply monitoring function External power supply ON monitor state flag RX1F 258 APPENDICES Remote input RX No Signal name Description RX21 CH1 Preset replace RX39 CH2 completion This signal turns on when the preset is completed by turning on CHO Preset replace command RY21 RY39 e This signal turns off when CHO Preset replace command RY21 RY39 is turned off o gt Controlled by the high speed counter module Controlled by the program CHO Preset value setting RWw14 to RWw15 RWw2C to RWw2D 100 CHO Preset replace command L RY21 RY39 OFF Ss CHO Preset replace completion RX21 RX39 OFF CHO Present value 0 RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 109 Up to AT delay occurs until this signal turns on after the preset is completed za For AT refer to Page 302 Appendix 4 RX23 CH1 External RX3B CH2 preset replace Z Phase request detection e This signal turns on when a count value is replaced with the preset value by CHO Phase Z input terminal Z1 Z2 Note that this signal does not turn on when Z phase Preset trigger setting address 0125 b0 to b1 01451 b0 to b1 i
88. cannot be performed nosso cece ete ee eee 253 APPENDICES 254 Appendix 1 Details of Remote I O Signals 00 00 ccc eee eee 254 Appendix 1 1 Details of remote input signals 00000 0 0c e eee eee eee 254 Appendix 1 2 Details of remote output signals 0000 eee eee 267 Appendix 2 Details of Remote Registers 0 000 e cece eee 273 Appendix 3 Details of Remote Buffer Memory Addresses nannaa 00 e eee eee eee 285 Appendix 4 Internal Control Cycle and Response Delay Time 0 0000 eee eae 302 Appendix 5 EMC and Low Voltage Directives 00 0000 ccc tenes 307 Appendix 5 1 Measures to comply with the EMC directive 22000000055 307 Appendix 5 2 Requirements to compliance with the low voltage directive 312 Appendix 6 Checking Serial Number and Function Version 0 0000 cee eee eens 313 Appendix 7 Addition and Change of Functions 0 000 0 c cece cee ees 314 Appendix 7 1 Additional function 06 eee 314 Appendix 7 2 Change of function 000 cc eect eee 314 Appendix 8 External Dimensions 00 0000 ttt teens 315 INDEX 316 REVISIONS 4 20 eaters ee WS We he eS th te bart Pete ee eines de 6G eG 320 WARRANTY berii hiia odani Doe A ge aad Qld dd ee dad bel hee wads 321 11 MANUAL PAGE ORGANIZATION In this manual pages are organized and the symbols are used as shown below The following illustrati
89. change request Coincidence output 1 to 4 Reference RY14 to RY17 is off then on on turned off then on Coincidence output 1 to 4 channel o assignment setting Coincidence output 1 to 4 comparison a Tn O condition setting Preset replace setting at coincidence O e E output Coincidence output 1 to 2 3 Point setting Coincidence output 1 to 4 RWw0 to RWw1 RWw4 to RWw65 o oO O RWw8 to RWw9 RWwC to RWwD Page 279 Appendix 2 7 Page 280 Appendix 2 8 Lower limit value setting Coincidence output 1 to 4 7 RWw0 to RWw1 RWw4 to RWw65 RWw8 to RWw9 RWwC to RWwD Page 279 Appendix 2 7 Page 280 Appendix 2 8 Upper limit value setting Coincidence output 1 to 4 RWw2 to RWw3 RWw6 to RWw7 RWwA to RWwB RWwE to RWwF Page 279 Appendix 2 7 4 2 O O O Page 280 Appendix 2 8 4 When Initial data processing request flag RX8 is on the setting data is checked 2 When Initial data processing request flag RX8 is on the setting data is not checked 3 For details on the preset replace at coincidence output function refer to the following L3 Page 126 Section 8 5 3 uonounj jndjno souaepliouloy Z S g uoloun yndjno uosuedwog gg 117 4 Output destination of comparison result for the coincidence output function The following table lists the output destination of the comparison result for each comparison condition O Enable
90. command RY20 RY38 Set the ON time of Reset command Coincidence output 1 to 4 RY10 to RY13 to AT or longer For AT refer to Page 302 Appendix 4 Due to coincidence detection processing inside the high speed counter module the counter value greater or smaller corresponding to Counter value greater smaller signal RWr0 is not updated at the same time when Coincidence output 1 to 4 RX10 to RX13 turns off then on Therefore the counter value greater or smaller may be 1 even though it is not the correct value Even if Point setting Coincidence output 1 to 4 RWw0 to RWw1 RWw4 to RWw5 RWw8 to RWw9 RWwC to RWwD is changed the present value is not compared with the changed value unless Setting change request Coincidence output 1 to 4 RY14 to RY17 is turned off then on 121 uonouny jndjno souapiouloy Z S g uonouny nd no uosuedwog gg b Operation example of within range output The following figure shows the timing to enable Lower limit value setting Coincidence output 1 1000 and Upper limit value setting Coincidence output 1 2000 and an operation example of when the present value reaches the setting range 1000 to 2000 for the case where within range output is set as the comparison condition Note that Coincidence output 1 is assigned to CH1 ea Controlled by the high speed counter module Controlled by the program CH1 Coincidence output enable command RY20 Setting chan
91. count of frequency measurement for the frequency measurement function The following shows the setting range 1 to 100 However when 1 is set the operation is performed with the moving average count regarded as not being done The reflection timing of the setting value When CHO Count enable command RY24 RY3C is turned off then on Moving average count Rotation speed measurement Set the number of moving average count of rotation speed measurement for the rotation speed measurement function The following shows the setting range 1 to 100 However when 1 is set the operation is performed with the moving average count regarded as not being done The reflection timing of the setting value When CHO Count enable command RY24 RY3C is turned off then on 13 Remote registers RWw1A to RWw1B RWw32 to RWw33 Address RWw CH1 CH2 Item Description Default 1A 32 1B 33 Number of pulses per rotation Set the number of pulses per rotation for the pulse measurement function e The following shows the setting range 1 to 8000000 e The reflection timing of the setting value When CHO Count enable command RY24 RY3C is turned off then on 283 sJa sibay a owey jo sjiejeq Z xipueddy 14 Remote registers RWw1D to RWw21 RWw35 to RWw39 Address RWw Item Description Default CH1 CH2 e Select an output target from Coinc
92. data area of the extension module The remote buffer memory differs depending on the model of the extension module e Extension input module NZ2EX2B1 16D Address A age A Read A escription Default 5 Decimal Hexadecimal Write 2 4608 to 4863 12004 to 12FF System area L 1 This is the value for when the module power supply is turned off then on or at the remote reset 2 This shows whether read or write from programs is possible R Readable W Writable e Extension output module NZ2EX2B1 16T NZ2EX2B1 16TE Address 5 A 4 Read escription Default x Decimal Hexadecimal Write 4608 12004 Number of ON times integration value clear YO to YF 00004 R W 4609 12014 Number of ON times integration value clear 0000 R completed YO to YF 4610 to 4863 12024 to 12FF System area A This is the value for when the module power supply is turned off then on or at the remote reset 2 This shows whether read or write from programs is possible R Readable W Writable 52 5 Extended parameter area address 15004 to 1FFF CHAPTER 3 SPECIFICATIONS Address D af 7 Read ype escription Default ee Decimal Hexadecimal Write 5376 15004 Cam switch function step type Output 1 0 R W Cam switch function number of steps 5377 15014 0 R W Output 1 Cam switch function step No 1 settin 5378 to 5379 15024 to 1503 Boer
93. flag request flag If the parameters are written setting error RWw29 in the ring RY9 is turned RY9 is turned with the parameter counter function operation 43 43 processing of the slave ff th ff th O indicates the channel eae aw PeH SER station or Initial data setting where settings are rable enable completion flag RX9 is on incorrect turn off then on Initial data command Commana setting request flag RY9 RY24 RY3C is RY24 RY3C is i bs 9 i If Initial data processing turned off then turned off then pa i 3 request flag RX8 and Initial on or data setting completion flag RX9 are off turn off then on CHO Count enable command RY24 RY3C A value other than 00b to 10b is set in Coincidence output of Coincidence Set coincidence output of A output comparison aaa Comparison se i Coincidence output comparison ne condition setting address he i condition setting 01024 condition setting address 0304 Moderate error error He 13 0102 to a value between 00b Coincidence output O indicates the channel where settings are incorrect indicates the number of Coincidence output on which this error occurred and 10b and turn off then on Initial data setting request flag RY9 229 S17 POD 109 Z LL Operation of when an error Error code eee Description and occurs Classification Error name Action hexadecimal cause The other Error CH CHs
94. format Linear Counter Ring Counter Page 107 Section 8 4 Z phase Preset trigger setting CO A 10 N oa a aA wl nm a Rising Falling Rising Falling During ON Page 136 Section 8 6 2 External preset replace Z Phase request detection setting ON at detection ojl vj N gt Not ON at detection Page 136 Section 8 6 2 Counter function selection Count Disable Function Page 143 Section 8 9 O Latch Counter Function Page 145 Section 8 10 Sampling Counter Function Page 148 Section 8 11 Periodic Pulse Counter Function Page 151 Section 8 12 Count disable Preset replace Function Page 154 Section 8 13 Latch counter Preset replace Function Page 157 Section 8 14 Function input logic setting oO a AJ wl N Positive Logic Negative Logic Page 291 Appendix 3 9 Latch counter input logic setting Positive Logic Negative Logic Page 291 Appendix 3 9 89 Buines sejewereg pZ Setting item Setting details Reference OFF ON Response ON gt OFF Response Setting f time time Z phase input response time setting 0 0 25yus 2 5us Page 292 Appendix 3 10 1 0 1ms 0 1ms 2 1 0ms 1 0ms OFF ON Response ON OFF Response Setting time time Function input response
95. format is the ring counter Read out it in unit of 2 words 32 bits Set the preset value so that the value is within the count range of the ring counter Are the shielded twisted pair cables used for pulse input wiring Are measures against noise taken for the adjacent devices and inside the control Use the shielded twisted pair cables for pulse input wiring Take noise reduction measures such as attaching a CR surge suppressor to the magnet switch panel Measures against Is the distance between the high voltage Bundle up the pulse input lines in a single tube and keep a distance of 150mm noise equipment and pulse input line kept or more between the pulse input lines and the power line even inside the control enough panel Does any noise come from the grounded part of the high speed counter module Separate the grounding cable of the high speed counter module from the grounded part If the case of the high speed counter module touches the grounded part separate it 245 uou wou yd yez 104 BunoousejqnolL SL pow jewou 9y S Buipas pow UONeJedo y uo Buas Ou USUM VLL Check item Action Does the input pulse waveform meet the performance Check the pulse waveform with a synchronoscope If the input pulse does not meet the performance specifications input pulses which meet the performance specifications ee specifications Does the other channel show the same count
96. gt 277721 CHE Ring counter 77777777T mane CHO Present value upper limit value ile arte RWr10 to RWr11 RWw12 to RWw13 RWw10 to RWw11 RWr28 to RWr29 RWw2A to RWw2B RWw28 to RWw29 a 2147483647 3000 2999 to 2001 2 to 2147483648 2147483646 3002 3001 sA UL PULL The value of CHO Ring counter upper limit value RWw12 to RWw13 RWw2A to RWw2B 2000 is not stored in CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 gt c Ring counter lower limit value Ring counter upper limit value When the ring counter lower limit value equals to the ring counter upper limit value the counting range is from 2147483648 to 2147483647 regardless of CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 112 CHAPTER 8 FUNCTIONS Point The setting values of CHO Ring counter upper limit value RWw12 to RWw13 RWw2A to RWw2B and CHO Ring counter lower limit value RWw10 to RWw11 RWw28 to RWw29 can be reflected by turning off then on Initial data processing completion flag RY8 or by turning off then on Initial data setting request flag RY9 In that case however monitoring data such as CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 is cleared For ordinary use reflect the setting values by turning off then on CHO Count enable command RY24 RY3C When CHO Count enable command RY24 RY3C is on the stored value does not cha
97. hub normally operate e Check that a 1O00BASE T compliant switching hub is used LA User s manual for the master local module used Check that the power supply of the switching hub is turned on Is the station number of the high speed counter module duplicated with any of other stations Two or more duplicated stations exist Change the setting so that all the station numbers differ 5 When the D LINK LED flashes Check item Action Does the station number setting of the high speed counter module match the station number of the high speed counter module set in the network configuration settings of the master station or in the CC IE Field configuration Is the station type remote device station Match the station number of the high speed counter module with the station number set in the network configuration settings of the master station or in the CC IE Field configuration Change the station type of the module to the remote device station in the network configuration settings of the master station Is the high speed counter module a reserved station Is stop of the data link checked through CC Link IE Field Network diagnostics Change the setting of reserved ignored error station to other than the reserved station in the network configuration settings of the master station Check the link status through CC Link IE Field Network diagnostics and start the link when the data link is stopped Is the
98. i is 7 lis data setting completion flag turned off then turned off then 6 3 RX9 are off turn off then on on on Setting change request oincidence outpu Coincid tput RY14 to RY17 A val ther than 0 to 16 is eos aes ined Set Cam switch function Cam switch x number of steps Output 1 function number of steps function address 15014 to a value Output 1 address 03514 Moderate error number of steps 1501p 7 3 between 0 and 16 and turn off setting error o oe ihe channel then on CHO Cam switch Output 1 execute command RY26 where settings are A RY3E incorrect A val ther than 0 to 16 ont aed nas Set Cam switch function Cam switch number of steps Output 9 function number of steps function address 19014 to a value Output 9 address 03594 Moderate error number of steps 1901n 7 3 between 0 and 16 and turn off soning error oO s the channel henon CHE Cam switeh Output 9 Wheresetinasare execute command RY26 j RY3E incorrect A val ther than 0 to 16 is pee ae mae i Set Cam switch function Cam switch number of steps Output 10 nei function number of steps dd lt 198144 to a value a Output 10 address address H 03604 Moderate error number of steps 1981p ET 3 between 0 and 16 and turn off setting error oi h i ies thech then on CHO Cam switch Output 10 TS gt SS execute command RY26 where settings are RY3E incorrect A val ther than 0 to 16 is Be
99. incorrect The value in CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 is cHo outside the range of 2147483648 to Replace the present value with 0200 Moderat Overflow underf 8 3 H OSS a STT ener 2147483647 in the linear the preset value low error 5 counter function operation O indicates the channel where settings are incorrect 228 CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING Operation of when an error Error code ae Description and occurs 7 Classification Error name Action hexadecimal cause The other Error CH CHs Set the values that satisfy the condition CHO Ring counter lower limit value RWw10 to If the If the RWw11 RWw28 to RWw29 lt parameters are parameters are CHO Ring counter upper limit written with the written with the value RWw12 to RWw13 parameter parameter RWw2A to RWw2B and The value in CHO Ring processing of processing of perform one of the following counter upper limit value the slave the slave operations RWw12 to RWw13 station or Initial station or Initial If Initial data processing RWw2A to RWw2B is data processing data processing request flag RX8 is on turn CHO Ring smaller than the value in completion flag completion flag off then on Initial data counter CHO Ring counter lower RY8 or Initial RY8 or Initial processing completion flag 02104 Moderate error upper lower limit value RWw10 to data setting data setting RY8 limit value RWw11 RWw28 to request
100. input respo 2 OFF gt O 4 Count disable Presetreplace Function CH1 Pulse measurement setti 0 Pulse0 5 Latch counter Presetireplace Function 2 Setting of the sampling period Set the sampling period T by setting values to CHO Cycle setting Sampling counter Periodic pulse counter RWw17 RWw2F and CHO Time unit setting Sampling counter Periodic pulse counter RWw16 RWw2E When CHO Setting change request Sampling counter Periodic pulse counter RY27 RY3F is turned off then on the setting values are enabled However the setting values are enabled from the next operation of sampling counter function if the settings are changed while the sampling counter function is being performed Setting item Setting range Reference CHO Time unit setting Sampling counter Periodic pulse 0 1ms counter RWw16 RWw2E 1 10ms Page 282 Appendix 2 11 CHO Cycle setting Sampling counter Periodic pulse counter 1 to 65535 RWw17 RWw2F Point Change the sampling period by CHO Setting change request Sampling counter Periodic pulse counter RY27 RY3F When the period is changed by Initial data processing completion flag RY8 or Initial data setting request flag RY9 the items of the monitor value such as CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 are cleared When changing the sampling period by using CHO Setting change request Sampling count
101. input terminal FUNC1 FUNC 2 of the connector for external devices Page 107 Section 8 4 1 Page 109 Section 8 4 2 Page 114 Section 8 5 Page 115 Section 8 5 2 Page 126 Section 8 5 3 Page 129 Section 8 5 4 Page 134 Section 8 6 ys uoNoUN v e Page 139 Section 8 7 Page 145 Section 8 10 35 Operation Function name Description s Reference mode This function executes the counter function selection using both the Page 141 Counter function selection program and CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 of the oo 38 i connector for external devices or using either of them A This function stops counting pulses while CHO Count enable Page 143 Count disable function command RY24 RY3C is on Section 8 9 This function acquires the count value and stores it in the remote Page 145 Latch counter function 2 register Section 8 10 This function counts pulses that are input during the preset Page 148 Sampling counter function sampling period Section 8 11 a This function stores the present value and difference value to the Page 151 Periodic pulse counter function corresponding remote registers by the preset cycle time Section 8 12 According to the status change of CHO Function input terminal Normal mode Count disable preset replace FUNC1 FUNC2 of the connector for external devices this Page 154 func
102. is turned off 4 4 For AT3 refer to Page 302 Appendix 4 Point Cam switch output signal RWr2 turns on regardless of CHO Count enable command RY24 RY3C 133 UONOUNY YMS WED G g uonouny nd no uosuedwog gg 8 6 Preset replace Function The preset replace function replaces the count value with any value preset by the user This value is called a preset value This function can be used to start counting pulses from the preset value Perform this function by one of the following methods This section describes No 1 and 2 No Method Reference 1 Performing the preset replace function by a program Page 135 Section 8 6 1 2 Performing the preset replace function by CHO Phase Z input terminal Z1 Z2 Page 136 Section 8 6 2 3 Performing the preset replace function by the preset replace at coincidence output function Page 126 Section 8 5 3 4 Performing the preset replace function by the count disable preset replace function Page 154 Section 8 13 5 Performing the preset replace function by the latch counter preset replace function Page 157 Section 8 14 134 Point All the above preset replace functions cannot be performed while CHO External preset replace Z Phase request detection RX23 RX3B is on CHAPTER 8 FUNCTIONS 1 Performing the preset replace function by a program The following figure shows an operation example of changing the present value
103. man Canan Set Cam switch function step Cam switch is set in Cam switch i type Output 10 address function step function step type Output 1980p to 0 or 1 and turn off O3A0 Moderate error type setting 10 address 19804 T 3 nas then on CHO Cam switch error Output O indicates the channel 10 whore seiinGe dre execute command RY26 A R RY3E incorrect ach ee aie e andi Set Cam switch function step amewi cl is ser in Cam switcl type Output 16 address function step function step type Output 1C80p to 0 or 1 and turn off O3A6y Moderate error type setting 16 address 1C80 a7 33 aie then on CHO Cam switch error Output O indicates the channel 16 h tt execute command RY26 w ere settings are RY3E incorrect The values set in Cam N switch function step No 1 Set Cam switch function step p to No 16 setting Output 1 No 1 to No 16 setting Output 1 Cam switch 5 O i address 15024 to 15214 address 15024 to 15214 to ray function step ve 5 i y 04014 Moderate error are not in the ascending 7 3 values in the ascending order o No setting error rc Output 1 order and turn off then on CHO Cam a O indicates the channel switch execute command where settings are RY26 RY3E incorrect The values set in Cam switch function step No 1 Set Cam switch function step i to No 16 setting Output 9 No 1 to No 16 setting Output 9 Cam switch i address 19024 to 19214 address 19024 to
104. module Failure to do so may result in electric shock or cause the module to fail or malfunction Installation Precautions CAUTION Use the module in an environment that meets the general specifications in the user s manual for the module Failure to do so may result in electric shock fire malfunction or damage to or deterioration of the product Do not directly touch any conductive parts and electronic components of the module Doing so can cause malfunction or failure of the module Securely fix the module with a DIN rail After the first use of the extension module do not connect disconnect the module more than 50 times in accordance with IEC 61131 2 To connect an extension module to a main module engage the respective connectors and securely lock the module joint levers Incorrect connection may cause malfunction failure or drop of the module Securely connect the cable connectors Poor contact may cause malfunction Wiring Precautions WARNING Shut off the external power supply all phases used in the system before wiring Failure to do so may result in electric shock or cause the module to fail or malfunction Wiring Precautions CAUTION Ground the shield cable for the pulse input on the encoder side relay box with a ground resistance of 100Q or less Failure to do so may cause malfunction Individually ground the FG terminal of the programmable controller with a ground resistance of
105. occurs and CHO Underflow detection flag RWr20 b1 RWr38 b1 is changed to Detected 1 from Not detected 0 For details on the underflow error refer to the following Page 108 Section 8 4 1 2 2 When CHO Preset replace command RY21 RY39 is turned off then on to clear the underflow error the value in CHO Preset value setting RWw14 to RWw15 RWw2C to RWw2D is stored in CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 and CHO Underflow detection flag RWr20 b1 RWr38 b1 is changed to Not detected 0 from Detected 1 Counting in CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 resumes 3 For counting up from the upper limit value 2147483647 in CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 the overflow error occurs and CHO Overflow detection flag RWr20 b2 RWr38 b2 is changed to Detected 1 from Not detected 0 For details on the overflow error refer to the following Page 108 Section 8 4 1 2 4 When CHO Preset replace command RY21 RY39 is turned off then on to clear the overflow error the value in CHO Preset value setting RWw14 to RWw15 RWw2C to RWw2D is stored in CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 and CHO Overflow detection flag RWr20 b2 RWr38 b2 is changed to Not detected 0 from Detected 1 Counting in CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 resumes 108 4 For AT4 refer to Page 302 Appendix 4 2 Overflow error and underflow er
106. of 16 steps of ON OFF switching can be set per output point Up to 16 output points can be set Ex The following figure and table show an operation example of output control according to CH1 Present value RWr10 to RWr11 with CH1 being assigned to Cam switch output 1 channel assignment setting Cam switch output 2 channel assignment setting and Cam switch output 3 channel assignment setting CH1 Present value RWr10 Output 3 Output 2 Output 1 to RWr11 2147483648 to 999 OFF OFF OFF 1000 to 1999 OFF OFF ON 2000 to 2999 OFF ON OFF 3000 to 3999 OFF ON ON 4000 to 4999 ON OFF OFF 5000 to 5999 ON OFF ON 6000 to 6999 ON ON OFF 7000 to 7999 ON ON ON 8000 to 2147483647 OFF OFF OFF Output 1 Output 2 Output 3 CH1 Present value RWr10 to RWr11 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 1 Restrictions While the following functions are used the cam switch function cannot be used e Number of ON times integration function e CC Link IE Field Network synchronous communication function 129 UONOUNY YMS WED G g uonouny nd no uosuedwog gg 130 2 Setting method of the cam switch function 1 Set Parameter write for Method selection CC IE Field Configuration window gt Select a high speed counter module in List of stations gt CC IE Field Configuration gt Online gt Parameter Processing of Slave Station Set 1 Cam Swit
107. off e This signal turns on after the changes of CHO Time unit setting Sampling counter Periodic pulse counter RWw16 RWw2E and CHO Cycle setting Sampling counter Periodic pulse counter RWw17 RWw2F by CHO Setting change request Sampling counter Periodic pulse counter RY27 RY3F are reflected to the high speed counter module RX27 CH1 e This signal turns off when CHO Setting change request Sampling counter Periodic pulse counter RY27 RY3F is turned off Me te us Wl ee gt Controlled by the high speed counter module Setting change gt Controlled by the program completed Sampling CHO Setting change request ON counter Periodic Sampling counter Periodic pulse counter OFF RY27 RY3F a pulse counter CHO Time unit setting i i Sampling counter Periodic pulse counter 0 i 1 RX3F CH2 RWw16 RWw2E 7 i CHO Cycle setting i i Sampling counter Periodic pulse counter 0 i 100 RWw17 RWw2F CHO Setting change completed on Y Sampling counter Periodic pulse counter OFF a RX27 RX3F 260 APPENDICES Remote input Signal name Description RX No E P This signal turns on when resetting CHO Update flag Latch count value RX29 RX41 by CHO Update flag reset command Latch count value RY28 RY40 is completed This signal turns off when CHO Update flag reset command Latch count value RY28 RX28 CH1 RY40 is turned off Update flag
108. off turn off then on CHO Setting change request Sampling counter Periodic pulse counter RY27 RY3F 232 CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING Operation of when an error Error code PAN gales Description and occurs N Classification Error name Action hexadecimal cause The other Error CH CHs A val ther than 1 t vou E ka pi a Set CHO Moving average F 100 is set in CHO Moving CHO Moving count Frequency average count Frequency average count measurement RWw19 f measurement RWw19 06014 Moderate error setting error RWw31 9 3 RWw31 to a value between 1 Frequency ok ce and 100 and turn off then on O indicates the channel measurement where settin s are CHO Count enable command 9 RY24 RY3C incorrect A value other than 0 to 2 is set in CHO Time unit Set CHO Time unit setting CHO Time unit setting Frequency Frequency measurement T6024 Moderate error setting error measurement RWw18 4G a RWw18 RWw30 to a value Frequency RWw30 between 0 and 2 and turn off measurement O indicates the channel then on CHO Count enable where settings are command RY24 RY3C incorrect A val ther than 1 t eae et a Set CHO Moving average 100 is set in CHO Moving CHO Moving count Rotation speed average count Rotation average count speed measurement measurement RWw19 06214 Moderate error setting error p 10 33 RWw31 to a value between 1 RWw19 RWw31 Rotation speed oa and 100
109. preset replace Z Phase request detection reset command Y1024 CH1 Count enable command NZ2GFCF D62PD2 Y1025 CH1 Selected counter function start command Y1000 to Y104F Y1026 CH1 Cam switch execute command PWM output start command 1027 CH1 Setting change request Sampling counter Periodic pulse counter 1028 CH1 Update flag reset command Latch count value Sampling count value Periodic pulse count value Y102A CH1 Latch count value update flag reset command Latch counter input terminal Y102C CH1 Update flag reset command Measured frequency value Measured rotation speed value Y1030 CH1 Pulse measurement start command Function input terminal Y10314 CH1 Measured pulse value update flag reset command Function input terminal Y10322 CH1 Pulse measurement start command Latch counter input terminal 1033 CH1 Measured pulse value update flag reset command Latch counter input terminal Y1035 CH1 ON width setting change request PWM output Y1036 CH1 Error reset command Y1050 LED signal for checking the coincidence output 1 Y1051 LED signal for checking the coincidence output 2 Y1052 LED signal for checking underflow occurrence ea Y1050 to Y105F Y1053 LED signal for checking overflow occurrence Y1054 LED signal for checking that PWM output is in process D1100 Counter value greater smaller signal D1116 to D1117 CH1 Present value D1118 to D1119 D1120 to D1121 CH1 Latch count value Sampling count value P
110. pulses 172 The measured pulse value is updated in the remote register every AT cycle So when the measurement is done twice or more within AT only the latest measured value is stored in the remote registers For details on AT gt refer to the following e Internal Control Cycle and Response Delay Time lt gt Page 302 Appendix 4 CHAPTER 8 FUNCTIONS 7 Operation example of the pulse measurement function The following figure shows an operation example of the pulse measurement for the ON width with CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 The explanations in the following table are for the measurement with CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 The same can be applied to the measurement with CHO Latch counter input terminal LATCH1 LATCH2 except the difference of the terminals for the pulse measurement and the setting items For details on the difference refer to Page 174 Section 8 18 8 aac Controlled by the high speed counter module Controlled by the program CHO Pulse measurement start command 3 Function input terminal RY30 RY48 Function input terminal y 2 p 4 FUNC1 FUNC2 OFF i i CHO Measured pulse value i i Function input terminal 1 0 X XXX K YYY X ZZZ RWr1C to RWr1D RWr34 to RWr35 CHO Pulse measurement flag N F MER Function input terminal 4 RWr20 b6 RWr38 b6 7 6 Tir
111. remote buffer memory extended parameter initial settings X1008 M100 i i MOVP Ko D3300 J Cam switch function step type Output 1 MovP K6 D3301 Cam switch function number of steps Output 1 DMOvP K100 D3302 1 Cam switch function step No 1 setting Output 1 TDMOVP K250 D3304 1 Cam switch function step No 2 setting Output 1 DMOVP K400 D3306 1 Cam switch function step No 3 setting Output 1 DMOVP K550 D3308 1 Cam switch function step No 4 setting Output 1 DMOVP K700 bao J Cam switch function step No 5 setting Output 1 DMOVP K850 D3312 J Cam switch function step No 6 setting Output 1 M100 7 Sl ages ZP REMTO J1 Ki K1 HO H1500 D3300 K14 M110 J Write the extended parameters M110 M111 ite i i v2 SET iiia The extended parameter write is normally completed M112 i SET Y1009 urn on Initial data setting request flag i f gt 777 1 7 Y TYTST oT JT Initial data setting request flag o RST M100 G i j g RST M12 J e o Y1009 X100B X1009 _ 7 7 3 t 1 LRST y1009 J Turn off Initial data setting request flag AF 1 H T ff Initial data setting request flag m D SET M101 oJ M101 Y10909 X1009 _ ee t t PLS M102 F Start a remote register initial setting r g Start te registi tial setting RST M10 J M102 J DMOV K100 D1020 CH1 Preset value setting LBMOV D1000 wi000 K24 J Set the value to the remote register SET vios Turn on Initial data processing completion flag Y14008 X1
112. remote registers for a master local module In the example of the remote register assignment described in this section the remote registers of the main module are assigned to the remote registers of RWr0 to RWr3F and RWw0 to RWwsF The remote registers are assigned per station regardless of the main module or the extension module Remote register RWr is the information input from the high speed counter module to the master local module Remote register RWw is the information output from the master local module to the high speed counter module For details on the remote register refer to the following Page 273 Appendix 2 Remote register RWr signal direction High speed counter module Master local module Remote register RWw signal direction Master local module High speed counter module Device Pat Device ne Description Description number number RWr0 Counter value greater smaller signal RWw0 Point setting Coincidence output 1 RWr1 EQU1 to EQU4 terminal status RWw1 Lower limit value setting Coincidence output 1 RWr2 Cam switch output signal RWw2 Upper limit value setting Coincidence output 1 RWr3 Cam switch output terminal status RWw3 RWr4 Use prohibited RWw4 Point setting Coincidence output 2 RWr5 Use prohibited RWw5 Lower limit value setting Coincidence output 2 RWr6 Use prohibited RWw6 Upper limit value setting Coincidenc
113. result If a different count value appears a module failure may be the cause Please when the same input is applied to the other channel consult your local Mitsubishi representative 246 Point How to fix pulse form Phase A Phase B This portion describes how to fix pulse waveform by dummy resistance that can be used against noises from outside or distortion of pulse waveform To fix pulse waveform effectively increase load current inside cables by applying dummy resistance of several hundreds ohms several W between the pulse input terminals connected to the encoder The greater the load current the more effective this method is Effect When the distance between the encoder and the high speed counter module is long Distortion of waveform is fixed and the pulse waveform becomes stable When the pulse waveform is distorted due to noises from outside Taking the method above stabilizes pulse waveform distortion of pulse waveform by noise can be reduced Example of dummy resistance at 24VDC High speed counter module DIF Put dummy resistance of several hundreds ohms several W between the pulse input terminals 24V and COM A13 Shielded twisted pair cable How to choose dummy resistance The following example describes how to choose the required resistance amount and rated standard electricity of dummy resistance lt Example g
114. set Parameter write for Method selection CC IE Field Configuration window gt Select a high speed counter module in List of stations gt CC IE Field Configuration gt Online gt Parameter Processing of Slave Station 3 Set Mode switch setting to 9 Automatical judgment mode Execute all CH 0 Normal mode Asynchronous communication mode 9 Automatical judement mode Mode switch setting Input response time setting 5 10ms Output HOLD GLEAR setting 0 CLEAR Gvelin data undate watch tim IN 4 Click the Execute button to write the parameter to the high speed counter module 5 Check that 01904 is stored in CH1 Latest warning code RWr23 KUIKKA W Online gt Monitor gt Device Buffer Memory Batch r Device Device Name W1123 v T C Set Value Reference Prograr C Buffer Memory Modul vi iHe Addr Display format Modify Value 2 wai 32 32 64 asc 10 g Details Open Device FIE DIC W1123 0000 6 The high speed counter module starts operating in the synchronous communication mode by turning off and on the power or performing the remote reset 162 CHAPTER 8 FUNCTIONS 8 16 Frequency Measurement Function The frequency measurement function counts the pulses of the pulse input terminals in phase A and B and automatically calculates the frequency High speed counter module Pulses
115. setting Set a value according to the comparison output function to be used Coincidence output 1 channel assignment setting 0 CH1 Initial value Coincidence output 2 channel assignment setting 0 CH1 Initial value Coincidence output 3 channel assignment setting 1 CH2 Coincidence output 4 channel assignment setting 1 CH2 Coincidence output 1 comparison condition setting Coincidence output 2 comparison condition setting 0 Coincidence Output Initial value 1 Within range Output Coincidence output 3 comparison condition setting Coincidence Output Initial value Coincidence output 4 comparison condition setting Coincidence Output Initial value Preset replace setting at coincidence output Coincidence output 1 Preset replace setting at coincidence output Coincidence output 2 Present value not replaced Initial value 0 0 0 Present value not replaced Initial value 0 1 Cam switch output unit assignment setting Stage 1 Cam switch output 1 channel assignment setting 0 CH1 Initial value Cam switch output 2 channel assignment setting 0 CH1 Initial value Cam switch output 3 channel assignment setting 0 CH1 Initial value Cam switch output 4 channel assignment setting 0 CH1 Initial value Cam switch output 5 channel assignment setting 0 CH1 Initial value Cam switch output 6 channel assignment setting
116. speed counter module pa OsuUod q UBD ey SJOPOOUZ 7 9 9 SOOINOQ CUJO XY 104 SIO D UUOD Jo BuIA 9 9 19 6 7 Wiring Example Between a High Speed Counter Module and an Encoder 1 Example of wiring with an open collector output type encoder 24VDC High speed counter module DIF B19 B13 Ata B14 _ B 2402 2702 4 1k2 Encoder Shielded twisted pair cable Phase B C C 2402 2702 4 1kQ COM A17 A11 Phase Z 2402 2702 4 1k2 Point When wiring the high speed counter module and an encoder separate power cables and signal cables The following figure shows examples Example of correct wiring High speed com counter module Pulse input 24V External s4ypco power supply ov Example of incorrect wiring High speed COM OUT counter module _ Asn s Pulse input 2v EE Shielded twisted pair cable Because a current flows through the shielded twisted pair cables in the same direction canceling effect does not work and pulses become susceptible to electromagnetic induction External 24ypco 80 CHAPTER 6 INSTALLATION AND WIRING 2 Example of wiring with a voltage output type encoder 5VDC High speed counter mo
117. start of the frequency measurement CHO Update flag Measured frequency value RX2D RX45 turns on every time the measured value is stored in the remote register The value previously stored in the remote register is held while CHO Update flag Measured frequency value RX2D RX45 is off Except at the start of the measurement 6 Operation example of the frequency measurement function The following figure shows an operation example of when CHO Time unit setting Frequency measurement RWw18 RWw30 is set to 0 01s and CHO Moving average count Frequency measurement RWw19 RWw31 is set to 3 Jays gt Controlled by the high speed counter module Controlled by the program oN CHO Count enable command RY24 RY3C OFF X CHO Time unit setting Frequency measurement RWw18 RWw30 CHO Moving average count Frequency measurement RWw19 RWw31 A 1 10000 n to T 7 _ l 9 Frequency 5000 m i ji 2 F ra Tot rey TAn a i 9 gt pode 8 bp oe Te a 1 i H 1 1 toon SD rot 1 i to Q a i i i Ti 0 T i i T Pe ae noi i i Di fo Ao oo o pat 1 1 tt Cc mv i i ma S CHO Measured frequency value J J D eu 0 6667X 7667X 6667 RWr1A to RWr1B RWr32 to RWr33 o i X i X lt z 1 1 1 1 TE Roi E a N t tar ec CHO Frequency measurement flag A 1 0 4 2 RWr20 b4 RWr38 b4 0 ae o i 1 i i 5 ON
118. station number setting switch set to other than 1 to 120 The setting range for the station number setting switch is 1 to 120 Set the number between 1 and 120 242 6 When the L ER LED turns on CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING Check item Are Ethernet cables normal Action e Check that 1000BASE T compliant Ethernet cables are used OA User s manual for the master local module used e Check that the station to station distance is 100m or less e Check that the Ethernet cables are not disconnected Does the switching hub in the system normally operate e Check that a 1O00BASE T compliant switching hub is used LJ User s manual for the master local module used e Check that the power supply of the switching hub is turned on Do other stations connected to the high speed counter module normally operate Check that the power supplies of the other stations are turned on Is the mode of the module on the master station set to other than Online Change the mode of the module to Online Is there any noise affecting the system Is the loopback function enabled for the master station Check the wiring condition of the Ethernet cables When the loopback function is enabled check that the ring topology is correctly configured for the port where the L ER LED is on QA User s manual for the master local module used 7 When the LINK LED turns off Check item Action Are Ethern
119. stations gt CC IE Field Configuration gt Online gt Parameter Processing of Slave Station 2 Select 3 Periodic Pulse Counter Function in CHO Counter function selection f CH1 Counter function selection 0 Count Di 3 Periodic Pulse Counter Function Ela i CH1 Function input logic setting CH1 Latch counter input logic s 0 Positive 0 Count Disable Function fe CH1Zphase input response ti 2 OFF gt 0 Be Epi ep relia p CH1 Function input response ti 2 OFF gt O z ENS ESEO CH1 Latch counter input respo 2 OFF gt O 4 Count disable Presetreplace Function CH1 Pulse measurement setti 0 Pulse O 5 Latch counter Presetireplace Function 2 Setting of the cycle time Set the cycle time T by setting values to CHO Cycle setting Sampling counter Periodic pulse counter RWw17 RWw2F and CHO Time unit setting Sampling counter Periodic pulse counter RWw16 RWw2E When CHO Setting change request Sampling counter Periodic pulse counter RY27 RY3F is turned off then on the setting values are enabled However the setting values are enabled from the next operation of periodic pulse counter function if the setting is changed while the periodic pulse counter function is being performed Setting item Setting range Reference CHO Time unit setting Sampling counter Periodic pulse 0 ims counter RWw16 RWw2E 1 1
120. status Output 15 16 Cam switch status Output 16 e When Initial data setting request flag RY9 is turned off then on the value in this area is cleared 274 3 Remote registers RWr10 to RWr17 RWr28 to RWr2F APPENDICES Address RWr CH1 10 11 CH2 28 29 Item Present value Description e This area stores the counter present value e The update cycle of this area is AT in the normal mode asynchronous communication mode a e The update cycle of this area is AT in the synchronous communication mode However the present value stored is the value held in one cycle before the current operation cycle of the simple motion module in synchronization 2 e When Initial data setting request flag RY9 is turned off then on the value in this area is cleared Default 12 13 2A 2B Latch count value e This area stores the count value latched when the latch counter function counter function selection or the latch counter preset replace function is selected For the overview of the operation refer to Page 145 Section 8 10 or Page 157 Section 8 14 This area stores the value which is stored in CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 of when CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 or CHO Selected counter function start command RY25 RY3D is input e When Initial data setting request flag RY9 is turned off then on the value in this area is cleared
121. status and LED status The following table lists the correspondence between the module status and the LED status LED status Module status Data link status PW LED RUN LED MODE LED DLINKLED ERR LED Disconnecting Disconnection ON ON ON OFF OFF Data link in operation Data link in operation ON ON ON ON OFF Reserved station Ye e cs Cyclic stop ON ON ON Flashing OFF specification in progress Link stop Cyclic stop ON ON ON Flashing OFF Communication error Cyclic stop ON ON ON Flashing OFF Major ON OFF 2 On Error Moderate ON ON 4 2 ON Warning Minor ON ON 4 2 Flashing In progress ON ON Flashing OFF OFF Normal ON ON OFF OFF OFF Unit test completion Abnormal ON ON OFF OFF ON completion 26 a 2 3 Either of ON or OFF Either of ON Flashing or OFF When the module is failed the LED may not turn on CHAPTER 3 SPECIFICATIONS CHAPTER 3 SPECIFICATIONS This chapter describes the specifications of the high speed counter module 3 1 General Specifications Item Specifications Operating ambient temperature 0 to 55 C Storage ambient temperature 25 to 75 C Operating ambient humidity Storage ambient 5 to 95 RH non condensing humidity Frequency Constant Half amplitude Mugen ot acceleration sweeps Compliant with Under 5 to 8 4Hz 3 5mm 10 times each in Vibration J
122. steers a a aaa ate heaadte ate Soak 18 FNGI EAT CED aa acd ehitaestd 4 4 dead Sia ae thant 24 Frequency measurement function 163 Function at the extension module installation 187 317 G L O P General specifications auauua auaa 27 I O interfaces with external devices 75 Initial data processing completion flag RY8 267 Initial data processing request flag RX8 255 Initial data setting completion flag RX9 256 Initial data setting request flag RY9 267 Input response time setting address 00014 285 Input response time setting function 189 Installation and wiring 0220000 59 Installation direction 22000055 61 Installation environment 005 60 Installation position 200000000 60 Internal control cycle and response delay time 302 Latch counter function counter function selection as shaw U eca A watch rer tio Gas ae aie anda Eaa Palas Bake 145 Latch counter function by latch counter input terminal ee ee et ee eer ee ei eee ae 139 Latch counter preset replace function 157 Laying Ethernet cables 0000000 71 Linear counter function 107 List of remote buffer memory 45 List of remote I O signals 38 List of remote register 2 0 eee eee 42 Maintenance and inspection 219 Maximum st
123. stores the magnitude relation between the values in Point setting Coincidence output 1 to 4 RWw0 to RWw1 RWw4 to RWw5 RWw8 to RWw9 RWwC to RWwD and CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 b15 b14 b13 b12 b11 b10 b9 b8 b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 bO Coincidence Coincidence Coincidence Coincidence 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 output 4 output 3 output 2 output 1 Counter Counter Counter Counter Counter Counter Counter Counter Counter value value value value value value value value value 0 greater smaller greater smaller greater smaller greater smaller 0000 greater smaller signal q J v 0 fixed Point setting Coincidence output 1 to 4 gt Present value Counter value greater 0 Counter value smaller 1 Point setting Coincidence output 1 to 4 Present value Counter value greater 0 Counter value smaller 0 Point setting Coincidence output 1 to 4 lt Present value Counter value greater 1 Counter value smaller 0 e When Initial data setting request flag RY9 is turned off then on the value in this area is cleared e This area stores the statuses of the coincidence output 1 to 4 terminals EQU1 to EQU4 b15 b14 b13 b12 b11 b10 b9 b8 b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 bO 1 EQU1 to EQU4 0 10 0 0 0 00 0 0 10 0 0 EQU4EQU3EQU2 EQU1 0000 terminal status iS DAS J yY Y 0 fi
124. switch function Input pulse speed pps x Allowed time s lt step No i 1setting Sen No i setting Output Output Allowable time AT x 2 output response time of the extension output module Cam switch output No 1 to 16 i Step No 1 to 15 For AT refer to Page 302 Appendix 4 4 Either of the output response time for switching on from off or that for switching off from on whichever is longer Ex When the input pulse speed is 10kpps and the output response time of the extension output module is 1 5ms Allowable time 0 5ms x 2 1 5ms 2 5ms Setting width of the ON OFF status 10 x 103 x 2 5 x 107 3 25 Therefore set the difference between the values of Cam switch function step No i setting Output and Cam switch function step No i 1 setting Output to 25 or more 5 Timing of when the cam switch function setting is enabled The following table shows the timing of when the cam switch function is enabled CHO Cam switch execute command RY26 RY3E is enabled while Initial data processing request flag RX8 is off or Initial data setting completion flag RX9 is off O Enable Disable Timing of when settings are enabled ae When Initial data setting When CHO Cam switch Setting item j completion flag RX9 is turned execute command RY26 off then on RY3E is off then on Cam switch output unit assignment setting O Cam switch output 1 to 16 channel ass
125. switching ON and OFF of the corresponding output at Cam switch function the step No 1 to No 16 1B00 i H step type Output 13 Since the details on these settings are the same as those of Output 1 refer to 9 E the following 0 1B20 Cam switch function 1B21 step No 16 setting Page 299 Appendix 3 21 Output 13 e The reflection timing of the setting value When CHO Cam switch execute command PWM output start command Cam switch function Ryo RY3E is turned off then on 1B80 step type Output 14 to to 0 1BA0 Cam switch function 1BA1 step No 16 setting Output 14 3 D Cam switch function a 1000 step type Output 15 3 to to 0 g 1C204 Cam switch function 5 n 1C21y step No 16 setting o Output 15 r Cam switch function 3 1C804 step type Output 16 2 to to 0 1CA0y Cam switch function z 1CA1 step No 16 setting 3 Output 16 Z a B D n 301 Appendix 4 Internal Control Cycle and Response Delay Time For the high speed counter module responses are delayed by the causes shown in 1 to 4 1 2 3 4 Scan time of the program in the master station SM This scan time causes delays of remote I O signals remote registers and remote buffer memory Link scan time LS This is the time taken for sending data from each station on the network and finishing the one cycle For details refer to the following User s manual for the ma
126. terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 correct Check the external wiring and correct errors Is CHO Selected counter function start command RY25 RY3D off Turn off CHO Selected counter function start command RY25 RY3D 250 CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING 11 5 2 When the setting on the operation mode setting is the frequency measurement mode 1 When the module does not measure or perform normal measurement C Page 245 Section 11 5 1 1 11 5 3 When the setting on the operation mode setting is the rotation speed measurement mode 1 When the module does not measure or perform normal measurement C gt Page 245 Section 11 5 1 1 11 5 4 When the setting on the operation mode setting is the pulse measurement mode 1 When the module does not measure or perform normal measurement a When the module does not measure Check item Action If an error is indicated with the CPU module refer to troubleshooting Does the CPU module indicate any error on the user s manual for the CPU module used Is CHO Pulse measurement start command Function input Turn on the signal corresponding to the terminal to be measured terminal RY30 RY48 or CHO Pulse measurement start CHO Pulse measurement start command Function input terminal command Latch counter input terminal RY32 RY4A the signal RY30 RY48 or CHO Pulse measurement start command Latch corresponding to the terminal to be measured turned on counter inpu
127. the environment in which the equipment is used Pollution degree 2 is when only non conductive pollution occurs A temporary conductivity caused by condensing must be expected occasionally 27 suoneoyioeds jeieues p e 28 Point To use the high speed counter module complying with the EMC Directive refer to EMC and Low Voltage Directives in this manual gt Page 307 Appendix 5 3 2 Performance Specifications CHAPTER 3 SPECIFICATIONS The following table shows the performance specifications of the high speed counter module Item Specifications Station type Remote device station Availability of connecting extension module Connectable Max one module Counting speed switch setting Differential input DC input 4Mpps 8Mpps 1 multiple 10kpps 100kpps 200kpps 500kpps 1Mpps 2Mpps 10kpps 100kpps 200kpps 10kpps 100kpps 200kpps 500kpps 1Mpps 2Mpps 2 multiples Peer PPSTERE RPPSISUUAPPSEMIPPSIENPPS 4 Okpps 100kpps 200kpps 4Mpps 10kpps 100kpps 200kpps 500kpps 1Mpps 2Mpps 4 multiples PpS PPS TENE RPPSISUUAPPSEMIPPSIENPPS 4 Okpps 100kpps 200kpps Number of channels 2 channels Count input sig nal Differential input DC input Phase 1 phase input 1 multiple 2 multiples 2 phase input 1 multiple 2 multiples 4 multiples CW CCW Signal level dA B EIA Standards RS 422 A differential line driver level AM26LS31 manufactured
128. the module Display the CC IE Field Configuration window e When the master local module is the QU71GF11 T2 KO Project window gt Parameter gt Network Parameter gt Ethernet CC IE MELSECNET gt e button When the master local module is the LJ71GF11 T2 XW Project window lt gt Parameter gt Network Parameter gt Ethernet CC IE Field gt CC IE Field Configuration Setting button Drag and drop a module to set the slave station Input a numerical value to set the station number of the station Change the value as necessary Close with Discarding the Setting Close with Reflecting the Setting Assignment Method startend x Link Scan Time Approx 0 75 ms RXIRY Setting RwwiRWr Setting Refresh Device Type Ponts Start End Points Start End RX E CC 1E Field Module Mitsubishi Electri E Master Local Module Head Module Servo Ampliter MELSERVO J4 Serie Basic Digital Input Module Basic Digital Output Module Basic Analog Input Module Basic Analog Output Module Basic temperature control module B Basic High Speed Counter Module E NZ2GFC 2 channels s Extension Digital Input Module B Extension Digital Output Module NZZEX 1 16 points I E GOT2000 Series Host Station E GOT1000 Series STARO Master Total START agi outine tension digital output module Specification xtension transistor output L6points Manufacturer Nam
129. time setting 0 0 02ms 0 1ms Page 292 Appendix 3 10 1 0 1ms 0 1ms 2 1 0ms 1 0ms OFF ON Response ON gt OFF Response Setting time time Latch counter input response time setting 0 0 02ms 0 1ms Page 292 Appendix 3 10 1 0 1ms 0 1ms 2 1 0ms 1 0ms Pulse measurement setting Function 0 Pulse ON Width Page 171 Section 8 18 input terminal 1 Pulse OFF Width Pulse measurement setting Latch 0 Pulse ON Width f i Page 171 Section 8 18 counter input terminal 1 Pulse OFF Width 6 Click the Execute button and the following window is displayed 7 Clickthe vs button MELSOFT Series GX Works2 The process Parameter write will be executed targeting the selected parameters The operation of the slave station may be change by the execution of the process Parameter write Also it may overwrite the device value of the PLC CPU refreshing the remote I O and remote registers Please confirm safety before the execution Please confirm that the connected PLC is correct Please confirm that the CC IE Field module is set correctly Please confirm that the target slave station is correct Do you want to execute 8 The parameter is written to the high speed counter module 90 CHAPTER 7 VARIOUS SETTINGS Point When using the extension module also set the parameter of the extension module For the parameter of the extension module refer to the following T Manual for the extension modu
130. to RWr1B RWr32 to RWr33 When CHO Update flag reset command Measured rotation speed value RY2C RY44 is turned off then on the high speed counter module turns off CHO Update flag Measured rotation speed value RX2D RX45 and turns on CHO Update flag reset 3 completed Measured rotation speed value RX2C RX44 After that CHO Update flag reset completed Measured rotation speed value RX2C RX44 turns off when CHO Update flag reset command Measured rotation speed value RY2C RY44 is turned off CHO Measured rotation speed value RWr1A to RWr1B RWr32 to RWr33 is updated even when CHO Update flag Measured rotation speed value RX2D RX45 is on CHO Rotation speed measurement flag RWr20 65 RWr38 b5 changes to Not operating 0 when CHO Count enable command RY24 RY3C is turned off Point After the start of the rotation speed measurement CHO Update flag Measured rotation speed value RX2D RX45 turns on every time the measured value is stored in CHO Measured rotation speed value RWr1A to RWr1B RWr32 to RWr33 The value previously stored in the remote register is held while CHO Update flag Measured rotation speed value RX2D RX45 is off Except at the start of the measurement The margin of error maximum of the rotation speed measurement function is calculated from the following formula A 100 ppm 60 Actual rotation speed r min x ASS 1000000 Time u
131. to Ring Counter 1 set the count range Set the ring counter upper limit value as well The following shows the setting range 10 28 Ring counter lower 2147483648 to 2147483647 11 29 limit value The reflection timing of the setting value 1 When Initial data processing request flag RX8 turns off 2 When Initial data setting request flag RYQ is turned off then on only while Initial data processing request flag RX8 is off 3 When CHO Count enable command RY24 RY3C is turned off then on e When the ring counter function is selected and CHO Counter format address 0124 0144p is set to Ring Counter 1 set the count range Set the ring counter lower limit value as well The following shows the setting range 12 2A Ring counter upper 2147483648 to 2147483647 13 2B limit value The reflection timing of the setting value 1 When Initial data processing request flag RX8 turns off 2 When Initial data setting request flag RYQ is turned off then on only while Initial data processing request flag RX8 is off 3 When CHO Count enable command RY24 RY3C is turned off then on 10 Remote registers RWw14 to RWw15 RWw2C to RWw2D Address RWw Item Description Default CH1 CH2 e Set a count value to be replaced with the preset value for either of the preset replace at coincidence output function the preset replace function the count disable preset replace function or the latch counter preset replace function e The fol
132. to secure the terminal block may cause drop short circuit malfunction 94 pue Ajddns samod ajnpoyy 104 yooyg euius YM BuIA 79 67 4 Connecting and disconnecting the cable To connect the cable insert the wire with the terminal screw loosened and tighten the screw To disconnect the cable pull out the wire with the terminal screw loosened with a slotted screwdriver 5 Processing method of the cable terminal Strip the cable about 10mm from the top To use a bar solderless terminal connect it to the stripped part 6 List of bar solderless terminals The following table lists recommended bar solderless terminals Product name Model name Applicable wire size Contact TE 0 5 10 0 5mm TE 0 75 10 0 75mm Bar solderless terminal o TE 1 0 10 0 9 to 1 0mm2 Nichifu Co Ltd TE 1 5 10 1 25 to 1 5mm Tool dedicated for bar solderless terminal NH79 Al 0 5 10WH 0 5mm Al 0 75 10GY 0 75mm Bar solderless terminal Al 1 10RD 4 0mm2 Phoenix Contact Co Ltd Al 1 5 10BK 1 5mm Tool dedicated for bar solderless terminal CRIMPFOX6 6 5 Wiring of Ethernet Cable 1 Connecting the Ethernet cable a Connecting CHAPTER 6 INSTALLATION AND WIRING Power off the power supplies of the high speed counter module and the external device Push the Ethernet cable connector into the high speed counter module until it clicks Pay attention to the connector s dir
133. to the preset value 100 at any timing Turning on CHO Preset replace command RY21 RY39 by a program performs the preset replace function oilers gt Controlled by the high speed counter module Controlled by the program ON CHO Count enable command RY24 RY3C When turning off CHO Preset replace command RY21 RY39 after checking CHO Preset replace completion RX21 RX39 turns on CHO Preset replace completion RX21 RX39 turns off The value can be replaced regardless of the ON OFF status of CHO Count enable command RY24 RY3C OFF Counter pulse l CHO Preset value setting ON a RWw14 to RWw15 RWw2C to RWw2D Oooo tort t gt ple DOAS ARG e T a i Erio rpe Eran CHO Preset replace command RY21 RY39 OFF oi l iaon N ee tot tt pW EMSIRS e EEE CHO Preset replace completion ne S RX21 RX39 OFF Do i i i HA Cae g i i i i CHO Present value TERRE T TER oe RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 E ose Mee eet Ay A EE AA ea A A 01112 sto 165166 67168 1001011 0210311041 00110110211 03 1041 t gt ATi oo No Description 2 1 Write any value to CHO Preset value setting RWw14 to RWw15 RWw2C to RWw2D in 32 bit binary g oO Setting range 2147483648 to 2147483647 The value in CHO Preset value setting RWw14 to RWw15 RWw2C to RWw2D is store
134. turning on off Initial data setting request flag RY9 when the setting values in the parameter area of the remote buffer memory are changed or the setting values of the extended parameter area are saved into the nonvolatile memory e While this signal is on the high speed counter module does not count pulses This signal turns off in the following cases e Until Initial data setting request flag RY9 is turned on after the module is powered on Initial data setting request flag RYQ is turned off when the setting values in the parameter area of the remote buffer memory are normal This signal turns on in the following case e When Initial data setting request flag RY9 is turned on aes gt Controlled by the high speed counter module Controlled by the program re F ON Initial data setting completion flag RX9 Initial data setting request flag RY9 The setting value is changed by the user i h Initial data setting i RX9 f Parameter area Setting value A Setting value B completion flag 7 7 ON ON Remote READY SA EN RXB The operation is OFF The operation is performed with performed with the setting value A the setting value B 256 After checking that the initial data setting processing is completed this signal turns off and Initial data processing request flag RX8 turns off turn on CHO Count enable command RY24 RY3C to start pulse counting Remote output signals other than CHO Erro
135. value When CHO Cam switch execute command PWM output start command RY26 RY3E is turned off then on Set the count value for switching ON and OFF of the output at the step No 1 of Output 1 15024 Cam switch function Setting range 15034 step No 1 setting 2147483648 to 2147483647 0 Output 1 The reflection timing of the setting value When CHO Cam switch execute command PWM output start command RY26 RY3E is turned off then on Set the count value for switching ON and OFF of the output at the step No 16 of Output 1 15204 Cam switch function Setting range 15214 step No 16 setting 2147483648 to 2147483647 0 Output 1 The reflection timing of the setting value When CHO Cam switch execute command PWM output start command RY26 RY3E is turned off then on 299 sossauppy How y Jeling slowey jo sjielieq xIpueddy 22 Extended parameter data address 15804 to 1CA1 Address Name Description Default Cam switch function 15804 step type Output 2 to to 15A0y Cam switch function 15A1y step No 16 setting Output 2 Cam switch function 16004 step type Output 3 to to 16204 Cam switch function 16214 step No 16 setting Output 3 Cam switch function 16804 step type Output 4 to to 16A0 Cam switch function 16A1 step No 16 setting Output 4 Cam switch function a ad type Output 5 For Output 2 to 16 set the step type and the number of steps for the cam and
136. value update flag reset RY49 CH2 Measured pulse value update flag reset completed Function input terminal command Function input terminal CH2 Measured pulse value update flag CH2 Pulse measurement start command RX4A o RY4A Function input terminal Latch counter input terminal Main RX4B CH2 Measured pulse value update flag reset RY4B CH2 Measured pulse value update flag reset module completed Latch counter input terminal command Latch counter input terminal CH2 Measured pulse value update flag R RX4C RY4C Use prohibited Latch counter input terminal CH2 ON width setting change completed CH2 ON width setting change request RX4D RY4D PWM output PWM output RX4E CH2 Error status RY4E CH2 Error reset command RX4F CH2 Warning status RY4F Use prohibited Extension RX50 to Remote input RX of the connected extension RY50 to Remote output RY of the connected extension module 1 RX5F module is assigned RY5F module is assigned Point Do not use any Use prohibited remote I O signals If any of the signals are used correct operation of the module cannot be guaranteed 1 Remote I O signal of the extension module Extension I O module Refer to the following I CC Link IE Field Network Remote I O Module User s Manual The remote I O signal differs depending on the model of the extension module 41 sjeuBbls O I a oWaY 40 IS G E 3 6 List of Remote Register This section lists
137. wal oe ee ea as ed 270 CHO Update flag reset command Measured frequency value Measured rotation speed value RY2C RY44 a Madnick ania top dud ge E a ae hig Aa ai 271 CHO Update flag reset completed Latch count value Sampling count value Periodic pulse count value RX28 RX40 0 0 ee 261 CHO Update flag reset completed Measured frequency value Measured rotation speed value RX2C RX44 Feit a kd Re Seti do Soke Ae ad Beate Ri ances Roa 263 Coincidence output 1 to 4 RX10 to RX13 257 Coincidence output channel assignment setting address 0101H 22000 00 eee eee eee 287 Coincidence output comparison condition setting address 0102 2 eee ee eee 287 Coincidence output function 4 115 Comparison output function 114 Comparison output setting address 0100y 287 Connecting extension modules 62 Connecting the Ethernet cable 69 Connector crimp tool 22 2 0005 74 Connectors for external devices 25 74 Control cycle of the high speed counter module AT gt Saar heheh AS ota eS sate tee AR eat hla oat Sa 302 Count disable function 0 143 Count disable preset replace function 154 Counter function selection 141 Counter value greater smaller signal RWr0 273 CW COW Ted eee ee ake eae hal ee a iA 104 Cyclic data update watch function 183 Cyclic data up
138. yearlLast two digits of the year Error time Month Day Error time HouriMinute Error time Second No Use Error code details 1 s The refreshed device values of remote I O or remote registers may be overwritten Accesses the PLC CPU by using the current connection destination Please check if there is any problem with the connection destination Process is executed according to the parameters written in the PLC CPU For information on items not displayed on the screen please refer to the manual 4 When the window shown on the left is displayed MELSOFT Series GX Works2 The process Error history read will be executed The operation of the slave station may be change by the execution of the process Error history read c l ick the Yes button Also it may overwrite the device value of the PLC CPU refreshing the remote I O and remote registers Please confirm safety before the execution Please confirm that the connected PLC is correct Please confirm that the CC IE Field module is set correctly Please confirm that the target slave station is correct Do you want to execute s e A 5 When the window shown on the left is displayed MELSOFT Series GX Works2 click the button Tae 6 The error history of the high speed counter module Terget Mdl nfoeation Eom S O is displayed in Execution Result Method selection Error history read v The e
139. 0 00 0 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 EE 0 Not A commanded 0 fixed 1 Commanded e When Parameter area initialization command address 10024 is set to Commanded 1 the parameter information and the extended parameter information stored in the remote buffer memory and the nonvolatile memory Parameter area are initialized and Parameter area initialization completed address 1003 10024 initialization changes to Initialization is completed 1 00004 command mrang gt Controlled by the high speed counter module _ Controlled by the program Parameter remote buffer memory and Set parameter ye R Default value nonvolatile memory 7 3 1 1 1 Parameter area it initialization command Not commanded 0 ye Commanded 1 lt Not commanded 0 address 10021 i A f f Parameter area i initialization completed SS Completed Not Not performed 0 address 1003H ot peroemen 2 0 cited 0 Point When Parameter area initialization command address 10024 is executed the following remote input signals and remote registers are not cleared Note that the following are the target data to be cleared by Initial data setting request flag RY9 Warning status flag RX7 Error status flag RXA CHO Error status RX36 RX4E CHO Warning status RX37 RX4F CHO Latest error code RWr22 RWr
140. 0 CH1 Initial value Cam switch output 7 channel assignment setting 0 CH1 Initial value Cam switch output 8 channel assignment setting 0 CH1 Initial value Cam switch output 9 channel assignment setting 1 CH2 Cam switch output 10 channel assignment setting 1 CH2 Cam switch output 11 channel assignment setting 1 CH2 Cam switch output 12 channel assignment setting 1 CH2 Cam switch output 13 channel assignment setting 1 CH2 Cam switch output 14 channel assignment setting 1 CH2 Cam switch output 15 channel assignment setting 1 CH2 Cam switch output 16 channel assignment setting 1 CH2 CH1 Operation mode setting CH1 Count source selection Set a value according to the operation mode to be used 0 A Phase B Phase Initial value CH1 Pulse input mode 3 2 Phase Multiple of 1 CH1 Counting speed setting 2 200kpps CH1 Counter format Set a value according to the counter format to be used 197 jdwexg weibolg 6 Setting item Setting value CH1 Z phase Preset trigger setting 0 Rising Initial value CH1 External preset replace Z Phase request detection setting 0 ON at detection Initial value CH1 Counter function selection Set a value according to the counter function to be used CH1 Function input logic setting 0 Positive Logic Initial value CH1 Latch counter input logic setting CH1 Z phase input response time setting 0 Positive L
141. 0 the frequency is 0 Hz At subtraction count the value of the frequency is negative uonouny jueweinsesyy Aouenbei4 948 4 Setting of the unit of time for frequency measurement Set a unit of time by setting a value to CHO Time unit setting Frequency measurement RWw18 RWw30 Setting item Setting range Reference 0 0 01s CHO Time unit setting Frequency measurement 1 0 18 RWw18 RWw30 a js 163 Point Whichever mode 1 1 Phase Multiple of 2 4 2 Phase Multiple of 2 or 5 2 Phase Multiple of 4 is set in CHO Pulse input mode lt _ gt Page 104 Section 8 3 1 the frequency Hz is calculated based on the count value per unit of time When 1 1 Phase Multiple of 2 is set in CHO Pulse input mode lt gt Page 104 Section 8 3 1 and the input frequency in phase A is 10kHz 10000 per second the measured frequency value becomes 20kHz since the pulse count is regarded as 20000 based on the calculation below Pulse count 10000 pulse x 2 20000 pulse s Measurable frequency minimum The frequency is calculated from the count value per unit of time However the frequency smaller than the one in the following table cannot be measured correctly as the count value is in an integer number Unit of time Measurable frequency minimum 1s 1Hz 0 1s 10Hz 0 01s 100Hz When a unit of time is 0 01s and the input frequency is 1234Hz the measured frequency value is 12
142. 0 to 10000000 is set in CHO Set CHO Cycle setting PWM Cycle setting PWM output RWw20 to RWw21 CHO Cycle output RWw20 to RWw38 to RWw339 to a value 06724 Moderate error setting error RWw21 RWw38 to 12 43 between 50 and 10000000 and PWM output RWw339 O indicates the channel where settings are incorrect turn off then on CHO PWM output start command RY26 RY3E 234 CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING Operation of when an error Error code PEE da Description and occurs N Classification Error name Action hexadecimal cause E cH The other rror CHs Set the values that satisfy the condition CHO ON width If CHO PWM setting PWM output RWw1E The value in CHO Cycle output start to RWw1F RWw36 to RWw37 setting PWM output command lt CHO Cycle setting PWM RWw20 to RWw21 RY26 RY3E is output RWw20 to RWw21 RWw38 to RWw339 is turned off then RWw38 to RWw39 and CHO ON smaller than the value in Saat perform either of the following idth Cycl i i ions z Moderate error ae ai Ce E to ie i serene output RX26 PWM output RWwiF RWw36 to hance os RX3E is off turn off then on RWw37 eu ane i CHO PWM output start O indicates the channel RY35 oe is command RY26 RY3E where settings are dined of then If CHO PWM output RX26 incorrect 4 RX3E is on turn off then on on CHO ON width setting change request PWM output RY35 RY4D A value other than 0 to
143. 0 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 is less than Lower limit value setting Coincidence output 1 to 4 RWw0 to RWw1 RWw4 to RWw5 RWw8 to RWw9 RWwC to RWwD e When CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 exceeds Upper limit value setting Coincidence output 1 to 4 RWw2 to RWw3 RWw6 to RWw7 RWWA to RWwB RWwE to RWwF Lower limit value setting Upper limit value setting Coincidence output 1 to 4 Coincidence output 1 to 4 RWw0 to RWw1 RWw4 to RWw5 RWw2 to RWw3 RWw6 to RWw7 RWw8 to RWw9 RWwC to RWwD RWwA to RWwB RWwE to RWwF Present value i i Coincidence output 1 to 4 ON Within range RX10 to RX13 output Coincidence output 1 to 4 terminals OFF EQU1 to EQU4 m Coincidence output 1 to 4 oN Out of range RX10 to RX13 output Coincidence output 1 to 4 terminals OFF EQU1 to EQU4 116 3 Comparison start timing of the coincidence output function The coincidence output function starts comparison when CHO Operation mode setting is set to 0 Normal Mode and when Initial data processing request flag RX8 turns off then on CHAPTER 8 FUNCTIONS The following table lists the timing of when the settings related to the coincidence output function are enabled O Enable Disable Setting item Timing of when settings are enabled When Initial data processing completion flag RY8 is turned When Initial data setting request flag RY9 is turned off then When Setting
144. 000 R 2569 OA09H Error code details 4 0000 R 2570 OAOA Error code details 5 0000 R 2571 OAOBy Error code details 6 0000 R 2572 0A0Ch Error code details 7 0000 R 2573 OAODH Error code details 8 0000 R 2574 OAOE Error code details 9 0000 R 2575 OAOFy Error code details 10 0000 R 2576 to 2591 0A10p to OA1Fy Error history 2 Same as Error history 1 2592 to 2607 OA20 to OA2Fy Error history 3 Same as Error history 1 2608 to 2623 OA30 to OA3Fy Error history 4 Same as Error history 1 2624 to 2639 OA40 to OA4F Error history 5 Same as Error history 1 2640 to 2655 OA50 to OA5F 4 Error history 6 Same as Error history 1 2656 to 2671 OAGO to OAGF Error history 7 Same as Error history 1 Station 2672 to 2687 OA70 to OA7Fy Error history 8 Same as Error history 1 based error 2688 to 2703 OA80 to OA8Fy Error history 9 Same as Error history 1 history data 2704 to 2719 OA90 to OASFH Error history 10 Same as Error history 1 2720 to 2735 OAAO to OAAF Error history 11 Same as Error history 1 2736 to 2751 OABO to OABFy Error history 12 Same as Error history 1 2752 to 2767 OACO to OACFy Error history 13 Same as Error history 1 2768 to 2783 OADO to OADFy Error history 14 Same as Error history 1 2784 to 2799 OAEO to OAEFy Error history 15 Same as Error history 1 2800 to 4095 OAFO to OFFFy System area 4 This is the value at default or initiali
145. 000 cece eee eee eee 190 CHAPTER 9 PROGRAMMING 193 9 1 Precautions for Programming 0 0 cece cette ete tee eee eee 193 9 2 Procedure for Programming 0 0 cece tte eet eee 195 9 3 Progam Example riep i aiod Me n e eed Ue lode etd hitch ih ent 196 CHAPTER 10 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION 219 CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING 221 11 1 Checking for the Error Codes and the Warning Codes 0 uaan cece eee eee 221 11 2 Ero Code ist i3 A e T nda eet le ERC toe DO gle Ot ae Re 224 11 3 lt Checking the LEDs 30 sera eaves Rata ow ges E teed eRe a ee Bee 241 TAY UNETE S a genta en dte tenet wes de Mone cw shad dae lls ea asech od ate a Solel 244 11 5 Troubleshooting for Each Phenomenon 00 cece eee tte 245 11 5 1 When the setting on the operation mode setting is the normal mode 245 11 5 2 When the setting on the operation mode setting is the frequency measurement mode 251 11 5 3 When the setting on the operation mode setting is the rotation speed measurement mode poet E E ate tected E tan mad Sata ena fa Im tek ta oe 251 11 5 4 When the setting on the operation mode setting is the pulse measurement mode 251 11 5 5 When the setting on the operation mode setting is the PWM output mode 252 11 5 6 When error codes warning codes cannot be reset 2 0 0 0000s 252 11 5 7 When parameters cannot be read or written with GX Works2 and CC Link IE Field Network diagnostics
146. 00Hz or 1300Hz By doing the moving average count the fluctuation of the measured values can be lowered 5 Moving average count When the frequency measurement function is used the fluctuation of the measured frequency values can be lowered by doing the moving average count Set the number of the moving average count to CHO Moving average count Frequency measurement RWw19 RWw31 Setting item Setting range Reference 1 to 100 CHO Moving average count Frequency measurement When 1 is set the operation is performed A f Page 283 Appendix 2 12 RWw19 RWw31 with the moving average count regarded as not being done After the specified number of counts are done the average of the measured frequency values is stored in CHO Measured frequency value RWr1A to RWr1B RWr32 to RWr33 as shown below Ex When the number for CHO Moving average count Frequency measurement RWw19 RWw31 is set to 3 CHOI Count enable command RY24 RY3C E ES a 10000 Tt Frequency al 5000 Remote register i CHO Measured T 1 r gt st storage frequency value 11 gt 2nd storage RWr1A to RWr1B co 4 1 __y 3rd storage RWr32 to RWr33 0 gt Time T Time unit 1st storage 1 2 3 3 5000 7000 8000 3 6667 2nd storage 2 3 4 3 7000 8000 8000 3 7667 3rd storage 3 4 5 3 8000 8000 4000 3 6667 164 CHAPTER 8 FUNCTIONS Point After the
147. 02C NO END CHAPTER 9 PROGRAMMING J Start remote register initial settings Turn on Initial data processing completion flag Turn off Initial data processing completion flag CH1 Time unit setting Frequency measurement CH1 Moving average count Frequency measurement J Set the values to the remote register J CH1 Frequency measurement start J CH1 Frequency measurement stop Read CH1 Measured frequency value to D1126 to D1127 Turn on CH1 Update flag reset command Measured frequency value Turn off CH1 Update flag reset command Measured frequency value jdwexg weibolg 6 215 NO _ 216 11 Program example of the rotation speed measurement mode SB49 SWOBO 0 AF ras Mc No Mo M10 AF PLS X1008 H M102 E SET Y1008 X10098 X100B R H r n H RST MOV KO MOV K3 DMOV K1000 BMOV D1024 W1018 SET X10908 X10909 X34 X35 E r n AF 1 H AF SET X35 p H RST X1008 H X1009 H X10908 X10099 Y102C X102D AF r s AF DMOV WI11A SET Y102C X102C 2 LRST MCR MO M102 Y1008 Y1008 D1024 D1025 D1026 K4 M10 Y1024 Y1024 D1126 Y102C Y102C NO END J Start remote register initial settings Turn on Initial data processing completion flag Turn off Initial data pro
148. 0908 __ X100B Turn off Initial data processing Eo o RST Y1008 gt completion flag SET M10 c Counter function programs The program is the same as the program example of the normal mode _ gt Page 210 Section 9 3 8 c 213 d Program for the cam switch function ae 1098 3 SET Y1026 Turn on CH1 Cam switch execute command xo TRST Y1026 Turn off CH1 Cam switch execute 7 command X1008 H x10p9 e Program for overflow underflow detection processing The program is the same as the program example of the normal mode _ gt Page 212 Section 9 3 8 e f Program for an error warning reset The program is the same as the program example of the normal mode gt Page 212 Section 9 3 8 f g Program for reading the error history The program is the same as the program example of the normal mode gt Page 212 Section 9 3 8 g 214 No 10 Program example of the frequency measurement mode SB49 SWOB0 0 IF AF Mc NO Mo M10 AF PLS X1008 M102 E SET Y1008 X10908 X100B _ AF 1 H RST MOV KO MOV K3 BMOV D1024 W1018 SET X10908 X10099 X32 X33 Re SET X33 _ RST X1008 X1009 X10098 X1009 Y102C x102D AF AF AF I DMOV WI11A SET Y102C X102C N I RST MCR MO M102 Y1008 Y1008 D1024 D1025 K2 M10 Y1024 Y1024 D1126 Y102C Y1
149. 0ms Page 282 Appendix 2 11 CHO Cycle setting Sampling counter Periodic pulse counter RWw17 RWw2F 1 to 65535 Point Change the cycle time by CHO Setting change request Sampling counter Periodic pulse counter RY27 RY3F When the cycle time is changed by Initial data processing completion flag RY8 or Initial data setting request flag RY9 the items of the monitor value such as CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 are cleared uonouny J8 UNOD asin IPod ZL When changing the cycle time by using CHO Setting change request Sampling counter Periodic pulse counter RY27 RY3F note the following Do not execute the periodic pulse counter function by CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 from when CHO Setting change request Sampling counter Periodic pulse counter RY27 RY3F is turned on until CHO Setting change completed Sampling counter Periodic pulse counter RX27 RX3F turns on Doing so may perform counting with the previous setting 151 3 Operation example of the periodic pulse counter function The following figure shows an operation example of storing each calculated value in CHO Periodic pulse count difference value RWr12 to RWr13 RWr2A to RWr2B CHO Periodic pulse count present value RWr14 to RWr15 RWr2C to RWr2D and CHO Periodic pulse count value update check RWr16 to RWr17 RWr2E to RWr2F based on the value in CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RW
150. 1 Error history 1 to 15 address 0A004 to OAFF L gt Page 295 Appendix 3 14 240 11 3 Checking the LEDs CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING This section describes how to troubleshoot the system by the LEDs Point For troubleshooting with the LEDs of the extension I O module refer to the following T CC Link IE Field Network Remote I O Module User s Manual 1 When the PW LED does not turn on Check item Action Is any LED other than the PW LED turned on When any LED other than the PW LED turns on a hardware failure may be the cause Please consult your local Mitsubishi representative Is the module power supply 24VDC wired Wire the module power supply 24VDC Is the module power supply 24VDC turned on Is the voltage of the module power supply 24VDC within the specified range Turn on the module power supply 24VDC Set the voltage value within the range of performance specifications 2 When the RUN LED does not turn on Check item Action Does the voltage of the module power supplied externally reach to the voltage of the performance specifications Does any hardware error occur Check that module power supply voltage is within the range of performance specifications lt _ gt Page 29 Section 3 2 After the check power off then on the module If the RUN LED does not turn on even after the module power supply is turned off then on a mod
151. 1 gt Not commanded 0 Set the parameters again Take measures against noise such as using a shielded cable for 13 connection If the same error occurs again a module failure may be the cause Please consult your local Mitsubishi representative 225 Error code hexadecimal Classification Error name Description and cause Operation of when an error occurs The other CHs Error CH Action Non volatile memory data The error history data The module recovers automatically soon after this error occurred However the preceding error history data are erased Take measures against noise such as using a 0140 Minor error stored in the nonvolatile i error shielded cable for memory are abnormal error history connection If the same error occurs again a module failure may be the cause Please consult your local Mitsubishi representative The REMFR REMTO Correct the REMFR REMTO Remote buffer instruction has accessed instruction setting so that the 0150 Minor error memory access the range outside the M instruction accesses the range error remote buffer memory within the remote buffer range memory range Th tti the stati A ipegake a i een Set the switch back to the Station number number setting switch has y 4 station number which was set 0160 Minor error switch change been changed while the 7 3 when the module was powered fai
152. 1 Installation location Do not install the high speed counter module to the place where e Ambient temperature is outside the range of 0 to 55 C e Ambient humidity is outside the range of 5 to 95 RH e Condensation occurs due to rapid temperature change e Corrosive gas or combustible gas is present Conductive powder such as dust and iron powder oil mist salinity or organic solvent is filled e The high speed counter module is exposed to direct sunlight A strong electric field or strong magnetic field is generated and e The high speed counter module is subject to vibration and shock 2 Installation surface Install the high speed counter module on the flat surface When the installation surface is uneven excessive force is applied to the printed circuit board and may cause a defect 6 2 2 Installation position When installing the high speed counter module in a control panel provide clearance of 60mm or longer between the module and the sides of the control panel or neighboring modules to ensure good ventilation and an easy module change A 60mm or longer 60mm or longer i 60mm or longer 60 CHAPTER 6 INSTALLATION AND WIRING 6 2 3 Installation direction The high speed counter module can be installed in six directions Use the DIN rail to install the module Downward installation
153. 1 equals to Point setting Coincidence output 1 RWw0 to RWw1 Coincidence output 1 RX10 turns on 2 The preset replace function is performed at the rising state off to on of Coincidence output 1 RX10 Turn on Reset command Coincidence output 1 RY10 and turn off Coincidence output 1 RX10 so that Coincidence output 1 3 RX10 rises off to on when the next CH1 Present value RWr10 to RWr11 Point setting coincidence output 1 RWw0 to RWw_1 is made 4 If CH1 Preset value setting RWw14 to RWw15 was changed in advance the preset replace function is performed with the changed value If Coincidence output 1 RX10 was not reset Coincidence output 1 RX10 remains on without rising when CH1 Present value 5 RWr10 to RWr11 Point setting Coincidence output 1 RWw0 to RWw1 is made Therefore the preset replace function does not operate 127 uonoun y nd no uosuedwog gg uonouny jndjno souapioulod ze soejdaifesaig E S 128 Point While CHO External preset replace Z Phase request detection RX23 RX3B is on values cannot be replaced by this 1 2 function as well as by CHO Preset replace command RY21 RY39 Turn off then on CHO External preset replace Z Phase request detection reset command RY23 RY3B to turn off CHO External preset replace Z Phase request detection RX23 RX3B Have a AT or longer interval after changing CHO Preset value setting RWw14 to RWw15 RWw2C to R
154. 1 16T Software version Version 1 91V or later NZ2EX2B1 16TE Version 1 98C or later 58 CHAPTER 6 INSTALLATION AND WIRING CHAPTER 6 INSTALLATION AND WIRING This chapter describes the installation and wiring of the high speed counter module 6 1 Station Number Setting 1 Setting procedure Set the station number with the rotary switch on the front of the module The setting value of the station number becomes valid when the module is powered on Thus set the station number when the module is powered off The hundreds and tens places of the station number are set with x10 The ones place of the station number is set with x1 Ex To set the station number to 115 set the switch as shown below 2 Setting range Set the station number from 1 to 120 Setting the value other than 1 to 120 causes a communication error and the D LINK LED flashes Do not set a station number duplicated with other station numbers If the station number is duplicated a communication error occurs and the D LINK LED does not turn on D Point 7 Changing the station number setting switch while the module is powered on causes a minor error and flashes the ERR S LED 2 Returning the station number setting switch to the previous setting eliminates the error after five seconds and turns off the 5 ERR LED F m oO J Q 59 6 2 Installation Environment and Installation Position 6 2 1 Installation environment
155. 25 D1118 Y1028 Y1028 Read CH1 Latch count value Latch counter input terminal to D1124 to D1125 Turn on CH1 Latch count value update flag reset command Latch counter input terminal Turn off CH1 Latch count value update flag reset command Latch counter input terminal Turn on CH1 Selected counter function start command Turn off CH1 Selected counter function start command Turn on CH1 Selected counter function start command Turn off CH1 Selected counter function start command Read CH1 Latch count value to D1118 to D1119 Turn on CH1 Update flag reset command Latch count value Turn off CH1 Update flag reset command Latch count value e Program for the sampling counter function SET RST LSET RST SET RST X1008 X10909 X2B X1025 AF AF Y1025 X2B X41025 rd X1008 X1009 X1008 X10909 X2A H AF 1 DMOV W1112 Y1028 X1029 T Y14028 x1028 a S Program for the periodic pulse counter function X1008 X1009 X2D H 1 H X2D r di X1008 X1009 ro x1098 X1009 X2C 1028 x1029 4 IF f D Ww1112 w1116 pe W1112 D1118 SET Y1028 X1028 17 LRST Y1025 Y1025 D1118 Y1028 Y1028 Y1025 Y1025 Y1028 Y1028 CHAPTER 9 PROGRAMMING Turn on CH1 Selected counter function start command Turn off CH1 Selected counter function star
156. 30cm away from the module Inside the control panel NI Li SZIKSZINS INS Module gt SIRIARA LANS LUA LD 20 to 30cm AD75CK S I For details of the AD75CK refer to the following AD75Ck type Cable Clamping Instruction Manual 4 External power supply e Use a CE marked product for an external power supply and always ground the FG terminal External power supply used for the tests conducted by Mitsubishi TDK Lambda DLP 120 24 1 IDEC PS5R SF24 PS5R F24 e Use a power cable of 10m or shorter when connecting it to the module power supply terminal 310 APPENDICES 5 Encoder and controller Install the DC power connected to the encoder inside the same control panel as the high speed counter module e Use a cable of 3m or shorter between the encoder for the open collector output and the pulse input terminal e Use a cable of 10m or shorter between the encoder for the differential output and the pulse input terminal e Use cables of 30m or shorter between the high speed counter module and the external output the high speed counter module and the pulse input terminal e Be sure to attach ferrite cores to the DC power cables to be connected to the high speed counter module and the controller The ferrite core ZCAT3035 1330 manufactured by TDK Corporation is recommended 6 Others a Ferrite core A ferrite core has the effect of reducing radiat
157. 35 CH1 RWw1E to RWw1F RWw36 to RWw37 during PWM output ON width setting e When this signal is turned on CHO ON width setting PWM output RWw1E to change request i L RWw 1F RWw36 to RWw37 is reflected to the high speed counter module After PWM output the setting values are reflected CHO ON width setting change completed PWM RY4D CH2 output RX35 RX4D turns on For the overview of the operation refer to Page 254 Appendix 1 1 RY36 CH1 Error reset e Turn on this signal to reset CHO Latest error code RWr22 RWr3A and CHO foL Latest warning code RWr23 RWr3B RY4E cH2 command For the overview of the operation refer to Page 254 Appendix 1 1 271 sjeuBis nd no jow jo sjiejeq Z xipueddy sjeuBls O I e owsyY jo sjlejeq xipueddy The figures in the operation timing indicate the following This signal is valid while being on j This signal is valid at the rising edge off to on Point Set AT or longer for the ON OFF time of the remote output signals For AT refer to Page 302 Appendix 4 272 APPENDICES Appendix 2 Details of Remote Registers The following shows details of remote registers 1 Remote registers RWr0 to RWr1 Address RWr Name Description Default CH1 CH2 e When the coincidence output function is selected and Coincidence output comparison condition setting address 0102 is set to Coincidence Output 00 this area
158. 3A CHO Latest warning code RWr23 RWr3B When initialization of the parameter information and the extended parameter information is completed Initial data processing request flag RX8 turns on Set parameters using Initial data setting request flag RY9 and remote registers using Initial data processing completion flag RY8 sossouppy How y Jeling slowey jo sjielieq xIpueddy 297 18 Station based control data address 1003 Address Name Description Default e When initialization of the parameter information and the extended parameter information stored in the remote buffer memory and the nonvolatile memory is completed Parameter area initialization completed address 10034 changes to Initialization is completed 1 e When Parameter area initialization command address 10024 is set to Not Parameter area commanded 0 Parameter area initialization completed address 10034 10034 initialization changes to Initialization is not performed 0 00004 completed The following shows the range of values which can be stored b15 b14 b13 b12 b11 b10 b9 b8 b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 0 0 0 Initialization is not performed vyv a 1 Initialization is 0 fixed completed 19 Station based control data address 10044 Address Name Description Default e
159. 3B off Turn off CHO External preset replace Z Phase request detection RX23 RX3B by turning on CHO External preset replace Z Phase request detection reset command RY23 RY3B Note that the ON OFF time of CHO External preset replace Z Phase request detection reset command RY23 RY3B must be AT or longer Page 267 Appendix 1 2 4 For AT4 refer to the following lt gt Page 302 Appendix 4 5 When the counter function selection cannot be performed a When turning on CHO Selected counter function start command RY25 RY3D does not perform the counter function selection Check item Does the selected function apply to CHO Selected counter function start command RY25 RY3D Action Check referring to the following Page 141 Section 8 8 If the selected function is one that starts to work at the rising edge OFF to ON of CHO Selected counter function start command RY25 RY3D is CHO Counter function detection RX25 RX3D used as an interlock Turn on or off CHO Selected counter function start command RY25 RY3D using CHO Counter function detection RX25 RX3D as an interlock Is CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC 2 off Turn off CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 b When the input from CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 does not perform the counter function selection Check item Action Is the external wiring to CHO Function input
160. 4 CH2 Counter function selection 0 R W 327 01474 CH2 Function input logic setting 0 R W 328 01484 CH2 Latch counter input logic setting 0 R W 329 01494 CH2 External control input response time setting 002A R W 330 014A Che Files measurement setting Function input 0 RW terminal 331 014B4 one Pulse measurement setting Latch counter 0 RW input terminal 332 to 511 014C to O1FFy System area Module based parameter data 512 to 767 02004 to O2FFy The remote buter mermery of the connected o o extension extension module is assigned module 1 768 to 1279 0300 to 04FF 4 System area 4 This is the value at default or initialization by Parameter area initialization command address 1002 2 This shows whether read or write from programs is possible R Readable W Writable Point To activate the parameter data turn off then on Initial data setting request flag RY9 Writing the parameter data to the parameter area does not activate the parameter data 47 Kowa yng ejowsey joist Z E 48 a Parameter area of the extension module The remote buffer memory differs depending on the model of the extension module e Extension input module NZ2EX2B1 16D Address re n Read Decimal Hexadecimal poet pele Write 512 0200 Extension module identification code 0000 R W 513 to 767 0201 toO2FFy System area lt 1 This is the value at default or initi
161. 4 is Set CHO Operation mode serin CHE Operation setting address 01204 CHET Operation siecle setting address 0140p to a value between 0 08104 Moderate error mode setting 0120p 0140p 13 d A j an Memes an and turn off then on error O indicates the channel P Initial data setting request flag where settings are RY9 incorrect The setting in CHO Count source selection address 01214 0141p A either Take either of the following oi g i H actions on CHO Count source j W i ae mes selection address 01214 e value in Operation mode seting 014144 and turn off then on address 0120p Initial data setting request flag CHO Count 0140p is 0 a value aoe isa 08114 Moderate error source selection other than 0 to 2 is set 13 setting error If the value in CHO Operation mode setting address 01204 0140 is 1 or 2 a value other than 0 is set O indicates the channel where settings are incorrect Operation mode setting address 01204 01401 is 0 set a value between 0 and 2 If the value in CHO Operation mode setting address 01204 01404 is 1 or 2 set 0 SI 8POD JOA SLL 235 Operation of when an error Error code Son hs Description and occurs A Classification Error name Action hexadecimal cause The other Error CH CHs Either of the following cases is the cause if the value in CHO Operation mode setting address 01201 0140p is 0 and the value in
162. 82 Input Terminals Wiring Example Between a Controller and External 1 Example of wiring with a sink type controller High speed counter module Function B07 B04 Controller Shielded twisted pair cable 3902 2 32k2 CTRLC B08 B05 OM Latch counter C 390Q 2 32kQ Function De Shield Shielded twisted pair cable Shield External 24VDC 9 2 Example of wiring with a source type controller High speed counter module 5V B07 B04 24V Controller Shielded twisted pair cable 3902 2 32kQ 470Q CTRLCO Bos B06 M BOS A06 5V A07 A04 TO T Shielded twisted pair cable D A08 t 3902 2 32kQ Latch counter at 4702 A05 External 24vDC 9 power supply ove CHAPTER 6 INSTALLATION AND WIRING 6 9 Wiring Example with Coincidence Output Terminals 1 Example of wiring with coincidence output terminals sink output type High speed counter module Digital isolator Coincidence output 1 Coincidence output 2 Coincidence output 3 Co
163. B04 CH2 Function input 5V LATCH1 24V A08 CH1 Latch counter input 24V LATCH1 5V A07 CH1 Latch counter input 5V e Turn on this signal to latch a count value by the external signal e The count value is latched and stored in remote registers when LATCH2 24V A05 CH2 Latch counter input 24V this signal becomes on LATCH2 5V_ A04 CH2 Latch counter input 5V Common for function input CTRLCOM A06 B06 Control input common Common for latch counter input e It is common between channels EQU1 B03 Coincidence output 1 e With the coincidence output function activated the high speed EQU2 A03 Coincidence output 2 counter module outputs a signal when the count value is matched F with the preset comparison condition EQU3 B01 Coincidence output 3 When the PWM output function is used the high speed counter Output EQU4 A01 Coincidence output 4 module outputs the PWM waveform It inputs OV when Coincidence output 1 to 4 are used EQUCOM A02 B02 Coincidence output common Common for coincidence outputs e It is common between channels 76 CHAPTER 6 INSTALLATION AND WIRING 3 Interface with external devices The following table lists the high speed counter module interfaces to connect with external devices
164. C1 FUNC2 For CHO Selected counter function start command RY25 RY3D CHO Counter function detection RX25 RX3D turns on or off by turning on or off CHO Selected counter function start command RY25 RY3D After CHO Latch count value RWr12 to RWr13 RWr2A to RWr2B is updated CHO Update flag Latch count value RX29 RX41 2 turns on When CHO Update flag reset command Latch count value RY28 RY40 is turned off then on the high speed counter module 3 turns off CHO Update flag Latch count value RX29 RX41 and turns on CHO Update flag reset completed Latch count value RX28 RX40 After that CHO Update flag reset completed Latch count value RX28 RX40 turns off when CHO Update flag reset command Latch count value RY28 RY40 is turned off CHO Latch count value RWr12 to RWr13 RWr2A to RWr2B is updated even if CHO Update flag Latch count value RX29 4 RX41 is on The latch counter function operates regardless of the ON OFF status of CHO Count enable command RY24 RY3C 146 CHAPTER 8 FUNCTIONS Point When the latch counter function is performed by CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 the operation response time follows CHO Function input response time setting address 01294 b2 to b3 0149 b2 to b3 Since CHO Latch count value RWr12 to RWr13 RWr2A to RWr2B is updated synchronizing with the internal control cycle a maximum of delay time shown below occurs until the
165. CHO Count source selection address 01214 0141p is 1 or 2 Take the following actions and A value other than 0 and turn off then on Initial data 4 is set in CHO setting request flag RY9 Operation mode setting Set CHO Operation mode address 01204 setting address 01204 CHO Count 0140p of the other 0140p for the other channel source 08124 Moderate error coincidence Charmed 13 ier 4 N g a A channel where CHO Set the corresponding bit of output setting f ae aroi Count source selection Coincidence output channel address 01214 assignment setting address 0141p is set is the 0101p to the channel where same as the channel CHO Count source selection assigned to the address 01214 0141p is corresponding bit of not set Coincidence output channel assignment setting address 0101p O indicates the channel where settings are incorrect A value other than 0 to 5 is set in CHO Pulse input Set CHO Pulse input mode CHO Pulse mode address 01224 address 01224 01424 toa 08134 Moderate error input mode 0142p 13 value between 0 and 5 and setting error O indicates the channel turn off then on Initial data where settings are setting request flag RY9 incorrect The setting in CHO Counting speed setting address 01234 01431 is in one of the following Take one of the following cases actions on CHO Counting If the value in CHO speed setting address 0123 Pulse input mode 0143 and turn off then on ad
166. CHO Latch count value RWr12 to RWr13 2 RWr2A to RWr2B and the value in CHO Preset value setting RWw14 to RWw15 RWw2C to RWw2D is stored in CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 at the rising edge of CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 After CHO Latch count value RWr12 to RWr13 RWr2A to RWr2B is updated CHO Update flag Latch count value RX29 RX41 turns on 3 Set any values to CHO Preset value setting RWw14 to RWw15 RWw2C to RWw2D 4 Counting stops by turning off CHO Count enable command RY24 RY3C When CHO Update flag reset command Latch count value RY28 RY40 is turned off then on the high speed counter module turns off CHO Update flag Latch count value RX29 RX41 and turns on CHO Update flag reset completed Latch count value 5 RX28 RX40 After that CHO Update flag reset completed Latch count value RX28 RX40 turns off when CHO Update flag reset command Latch count value RY28 RY40 is turned off 6 Counting resumes by turning on CHO Count enable command RY24 RY3C Point The count value cannot be replaced with the preset value while CHO External preset replace Z Phase request detection RX23 RX3B is on Replace the value after CHO External preset replace Z Phase request detection RX23 RX3B turns off by turning on CHO External preset replace Z Phase request detection reset command RY23 RY3B Have a AT or longer interval after changing CHO P
167. CHO Update flag Measured frequency value 2 p a RX2D RX45 OFF a A ON CHO Update flag reset command 3 Bi Measured frequency value OFF p RY2C RY44 a JON CHO Update flag reset completed J r Measured frequency value OFF 4 RX2C RX44 T Frequency measurement time unit 165 No Description The following processing is performed when CHO Count enable command RY24 RY3C is turned on to turn CHO Frequency measurement flag RWr20 b4 RWr38 b4 to Operating 1 e The values in CHO Time unit setting Frequency measurement RWw18 RWw30 and CHO Moving average count Frequency 1 measurement RWw19 RWw31 are acquired If the value is changed during the frequency measurement the change is ignored CHO Update flag Measured frequency value RX2D RX45 turns off e The value in CHO Measured frequency value RWr1A to RWr1B RWr32 to RWr33 is cleared to 0 CHO Update flag Measured frequency value RX2D RX45 turns on when a value is stored in CHO Measured frequency value RWr1A to RWr1B RWr32 to RWr33 When CHO Update flag reset command Measured frequency value RY2C RY44 is turned off then on the high speed counter module turns off CHO Update flag Measured frequency value RX2D RX45 and turns on CHO Update flag reset completed 3 Measured frequency value RX2C RX44 After that CHO Update flag reset completed Measured frequency value RX2C RX44 turns off when CHO Update flag r
168. DIN rail stopper used 1 Mounting procedure 1 2 3 4 Hook a e Hook 5 Hitch the hook to the bottom of the DIN rail 64 Pull down all DIN rail hooks on the back of the modules The hook should be pulled down until it clicks Hang the upper tabs of the modules on a DIN rail and push the modules in position Lock the DIN rail hooks to the DIN rail to secure the modules in position Push each hook up until it clicks If the hooks are beyond the reach use a tool such as a screwdriver Loosen the screw on DIN rail stopper Hitch the bottom hook of the DIN rail stopper to the bottom of the DIN rail Hitch the hook according to the orientation of the arrow on the front of the stopper CHAPTER 6 INSTALLATION AND WIRING 6 Hitch the upper hook of the DIN rail stopper to the Hitch the hook to top of the DIN rail the top of the DIN rail z 7 Slide the DIN rail stopper up to the left side of the modules DIN rail stopper N2 8 Hold the DIN rail stopper in the direction opposite to sei the arrow on the stopper and tighten the screw with a screwdriver EREE 9 Install the DIN rail stopper on the right side of the ral stopper module in the same procedure Install the stopper upside down for the right side Point Do not slide modules from the edge of the DIN rail when mounting them Doing so may damage the metal part located on the back of the module
169. Disable preset replace Function The count disable preset replace function executes the count disable function and the preset replace function according to the status change of CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 without switching the functions by the counter function selection 1 Setting method of the count disable preset replace function 1 Set Parameter write for Method selection CC IE Field Configuration window gt Select a high speed counter module in List of stations gt CC IE Field Configuration gt Online gt Parameter Processing of Slave Station 2 Select 4 Count disable Preset replace Function in CHO Counter function selection je CH1 Counter function selection tee CH1 Function input logic setting 0 Positive CH1 Latch counterinputlogics 0 Positve 0 Count Disable Function CH1 Zphase inputresponseti 20FF20 J1 Lateh eounter Function ion eemeriliauretion IDRUETESPONS eID 2 OFF gt 0 3 Periodic Pulse Counter Function CH1 Latch counter input respo 2 OFF gt 0 I Count disable Presetreplace Function CHi Pulse measurement setti O PulseO 5 Latch counter Presetireplace Function 0 Count Di 4 Count disable Presetreplace Function v 154 CHAPTER 8 FUNCTIONS 2 Operation example of the count disable preset replace function The following figure shows an operation example of stopping counting while
170. FUNC1 24V A08 LATCH1 24V B07 FUNC1 5V A07 LATCH1 5V B06 CTRLCOM A06 CTRLCOM B05 FUNC2 24V A05 LATCH2 24V B04 FUNC2 5V A04 LATCH2 5V B03 EQU1 A03 EQU2 B02 EQUCOM A02 EQUCOM B01 EQU3 A01 EQU4 15 SOOIASP EUIO XS YIM SBOELASIU O 9 9 SOOINOQ CUJO XY 104 SIO B9UUOD Jo BuIA 9 9 2 List of I O signal details The following table lists the signals for the high speed counter module connectors for external devices 10 Pin a ie Symbol Signal name Description classification number A1 24V B20 CH1 Phase A pulse input 24V A1 5V A20 CH1 Phase A pulse input 5V e This signal inputs plus side of phase A pulse A1 DIF B19 CH1 Phase A pulse differential input A1 COM A19 CH1 Phase A pulse input common This signal inputs minus side of phase A pulse B1 24V B18 CH1 Phase B pulse input 24V B1 5V A18 CH1 Phase B pulse input 5V e This signal inputs plus side of phase B pulse B1 DIF B17 CH1 Phase B pulse differential input B1 COM A17 CH1 Phase B pulse input common This signal inputs minus side of phase B pulse Z1 24V B16 CH1 Phase Z input 24V This signal inputs plus side of phase Z 21 5V A16 CH1 Phase Z input 5V e Turn on this signal to replace a count value by the external signal e The count value is replaced with the preset value when this signal Z1 DIF B15 CH1
171. Gratis Warranty Range 1 The range shall be limited to normal use within the usage state usage methods and usage environment etc which follow the conditions and precautions etc given in the instruction manual user s manual and caution labels on the product 2 Even within the gratis warranty term repairs shall be charged for in the following cases 1 Failure occurring from inappropriate storage or handling carelessness or negligence by the user Failure caused by the user s hardware or software design 2 Failure caused by unapproved modifications etc to the product by the user 3 When the Mitsubishi product is assembled into a user s device Failure that could have been avoided if functions or structures judged as necessary in the legal safety measures the user s device is subject to or as necessary by industry standards had been provided 4 Failure that could have been avoided if consumable parts battery backlight fuse etc designated in the instruction manual had been correctly serviced or replaced 5 Failure caused by external irresistible forces such as fires or abnormal voltages and Failure caused by force majeure such as earthquakes lightning wind and water damage 6 Failure caused by reasons unpredictable by scientific technology standards at time of shipment from Mitsubishi 7 Any other failure found not to be the responsibility of Mitsubishi or that admitted not to be so by the user 2 Onerous repair term
172. HO Pulse measurement start command Function input terminal RY30 RY48 CHO Pulse measurement start command Latch counter input terminal RY32 RY4A Pulse measurement flag CHO Pulse measurement flag Function input terminal RWr20 b6 RWr38 b6 CHO Pulse measurement flag Latch counter input terminal RWr20 b7 RWr38 b7 Measured pulse value update flag Measured pulse value update flag reset command CHO Measured pulse value update flag Function input terminal RX32 RX4A CHO Measured pulse value update flag reset command Function input terminal RY31 RY49 CHO Measured pulse value update flag Latch counter input terminal RX34 RX4C CHO Measured pulse value update flag reset command Latch counter input terminal RY33 RY4B Measured pulse value update flag reset completed CHO Measured pulse value update flag reset completed Function input terminal RX31 RX49 CHO Measured pulse value update flag reset completed Latch counter input terminal RX33 RX4B CHAPTER 8 FUNCTIONS 8 19 Pwm Output Function The PWM output function outputs the PWM waveform up to 200kKHz from one of the coincidence output 1 to 4 terminals EQU1 to EQU4 Up to four points can be assigned for one channel The same waveform is to be output to the assigned terminals The ON width setting PWM output can be changed during PWM output Remote register High speed EQU1 to
173. IS B 3502 and intermittent X Y and Z resistance IEC 61131 2 vibration 8 4 to 150Hz 9 8m s directions Under continuous 5 to 8 4Hz 1 75mm vibration 8 4 to 150Hz 4 9m s2 E Shock resistance Compliant with JIS B 3502 and IEC 61131 2 147m s2 3 times each in X Y and Z directions Operating No corrosive gases atmosphere Operatin F 7 i 0 to 2000m altitude Installation i P Inside a control panel location Overvoltage 3 ll or less category Pollution 4 2 or less degree Equipment class Class 4 2 3 4 Do not use or store the high speed counter module under pressure higher than the atmospheric pressure of altitude Om Doing so may cause malfunction When using the high speed counter module under pressure please consult your local Mitsubishi representative If the environment satisfies the operating ambient temperature operating ambient humidity and other conditions the module can be used even outside the control panel This indicates the section of the power supply to which the equipment is assumed to be connected between the public electrical power distribution network and the machinery within premises Category Il applies to equipment for which electrical power is supplied from fixed facilities The surge voltage withstand level for the equipment with the rated voltage of 300V or less is 2500V This index indicates the degree to which conductive material is generated in terms of
174. Latch counter input terminal RY2A RY42 270 CHO Latch count value update flag reset completed Latch counter input terminal RX2A RX42 263 CHO Latch count value Sampling count value Periodic pulse count difference value RWr12 to RWr13 RWr2A TO RWr2BYs asrina roion ee faded canta 275 CHO Latch counter input logic setting address 01284 GIAB i E vkwa atone end on ca ue 291 CHO Latest error code RWr22 RWr3A 278 CHO Latest warning code RWr23 RWr3B 278 CHO Measured frequency value Measured rotation speed value RWr1A to RWr1B RWr32 to RWr33 Sheet Roce ah cen aie fas Ph RNEs inshore beets eRe Re Wika Be te 276 CHO Measured pulse value Function input terminal RWr1C to RWr1D RWr34 to RWr35 276 CHO Measured pulse value Latch counter input terminal RWr1E to RWr1F RWr36 to RWr37 276 CHO Measured pulse value update flag Function input terminal RX32 RX4A 000000 ee ee 264 CHO Measured pulse value update flag Latch counter input terminal RX34 RX4C 265 CHO Measured pulse value update flag reset command Function input terminal RY31 RY49 271 CHO Measured pulse value update flag reset command Latch counter input terminal RY33 RY4B 271 CHO Measured pulse value update flag reset completed Function input terminal RX31 RX49 264 CHO Measured pulse value update flag reset completed Latch counter input terminal RX33 RX4B
175. MITSUBISHI Mitsubishi Programmable Controller CC Link IE Field Network High Speed Counter Module User s Manual NZ2GFCF D62PD2 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS Read these precautions before using this product Before using this product please read this manual and the relevant manuals carefully and pay full attention to safety to handle the product correctly The precautions given in this manual are concerned with this product only For the safety precautions of the programmable controller system refer to the user s manual for the CPU module used In this manual the safety precautions are classified into two levels N WARNING and N CAUTION A WARNING Indicates that incorrect handling may cause hazardous conditions resulting in death or severe injury Indicates that incorrect handling may cause hazardous conditions NCAUTION resulting in minor or moderate injury or property damage Under some circumstances failure to observe the precautions given under N CAUTION may lead to serious consequences Observe the precautions of both levels because they are important for personal and system safety Make sure that the end users read this manual and then keep the manual in a safe place for future reference Design Precautions NWARNING Inthe case of a communication failure in the network data in the master module are held Check Data link status each station SWOOBO to SW00B7 and configure an interlock circuit in t
176. O Count enable command RY24 RY3C on Is CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC 2 off Turn on CHO Count enable command RY24 RY3C in a program If the count disable function is selected for the counter function selection setting pulses are not counted while CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 is on Turn off CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 Is the pulse input method the same as what has been selected in CHO Pulse input mode address 01224 01424 Does the CPU module indicate any error Change the pulse input method or the setting in CHO Pulse input mode address 01224 01424 so that they match If an error is indicated with the CPU module refer to troubleshooting on the user s manual for the CPU module used Is the external wiring to A and B correct Do the LEDs of oA and 9B turn on by applying a voltage to the pulse input terminals in A and B using devices such as a voltage stabilizer Check the external wiring and correct errors If the LEDs of A and B turn on check the external wiring and wiring on the encoder side If the LEDs of A and B do not turn on a module failure may be the cause Please consult your local Mitsubishi representative b When the module does not count normally Check item Action Does a program used read out the present value in unit of 2 words 32 bits Is the preset value within the count range of the ring counter when the counter
177. O Latest error code RWr22 RWr3A and counting does not start To start counting set the ring counter upper limit value and the ring counter lower limit value according to the condition Ring counter lower limit value lt Ring counter upper limit value and turn off then on CHO Count enable command RY24 RY3C The OFF time must be longer than AT For AT4 refer to Page 302 Appendix 4 CHAPTER 8 FUNCTIONS a Ring counter lower limit value lt Present value lt Ring counter upper limit value e For counting up When the value in CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 reaches CHO Ring counter upper limit value RWw12 to RWw13 RWw2A to RWw2B the value in CHO Ring counter lower limit value RWw10 to RWw11 RWw28 to RWw29 is automatically stored in CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 For counting down When the value in CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 reaches CHO Ring counter lower limit value RWw10 to RWw11 RWw28 to RWw29 the value in CHO Ring counter lower limit value RWw10 to RWw11 RWw28 to RWw29 is held as the present value The value ring counter upper limit value 1 is stored in CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 at the next count down pulse input Both for counting up and down the value in CHO Ring counter upper limit value RWw12 to RWw13 RWw2A to RWw2B is not stored in CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 Except for the case that the present val
178. O O function extension output module Number of ON times integration f i O function extension output module A The value set in CHO Operation mode setting address 01204 01404 2 The value set in Comparison output setting address 01004 3 The value set in CHO Counter function selection address 01264 0146p 100 CHAPTER 8 FUNCTIONS CHAPTER 8 Functions This chapter describes the high speed counter module functions 8 1 Mode Shift at Power on At power on the mode of the high speed counter module shifts to any of the following e Unit test mode e Normal mode asynchronous communication mode e Synchronous communication mode The following table lists conditions where the mode shifts b a Power on T Unit test mode a Drive mode switch _ Normal mode asynchronous communication mode Synchronous communication mode Symbol Mode Condition If X10 of the station number setting switch is set to TEST and X1 of the switch is set to 0 the mode shifts to the unit test mode a nit tee mode For details refer to the following o Unit Test _ gt Page 244 Section 11 4 2 If the station number setting switch is set to 1 to 120 the mode shifts according to the setting of Mode as switch setting address 0000 and the type of the module that operates as the master station of the 2 b Drive mode switch high speed c
179. Output 10 Out of range Output e The reflection timing of the setting value When Initial data setting request flag RY9 is turned off then on e Set whether to replace a count value with the preset value at coincidence output or not e The following shows the setting range b15 b14 b13 b12 b11 b10 b9 b8 b7 b6 bd b4 b3 b2 bi b0 Preset replace Coinc Coinci 01034 setting at ck cc et ec 0 O Mal 0 Wal rive ree 00004 coincidence output K N J W Y 0 fixed 0 Present value not replaced 1 Present value replaced e The reflection timing of the setting value When Initial data setting request flag RY9 is turned off then on 287 sossouppy How y 1 3yng slowey jo sjieleq xIpueddy 5 Module based parameter data address 01044 to 0105p Address T Name Description Default CH1 CH2 e Set an extension output module to be used with the cam switch function Cam switch output e The following shows the setting range 0 No Assignment 01044 unit assignment 0 1 Stage 1 setting oe tee os f The reflection timing of the setting value When Initial data setting request flag RYQ is turned off then on e Set channels to be compared for the outputs of the cam switch function The following shows the setting range b15 b14 b13 b12 b11 b10 b9 b8 b7 b6 bd b4 b3 b2 bi bO 16 15 14 13 12
180. Output to Coincidence output 1 00014 CH1 ON width setting PWM output RWw1E to RWw1F 100 0us 1000 CH1 Cycle setting PWM output RWw20 to RWw21 200 0us 2000 A Set only when using the coincidence output function 2 Set only when using the ring counter function ia Set only when using the sampling counter function or the periodic pulse counter function 4 Set only under the frequency measurement mode 5 Set only under the rotation speed measurement mode 6 Set only under the PWM output mode Point If Initial data processing request flag RX8 turns on when the module is powered on always set the remote register jdwexg weibolg 6 199 4 Configuration of program examples The following figure shows a configuration of a program example a Program configuration under the normal mode Common program Initial setting program Counter function program Select the program for the counter function used Comparison output function coincidence output function or cam switch function program Overflow underflow detection program Use this program when the linear counter function is set for counter format Error warning reset program Error history read program b Program configuration under a mode other than the normal mode Program examples under a mode other than the normal mode operate in a single program example c
181. Page 107 Linear counter function Oo O lt Section 8 4 1 Page 109 Ring counter function O O lt Section 8 4 2 Page 114 Comparison output function lt Section 8 5 a Page 115 a Coincidence output function O lt Section iz 8 5 2 g e NOS Page 126 Preset replace at coincidence O lt Section 2 output function 8 5 3 rc T Page 129 Normal mode 0 Cam switch function O Section 8 5 4 Preset replace function using RY o o Page 134 lt command or phase Z input terminal Section 8 6 Latch counter function by latch o o Page 139 counter input terminal Section 8 7 s Page 143 Count disable function O O 0 lt Section 8 9 Latch counter function counter Page 145 O O 1 lt function selection Section 8 10 Sampling counter function 2 faga 149 i u uncti lt pang E O Section 8 11 Periodic pulse counter function O O 3 Pade 151 iodic pu u uncti lt P Section 8 12 Count disable preset replace Page 154 O O 4 e i function Section 8 13 Latch counter preset replace Page 157 O O 5 amp function Section 8 14 99 Drive mode Normal mode asynchronous P ORE Synchro Setting communication mode Operation mode nous value Function name Comparison _ Reference setting 3 i Counter communi 1 output setting i 5 function cation selection mode Coinci Cam 3 de
182. RR LED turns on S Coincidence output 3 is CH1 PWM output assignment setting 00044 assigned to the PWM output RWw1D terminal Coincidence output 1 channel 0 CH1 assignment setting Coincidence output 2 channel 0 CH1 assignment setting Coincidence output 1 to 4 are Coincidence output 1 to 4 are assigned to Coincidence output 3 channel j CHi assigned to CH1 the PWM output terminal and the 5 assignment setting f operation is performed The same PWM Coincidence output 4 channel waveform is output from all the assignment setting 0 CHa Coincidence output terminals Coincidence output 1 to 4 are CH1 PWM output assignment setting OOOFy assigned to the PWM output RWw1D Point terminal For Coincidence output that is assigned as the PWM output terminal in CHO PWM output assignment setting RWw1D RWw35 the setting in Coincidence output 1 to 4 comparison condition setting is disabled 177 uonoun4 NANO WMd 6L 8 4 Setting method of the output waveform Set the output waveform by using CHO ON width setting PWM output RWw1E to RWw1F RWw36 to RWw37 and CHO Cycle setting PWM output RWw20 to RWw21 RWw38 to RWw339 The following table lists the setting items Setting item Setting range Description Remarks CHO ON width setting PWM output x RWwIE to RWw1F RWw36 to RWw37 0 10 to 10000000 Set the ON time of the output pulse 0 1uUs per unit SHO Cycle setting
183. RWr35 varies according to the time set in CHO Function input response time setting The same can be applied to the measurement with CHO Latch counter input terminal LATCH1 LATCH2 except the differences such as the setting items 8 Pulse measurement difference between CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 and CHO Latch counter input terminal LATCH1 LATCH2 The pulse measurement same as CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 can be applied to the measurement with CHO Latch counter input terminal LATCH1 LATCH2 except the difference of the terminals for the pulse measurement and the setting items The following table lists the differences of the setting items between both terminals Input terminal setting item Pulse measurement with function input terminal Pulse measurement with latch counter input terminal Terminals for the pulse measurement CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 CHO Latch counter input terminal LATCH1 LATCH2 Setting for pulse width to be measured CHO Pulse measurement setting Function input terminal address 012Ay 014Ap CHO Pulse measurement setting Latch counter input terminal address 012By 014By Measured pulse value CHO Measured pulse value Function input terminal RWr1C to RWr1D RWr34 to RWr35 CHO Measured pulse value Latch counter input terminal RWr1E to RWr1F RWr36 to RWr37 Pulse measurement start command C
184. Setting change request Sampling counter Periodic pulse counter Sampling counter Periodic pulse counter CH1 Update flag reset completed Latch count CH1 Update flag reset command Latch count RX28 value Sampling count value Periodic pulse RY28 value Sampling count value Periodic pulse count value count value CH1 Update flag Latch count value Sampling BA RX29 R RY29 Use prohibited count value Periodic pulse count value RX2A CH1 Latch count value update flag reset RY2A CH1 Latch count value update flag reset completed Latch counter input terminal command Latch counter input terminal CH1 Latch count value update flag a RX2B RY2B Use prohibited Latch counter input terminal RX2C CH1 Update flag reset completed Measured RY2C CH1 Update flag reset command Measured frequency value Measured rotation speed value frequency value Measured rotation speed value CH1 Update flag Measured frequency sor RX2D i RY2D Use prohibited value Measured rotation speed value RX2E Use prohibited RY2E Use prohibited RX2F Use prohibited RY2F Use prohibited 39 sjeuBbls O I 9J0W Y JO 3S G E Remote input signal direction High speed counter Remote output signal direction Master local Module module Master local module module High speed counter module type Device yi Device T Description Description number number CH1 Pulse measurement start command RX30 Use pr
185. The module operation information stored in the remote buffer memory and the nonvolatile memory is initialized by this command The module operation information can be initialized only when Nonvolatile memory data error module operation information error code 01104 has occurred The following shows the setting range b15 b14 b13 b12 b11 b10 b9 b8 b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 bl b0 ofofofofofofofofo olofo o ofo L J 0 Not kg commanded 0 fixed 1 Commanded e When Module operation information initialization command address 10044 is set to Commanded 1 the module operation information stored in the Module operation remote buffer memory and the nonvolatile memory is cleared and Module information operation information initialization completed address 10054 changes to 10044 Kae 0000 initialization Initialization is completed 1 command Controlled by the high speed counter module Controlled by the program Error data of module operation Default value Module operation information _ 1 1 1 1 1 1 Module operation g 1 information initialization Not commanded 0 X Commanded 1 Not commanded 0 command address 10041 y k 1 Module operation A 1 information initialization Comoe N Not ompleted gt ol completed Not performed 0 a X performed 0 address 1005H 298 20 Station based control data address 1005 APPENDICES
186. The reflection timing of the setting value 1 When Initial data processing request flag RX8 turns off 2 When Initial data setting request flag RY9 is turned off then on only while Initial data processing request flag RX8 is off 3 When Setting change request Coincidence output 1 RY14 is turned off 0 then on 1 e When the coincidence output function is selected and a bit corresponding to Coincidence output 1 of Coincidence output comparison condition setting address 0102 is set to Within range Output 01 or Out of range Output 10 set the lower limit value e The following shows the setting range 2147483648 to 2147483647 e The reflection timing of the setting value 1 When Initial data processing request flag RX8 turns off 2 When Initial data setting request flag RY9 is turned off then on only while Initial data processing request flag RX8 is off 3 When Setting change request Coincidence output 1 RY14 is turned off then on Lower limit value setting Coincidence output 1 sla sibay a owey jo sjiejeq Z xipueddy 279 8 Remote registers RWw2 to RWwF Address RWw CH1 CH2 Item Upper limit value Description When the coincidence output function is selected and a bit corresponding to Coincidence output 1 of Coincidence output comparison condition setting address 01024 is set to Within range Output 01 or Out of range Output 10 set the upper limit
187. UM Z S LL 11 5 5 When the setting on the operation mode setting is the PWM output mode 1 When the module does not perform normally Check item Action Does the CPU module indicate any error If an error is indicated with the CPU module refer to troubleshooting on the user s manual for the CPU module used Are Coincidence output 1 to 4 assigned properly Review the setting in Coincidence output channel assignment setting address 01014 and CHO PWM output assignment setting RWw1D RWw35 Is the external wiring to Coincidence output 1 to 4 terminals EQU1 to EQU4 correct Check the external wiring and correct errors Is a resistive load connected to the coincidence output 1 to 4 terminals EQU1 to EQU4 Connect a resistive load since the output waveform is highly distorted by connecting a load other than a resistive load Measures against noise Are the shielded twisted pair cables used for PWM output wiring Use the shielded twisted pair cables for PWM output wiring Are measures against noise taken for the adjacent devices and inside the control panel Take noise reduction measures such as attaching a CR surge suppressor to the magnet switch Is the distance between the high voltage equipment and PWM output line kept enough Bundle up the PWM output lines in a single tube and keep a distance of 150mm or more between the PWM output lines and the power line even inside t
188. Ww2D until the value is replaced because there are maximum of AT delay until change in CHO Preset value setting RWw14 to RWw15 RWw2C to RWw2D is reflected To perform the preset replace function continuously using the same coincidence output have a AT or longer interval The preset replace function may not operate if there is not a AT or longer interval The following is the rough standard of an interval for performing the preset replace function continuously using the same coincidence output Point setting Coincidence output 1 to 4 Preset value setting gt Input pulse speed pps 1000 When the preset replace at coincidence output function is used under the condition where pulses are input in a counting speed of 2Mpps or faster a pulse count difference plus one or minus one pulse occurs Use the function after checking that the difference does not cause a problem for the system For ATy refer to Page 302 Appendix 4 Change this into Upper limit value setting Coincidence output 1 to 4 or Lower limit value setting Coincidence output 1 to 4 according to the comparison condition and the setting in which Coincidence output 1 to 4 turns on CHAPTER 8 FUNCTIONS 8 5 4 Cam switch function The cam switch function allows users to output the ON OFF status of any of the output terminals on the extension output module YO to YF according to the value in CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 The maximum
189. Ww2F A a Sampling counter Periodic pulse counter CH2 Time unit setting Frequency RWr30 RWw30 measurement Rotation speed measurement CH2 Latch count value Latch counter input terminal CH2 Moving average count Frequency RWr31 RWw31 measurement Rotation speed measurement RWr32 CH2 Measured frequency value RWw32 CH2 Number of pulses per rotation RWr33 Measured rotation speed value RWw33 RWr34 RWw34 Use prohibited _ _ CH2 Measured pulse value Function input terminal RWr35 RWw35 CH2 PWM output assignment setting RWr36 CH2 Measured pulse value RWw36 r CH2 ON width setting PWM output RWr37 Latch counter input terminal RWw37 RWr38 CH2 Status RWw38 CH2 Cycle setting PWM output RWr39 CH2 External input status RWw39 RWr3A CH2 Latest error code RWw3A Use prohibited RWr3B CH2 Latest warning code RWw3B Use prohibited RWr3C Use prohibited RWw3C Use prohibited RWr3D Use prohibited RWw3D Use prohibited RWr3E Use prohibited RWw3E Use prohibited RWr3F Use prohibited RWw3F Use prohibited 4 RWr3F and RWw3F are used for the system in the synchronous communication mode 43 JaysiBay aJOWey JO IS 9 E 44 Point Do not read or write the data to from any Use prohibited remote registers If the data is read or written from to any of the registers correct operation of the module cannot be guaranteed The remote register information is not stored in the nonvolatile memory of the high speed counter m
190. X1009 Y1031 X1032 Read CH1 Measured pulse value J J J L T t AF AF LDMOV WITIC D1128 J Function input terminal to D1128 to D1129 SET Y1031 Turn on CH1 Measured pulse value update flag r reset command Function input terminal Y1031 X1031 Turn off CH1 Measured pulse value update flag Kej RS eet j reset command Function input terminal ow X1008 X1009 Y1033 X1034 Read CH1 Measured pulse value a J J J r an zaa AF LDMOV WITIE D1130 Latch counter input terminal to D1130 to D1131 amp FSET yio Turn on CH1 Measured pulse value update flag 5 LS 33 reset command Latch counter input terminal m Y1033 X1033 RSI y1033 1 Turn off CH1 Measured pulse value update flag k y reset command Latch counter input terminal 3 3 o MCR NO 4 END 217 13 Program example of the PWM output mode SB49 SW B0 0 AF AF j Mc NO Mo NO MO M19 oe SF LPLS M102 Start remote register initial settings X1008 H M102 r Turn on Initial data processing H SET Y1008 completion flag Y1008 X10908 X100B Turn off Initial data processin y 1 RST Y1008 g completion flag MOV KI D1029 CH1 PWM output assignment setting Dove K000 D1030 CH1 ON width setting PWM output DMOV K2000 D1032 CH1 Cycle setting PWM output BMOV D1029 W101D K5 Set the values to the remote register SET M10 x1098 x1099 XA X3B Turn on CH1 PWM output ji
191. Y3D CH2 Function 5 is selected for CHO Counter function selection address 01264 0146p this signal is invalid For the overview of the operation refer to Page 254 Appendix 1 1 RY26 CH1 Cam switch execute Turn on this signal to execute the cam switch function e Tu is si xecu wi unction command PWM he RY3E CH2 output start e Turn on this signal to start PWM output command e Turn on this signal to activate the changes of CHO Time unit setting Sampling counter Periodic pulse counter RWw16 RWw2E and CHO Cycle settin RY27 CH1 Setting change i uae A J RWW mee E og j g esi Sampling counter Periodic pulse counter RWw17 RWw2F u e When this signal is turned on the setting values written into the above remote Sampling f a g counter Periodi registers RWw are reflected to the high speed counter module After the setting RY3F CH2 p lse c nter values are reflected CHO Setting change completed Sampling counter Periodic pulse counter RX27 RX3F turns on For the overview of the operation refer to Page 254 Appendix 1 1 Update fa Turn on this signal to reset CHO Update flag Latch count value RX29 RX41 R g When this signal is turned on CHO Update flag Latch count value RX29 RX41 reset command turns off After resetting is completed CHO Update flag reset completed Latch u f ing i i Latch count a Ia E p j 3 p count value RX28 RX40 turns on RY28 CH1 value i For the overview of the
192. a are described 54 CHAPTER 4 THE PROCEDURE BEFORE OPERATION CHAPTER 4 THE PROCEDURE BEFORE OPERATION This section describes the procedure before operation Check box Setting a station number Page 59 Section 6 1 Set the station number for a high speed counter module Connection a When using an extension module connect the extension module to Page 60 Section 6 2 the high speed counter module Page 62 Section 6 3 Mount the high speed counter module to a DIN rail Page 67 Section 6 4 Connect the high speed counter module to a power supply Page 69 Section 6 5 Ethernet cables and external devices Page 72 Section 6 6 Parameter settings and programming Page 84 Section 7 1 Set parameters and create a program Page 92 Section 7 2 1 4 To replace the module refer to this section Point To replace the module follow the procedure described below Stop the operation of the system and remove the high speed counter module Prepare a new high speed counter module and perform the procedure above from Setting a station number to Parameter settings and programming The network parameter of the master station does not need to be set again After checking the operation restart the control 55 Memo 56 CHAPTER 5 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION CHAPTER 5 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION This chapter describes system configuration using a high speed counter module For
193. acquired value is stored AT Setting time of CHO Function input response time setting address 01294 b2 to b3 01494 b2 to b3 4 For ATy refer to Page 302 Appendix 4 The latch counter function cannot be performed while CHO Selected counter function start command RY25 RY3D or CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 is on even if the other is turned on uondajes UuoNOUNY Ja UN0D UONOUNY Je UNOD Yo e7 OL g 147 8 11 Sampling Counter Function The sampling counter function counts pulses that are input during the specified sampling period T and stores it as CHO Sampling count value RWr12 to RWr13 RWr2A to RWr2B in the remote register 1 Setting method of the sampling counter function 1 Set Parameter write for Method selection CC IE Field Configuration window gt Select a high speed counter module in List of stations lt gt CC IE Field Configuration gt Online gt Parameter Processing of Slave Station 2 Select 2 Sampling Counter Function in CHO Counter function selection 2 Sampling Counter Function CH1 Counter function selection 0 Count Di CH1 Function input logic setting 0 Positive CH1 Latch counter input logic s 0 Positive 0 Count Disable Function CH1 Z phase input response ti 2 OFF gt O Balch counterkunction CH1 Function input response ti 2 OFF gt O Serer aN Eeyore aan CH1 Latch counter
194. ad again CHO Periodic pulse count difference value RWr12 to RWr13 RWr2A to RWr2B CHO Periodic pulse count present value RWr14 to RWr15 RWr2C to RWr2D and CHO Periodic pulse count value update check RWr16 to RWr17 RWr2E to RWr2F e When Initial data setting request flag RY9 is turned off then on the value in this area is cleared sla sibay ajowey jo sjiejeq Z xipueddy 4 For AT refer to Page 302 Appendix 4 3 2 For ATy refer to Page 302 Appendix 4 4 275 4 Remote registers RWr18 to RWr1F RWr30 to RWr37 Address RWr Item Description Default CH1 CH2 e This area stores the count value latched when the latch counter function by 48 30 Latch count value latch counter input terminal is selected 49 31 Latch counter input For the overview of the operation refer to Page 139 Section 8 7 terminal e When Initial data setting request flag RY9 is turned off then on the value in this area is cleared e This area stores the frequency value measured when the frequency Measured frequency measurement function is selected value e When Initial data setting request flag RY9 is turned off then on the value in 1A 32 this area is cleared 1B 33 e This area stores the rotation speed value measured when the rotation speed Measured rotation measurement function is selected speed value e When Initial data setting request flag RY9 is turned off then on the value in this area
195. al CH2 This signal turns on when CHO Measured pulse value Latch counter input terminal RWr1E to RWr1F RWr36 to RWr37 is updated CHO Measured pulse value Latch counter input terminal RWr1E to RWr1F RWr36 to RWr37 is updated without resetting this flag e This signal turns off when CHO Measured pulse value update flag reset command Latch counter input terminal RY33 RY4B is turned on Up to AT delay occurs until this signal turns on after CHO Measured pulse value Latch counter input terminal RWr1E to RWr1F RWr36 to RWr37 is updated For the overview of the operation refer to the description of CHO Measured pulse value update flag reset completed Latch counter input terminal RX33 RX4B q For AT4 refer to Page 302 Appendix 4 RX35 CH1 ON width setting RX4D change completed PWM output CH2 This signal turns on when the changes of CHO ON width setting PWM output RWw1E to RWw1F RWw36 to RWw37 are reflected to the high speed counter module by CHO ON width setting change request PWM output RY35 RY4D This signal turns off when CHO ON width setting change request PWM output RY35 RY4D is turned off ae gt Controlled by the high speed counter module Controlled by the program CHO ON width setting change request PWM output RY35 RY4D CHO ON width setting PWM output RWw1E to RWw1F RWw36 to RWw37 CHO ON width setting cha
196. al number Function version Relevant regulation standards 313 uOIsJe A Uogouny pue saqwny jenas Buyosyo 9 xIpueddy Appendix T Addition and Change of Functions Appendix 7 1 Additional function The following table lists the function added to the high speed counter module and GX Works2 and the serial number and software version of the products that support the additional function Additional function Serial number first five digits of high speed counter module Version of GX Works2 Reference CC Link IE Field Network synchronous communication function 15102 or later Version 1 501X or later 8 15 Page 160 Section Appendix 7 2 Change of function The following table lists the changed functions of the high speed counter module and the operation differences between the modules with different serial numbers Serial number first five Serial number first five digits is Changed function ee i Reference digits is 15101 or earlier 15102 or later The REMFR REMTO instruction is not The REMFR REMTO instruction P accepted if the network parameter written n is accepted even if the network REMFR REMTO instruction to the CPU module is not correct parameter written to the CPU Incorrect network parameter access error module is not correct occurs minor error 01A0p Following operations on the CC IE Field Configuration window CC IE Field configuration
197. al setting start M110 REMTO instruction completion flag M111 REMTO instruction error completion flag M112 Parameter setting normal completion flag M200 REMFR instruction completion flag M201 REMFR instruction error completion flag M202 Error history read normal completion flag SB0047 Own station baton pass status master station SB0049 Own station data link status master station SWO0A0 0 Baton pass status each station station No 1 SW00B0 0 Data link status each station station No 1 NO Nesting station No 1 1 Stores the latest error major error or moderate error and holds it also after an error reset 2 Stores the latest warning minor error and holds it also after an error reset CHAPTER 9 PROGRAMMING 6 Setting procedure Connect GX Works2 to the master station to configure the setting 1 Create a project on GX Works2 Select QCPU Q mode for PLC Series and select Q10UDH for PLC Type T Project gt New New Project Proje t Simple Project 4 E bel QCPU Q mode kd l Language 2 Display the network parameter setting window and configure the setting as follows T Project window 2 gt Parameter gt gt Network Parameter gt Ethernet CC IE MELSECNET Network Parameter MELSECNET CC IE Ethernet Module Configuration ee ICC IE Field Master Station lt 4 jdwexg wesibold 6 205 3 Display the CC IE Field Configuratio
198. al wiring at the output terminal of the extension output module correct Check the external wiring and correct errors 248 CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING 4 When the count value cannot be replaced with a value preset by the user a When the preset replace function by CHO Preset replace command RY21 RY39 cannot be performed Check item Action Is CHO Preset replace completion RX21 RX39 used as an interlock Turn on or off CHO Preset replace command RY21 RY39 using CHO Preset replace completion RX21 RX39 as an interlock Is CHO External preset replace Z Phase request detection RX23 RX3B off Turn off CHO External preset replace Z Phase request detection RX23 RX3B by turning on CHO External preset replace Z Phase request detection reset command RY23 RY3B Note that the ON OFF time of CHO External preset replace Z Phase request detection reset command RY23 RY3B must be AT or longer gt Page 267 Appendix 1 2 1 For AT4 refer to the following lt L gt Page 302 Appendix 4 b When the preset replace function by CHO Phase Z input terminal Z1 Z2 cannot be performed Check item Action Is the external wiring to CHO Phase Z input terminal Z1 Z2 correct Is the interval of AT or longer taken between change in the setting in CHO Preset value setting RWw14 to RWw15 RWw2C to RWw2D and the execution of preset Check the external wiring a
199. alization by Parameter area initialization command address 10024 2 This shows whether read or write from programs is possible R Readable W Writable e Extension output module NZ2EX2B1 16T NZ2EX2B1 16TE Address ae y Read Decimal Hexadecimal A Coat Write 2 512 0200 Extension module identification code 0000 R W 513 02014 System area 514 02024 Number of ON times integration function enable 0000 R W 515 to 767 02034 to 02FF System area 1 This is the value at default or initialization by Parameter area initialization command address 1002p 2 This shows whether read or write from programs is possible R Readable W W ritable CHAPTER 3 SPECIFICATIONS 4 This is the value for when the module power supply is turned off then on or at the remote reset 2 This shows whether read or write from programs is possible R Readable W Writable 2 Monitoring area address 05004 to O9FF Address 3 7 Read ype z ame Default rae Decimal Hexadecimal Write Station based 1280 to 1535 05004 to O5FF System area monitoring data 1536 06004 Channel assignment Coincidence output 1 to 4 0000 R 1537 to 1567 0601 to061F System area 1568 06204 CH1 Operation mode 0 Module based 1569 06214 CH1 Selected counter function 0 monitoring data main module 1570 to 1599 06224 to 0O63F yy System area 1600 06404 CH2 O
200. ameter write for Method selection CC IE Field Configuration window gt Select a high speed counter module in List of stations 2 gt CC IE Field Configuration gt Online gt Parameter Processing of Slave Station 2 Select 0 Count Disable Function in CHO Counter function selection a CH1 Counter function selection ern CH1 Function input logic setting 0 Count Di 0 Count Disable Function 0 Count Disable Function ee CH1 Latch counter input logic s 0 Positive CH1 Z phase input response ti CH1 Function input response ti CH1 Latch counter input respo CH1 Pulse measurement setti A 7 2 Sampling Counter Function 2 lie of 3 Periodic Pulse Counter Function 2 OFF gt On 4 Count disable Presetreplace Function 0 Pulse O a 5 Latch counter Presetreplace Function 1 Latch Counter Function 2 Operation example of the count disable function The following figure shows an operation example of stopping the counting while CHO Selected counter function start command RY25 RY3D and CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 are on EERE gt Controlled by the high speed counter module ON CHO Count enable command 1 6 8 RY24 RY3C OFF I 1 00 j i A 1 1 i O a 5 CHO Selected counter function 7 3 9 D start command OFF m mi RY25 RY3D S H i T i i 5 CHO Counter function
201. ange are the same as those of 9 Lower limievelue Point setting Coincidence output 1 Lower limit value setting Coincidence setting output 1 RWw0 to RWw1 except the coincidence output number Coincidence output 3 Upper limit value e This setting is for Coincidence output 3 of the coincidence output function A setting The details on this area such as the setting range are the same as those of B Coincidence output 3 Upper limit value setting Coincidence output 1 RWw2 to RWw3 except the coincidence output number A a output 4 This setting is for Coincidence output 4 of the coincidence output function Cc e The details on this area such as the setting range are the same as those of D Loweilimityalue Point setting Coincidence output 1 Lower limit value setting Coincidence setting output 1 RWw0 to RWw1 except the coincidence output number Coincidence output 4 Upper limit value e This setting is for Coincidence output 4 of the coincidence output function E setting The details on this area such as the setting range are the same as those of F Upper limit value setting Coincidence output 1 RWw2 to RWw3 except the Coincidence output 4 coincidence output number 280 9 Remote registers RWw10 to RWw13 RWw28 to RWw2B APPENDICES Address RWw Item Description Default CH1 CH2 e When the ring counter function is selected and CHO Counter format address 01244 0144p is set
202. are si 0 RW Output 1 Cam switch function step No 2 settin 5380 to 5381 15044 to 15054 E rR 6 me 0 RW Output 1 Cam switch function step No 3 settin 5382 to 5383 15064 to 15074 Bae RA p nee 0 RW Output 1 Cam switch function step No 4 settin 5384 to 5385 1508 to 1509 me ees p mg 0 R W Output 1 5386 to 5387 150A to 150By Cam switch function step No 5 setting 0 RW Output 1 5388 to 5389 150Cy to 150D Cam switch function step No 6 setting 0 RW Output 1 5390 to 5391 150E to 150Fy Cam switch function step No 7 setting 0 RW Output 1 5392 to 5393 15104 to 15114 Cam switch function step No 8 setting 0 RW Output 1 5394 to 5395 15124 to 15134 Cam switch function step No 9 setting 0 RW Output 1 l l 5396 to 5397 1514y to 15154 Cam switch function step No 10 setting 0 RW Cam switch function Output 1 parameter data 5398 to 5399 1516 to 15174 Cam switch function step No 11 setting 0 RW Output 1 5400 to 5401 1518 to 15194 Cam switch function step No 12 setting 0 RW Output 1 5402 to 5403 151A to 151B Cam switch function step No 13 setting 0 RW Output 1 5404 to 5405 151Cy to 151Dy Cam switch function step No 14 setting 0 RW Output 1 5406 to 5407 151E to 151Fy Cam switch function step No 15 setting 0 RW Output 1 Cam switch function step No 16 settin 5408 to 5409 15204 to 15214 eee p mg 0 RIW Output 1 5410 to 5503 15224 to 157Fy System area 5504 to 5537 15804 to 15A14 Cam switch ou
203. are stored in the remote register for the channel Errors independent from channels are station errors stored in CH1 Latest error code RWr22 or CH1 Latest warning code RWr23 1 Checking by executing a command of the slave station This section describes how to check the errors by executing a command of the slave station 1 Select the high speed counter module in List of fl i i i z x x CC IE Field Configuration Module 1 Start 1 0 0000 stations on the CC IE Field Configuration 1 CC IE Field Configuration Edit View Close with Discarding the Setting Close with Mode Setting Online Normal Mode v Assignment Method Start window Model Name STA Station Type 0 Master Station 0 Host Station List of stations 2 Open the Command Execution of Slave Station window CC IE Field Configuration gt Online gt Command Execution of Slave Station 221 sepoy uue M ey pue s pop 10113 9y 104 BurjoeuDd LLL SO rece 3 Set Method selection to Error history read and Target Module Information NZ2GFCF D62PDZ Start IO No 0000 Station No 1 click the Execute button Method selection The error history is read from the target module p Command Setting There is no command setting in the selected process p Execution Result Name Read Value Description Error history1 read Error and Solution Order of generation Error time First two digits of the
204. arning codes error codes of minor errors cannot be reset by turning on CHO Error reset command RY36 RY4E For details refer to Page 224 Warning status Section 11 2 e This signal turns off when no minor error newly occurs five seconds after a minor error RX4F CH2 occurred For the overview of the operation refer to the description of CHO Error status RX36 RX4E However this signal may not turn off even after five seconds depending on warning codes error codes of minor errors For details refer to Page 224 Section 11 2 266 Appendix 1 2 APPENDICES Details of remote output signals The following shows details of remote output signals Remote output RY No RY8 Signal name Initial data processing completion flag Operation timing J L Description This signal is turned on when initial data processing has been completed after the module is powered on the remote reset is performed or parameters are initialized e When this signal is turned on the high speed counter module starts counting regarding the content of the remote register RWw as the initial value For the overview of the operation refer to Page 254 Appendix 1 1 RYQ Initial data setting request flag e Turn on this signal to activate the setting data in the parameter area of the remote buffer memory Turn on this signal to save the setting values of the extended parameter area into the nonvolatile memory e When
205. astero Remote 1 I i Pi E 1 1 i I I I l 1 I I I a bi ua y naa Gj sa a E aaj Sa EAE a i ce Sek aM SSS SS mr CETE P itek Check the transient communication route from the connected SHEER station to the destination station 1 Galion Ne 1 NoEnor Mode Online TP Communication Test Check the communication route whether you can reach 1 I Communication target station from the specified station el werent Pat D 1 Cable Test Check the cable status between the connected station and I the destination station 1 I Link Start Stop Start or stop the network data link i Network Event History Access the network the event history log 1 i 0 tea View reserved station numbers and temporarily enable I Function Enable reserved stations I Me I E View station numbers set to ignore errors and temporary Ignore Station Errors Apae saton EnS I S l CPU status of the selected station can be checked by starting I Lie system monitor of the selected station _o x 1 Remote Operation Rasak tha selected siahai ee E a a aa i a 190 CHAPTER 8 FUNCTIONS Item to be diagnosed Description Reference Display of network configuration diagram and error status The status of the CC Link IE Field Network can be checked When an error or a warning for the high speed counter module occurs the status of the station is indicated on an icon Display of selected station stat
206. ation to station distance Maximum Ethernet cable length 2 0 00 cee eee ees 71 MODE LEDs ee ad Be doe BA the ok 24 Mode switch setting address 0000p 285 Module operation information initialization command address 1004 220000 eee eee 298 Module operation information initialization completed address 10054 6 0 0 2 eee eee eee 299 Mounting the modules ona DIN rail 64 Operation mode list 0005 99 Output HOLD CLEAR setting address 00024 286 Output HOLD CLEAR setting function 182 Packing list 3 222520 d uae eke cent Gin theca lod es 15 Parameter area initialization command address 1002 Shi Rack dhe xe Bate BaP eine kite are shar Ne roan ee anesthe 297 Parameter area initialization completed address 1003 BS he an E nea Mel Met meats tet E 298 Parameter setting 22000000 eee 84 Changing the network configuration 92 Changing the parameter without changing the network configuration 02000e eee ee eae 96 Part Names ei raskin sie ata eee Sad eis seats wank eS 23 318 Performance specifications 29 Periodic pulse counter function 151 QABZ WEDstec n3 tat aan aoa ca Gace 24 Phase difference 222000000ee 33 Point setting Coincidence output 1 to 4 Lower limit value setting Coincidence output 1 to 4 RWw0 to RWw1 RWw4 to RWw5 RWw8 to RWw9 RWwC to RWWD e 2 5
207. by Texas Instruments or equivalent 5 24VDC 4 to 8mA Counter Differential input DC input Counting speed Maximum 2 2 8Mpps 4 multiples of 2 phases 200kpps Counting range 32 bit signed binary 2147483648 to 2147483647 Count subtraction count Format Linear counter format ring counter format Preset replace function latch counter function Minimum count pulse width us Duty ratio 50 1 0 5 us 1 5us f i lt __ gt 1 phase input 1 multiple 2 multiples CW CCW 1 1 1 f 1 1 10 2518 10 2548 2 5us 2548 1 i i i 1 Minimum pulse width in 2 multiples of 1 phase Minimum pulse width in 2 multiples of 1 phase 0 25us 2 5us l 0 5us i 20us i 0 25us 0 25us 10us 10us 2 phase input 1 multiple 2 A1 A multiples 4 multiples i i 101254s 15 ys gt _ Minimum pulse width in 4 multiples of 2 phases Minimum pulse width in 4 multiples of 2 phases 0 125us 5us Comparison range 32 bit signed binary Setting value lt Count value Coincidence output Setting value Count value Coincidence Comparison Setting value gt Count value detecti diti oe aac Within range output Setting value lower limit value lt Count value lt Setting value upper limit value Out of range output Count value lt Setting value lower limit value Setting value upper limit value lt Count value Interrupt
208. c electricity from the human body Failure to do so may cause the module to fail or malfunction Startup and maintenance of a control panel must be performed by qualified maintenance personnel with knowledge of protection against electric shock Lock the control panel so that only qualified maintenance personnel can operate it Disposal Precautions CAUTION When disposing of this product treat it as industrial waste CONDITIONS OF USE FOR THE PRODUCT 1 Mitsubishi programmable controller the PRODUCT shall be used in conditions i where any problem fault or failure occurring in the PRODUCT if any shall not lead to any major or serious accident and ii where the backup and fail safe function are systematically or automatically provided outside of the PRODUCT for the case of any problem fault or failure occurring in the PRODUCT The PRODUCT has been designed and manufactured for the purpose of being used in general industries MITSUBISHI SHALL HAVE NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY AND ALL RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY BASED ON CONTRACT WARRANTY TORT PRODUCT LIABILITY FOR ANY INJURY OR DEATH TO PERSONS OR LOSS OR DAMAGE TO PROPERTY CAUSED BY the PRODUCT THAT ARE OPERATED OR USED IN APPLICATION NOT INTENDED OR EXCLUDED BY INSTRUCTIONS PRECAUTIONS OR WARNING CONTAINED IN MITSUBISHI S USER INSTRUCTION AND OR SAFETY MANUALS TECHNICAL BULLETINS AND GUIDELINES FOR t
209. cess Option There is no option in the selected process The refreshed device values of remote I O or remote registers may be overwritten Accesses the PLC CPU by using the current connection destination Please check if there is any problem with the connection destination Process is executed according to the parameters written in the PLC CPU For information on items not displayed on the screen please refer to the manual Execute Import Export Close Setting item Setting details Reference Normal mode Asynchronous communication mode aa Page 102 Section 8 2 Automatical judgment mode Mode switch setting 2ms Buines sejewereg pZ 5ms 10ms Page 189 Section 8 23 3 20ms 70ms CLEAR HOLD Input response time setting Output HOLD CLEAR setting Page 182 Section 8 20 Sm Op ey ay BR ele oO 0 Not monitor TI Page 183 Section 8 21 1 to 20 0 1 to 2 seconds in increments of 100ms Cyclic data update watch time setting Q Coincidence Output Function Comparison output setting 1 Cam Switch Function Coincidence output 1 0 CH1 channel assignment setting 1 CH2 Coincidence output 2 0 CH1 Page 114 Section 8 5 channel assignment setting 1 CH2 Coincidence output 3 0 CH1 channel assignment setting 1 CH2 Coincidence output 4 0 CH1 channel assignment setting 1 CH2 87 Setting item Setting details
210. cessing completion flag CH1 Time unit setting Rotation speed measurement CH1 Moving average count Rotation speed measurement J CH1 Number of pulses per rotation J Set the values to the remote register J CH1 Rotation speed measurement start J CH1 Rotation speed measurement stop Read CH1 Measured rotation speed value to D1126 to D1127 Turn on CH1 Update flag reset command Measured rotation speed value Turn off CH1 Update flag reset command Measured rotation speed value CHAPTER 9 PROGRAMMING 12 Program example of the pulse measurement mode SB49 SW B0 0 r n AF j f Mc NO Mo MO M10 a LPLS M102 J Start remote register initial settings X1008 M102 hs LSET Y1008 J Turn on Initial data processing completion flag Y1008 X1008 X100B E 2 4 LRST Y1008 J Turn off Initial data processing completion flag SET M10 X1008 X10099 X36 X38 F Turn on CH1 Pulse measurement start i r g r g LSET Y1030 command Function input terminal X1008 X1009 X37 X39 j Turn on CH1 Pulse measurement start i i a LSET Pag command Latch counter input terminal X38 Turn off CH1 Pulse measurement start LRST Y1030 command Function input terminal X1008 X1009 X39 Turn off CH1 Pulse measurement start r LRST 1032 command Latch counter input terminal X1008 X1009 X1008
211. ch Function for Comparison output setting 0 Coinci e Output Function 1 Cam 1 Function bn 0 No Assignment 1 Stage 1 Set a channel to be compared for Cam switch output 1 to 16 channel assignment setting Set Cam switch function parameter data address 15004 to 1FFF in a program For details refer to the following L3 Page 131 Section 8 5 4 3 CHAPTER 8 FUNCTIONS 3 Output range setting With the cam switch function the maximum of 16 steps of ON OFF switching can be set per output point The part where the ON OFF signal status is switched is referred to as a step ON Cam switch Output 1 Output OFF Step type 0 Starts with output status being OFF Number of steps 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 to 8 indicate the step number Setting item Setting details Set the ON OFF status of the output of the extension output module YO to Gam switch function ere type Output a1 YF at the time when the pulse counting starts Set the number of steps for the cam of Output 1 to 16 Setting range is O to 16 Cam switch function number of steps Output 1 to 16 In the case where the number of steps is 0 output is always off when set to be started from off in the step type setting and on when set to be started from on in the setting Cam switch function step No 1 to No 16 setting Output 1 Set the count value where the ON OFF status of the output of the extension to 16 output modul
212. coder Encoder pulse generator pulse generator uojeoddy 17 1 2 Features 18 1 Available flexible system configuration Adopting the connection block type enables the combination of the main module and extension module Because various extension modules can be connected a flexible configuration can be achieved In addition a poor contact of the extension module can be found promptly because the main module always monitors the connection status of the extension module Various extension modules can be connected according to an application In addition no wiring of wires or Ethernet cables is required Extension module Main module 5 n 00 High speed counter module 4 Extension input module Soo Extension output module sink type Zz y Extension output module source type The combination is flexible CHAPTER 1 HIGH SPEED COUNTER MODULE 2 Easy setting with CC IE Field configuration of GX Works2 Programming is reduced since the parameter can be configured on the window with the CC IE Field configuration of GX Works2 In addition setting status and operation status of modules can be checked easily Parameters for the NZ2GFCF D62PD2 Parameter Processing of Slave Station Target Module Information NZ2GFCF D62PD2 Start I O No 0000 Station No 1
213. count difference value RWr12 to RWr13 RWr2A to RWr2B CHO Periodic pulse count present value RWr14 to RWr15 RWr2C to RWr2D and CHO Periodic pulse count value update check RWr16 to RWr17 RWr2E to RWr2F are updated RX41 CH2 Page 151 Section 8 12 CHO Periodic pulse count difference value RWr12 to RWr13 RWr2A to RWr2B CHO Periodic pulse count present value RWr14 to RWr15 RWr2C to RWr2D and CHO Periodic pulse count value update check RWr16 to RWr17 RWr2E to RWr2F are updated Update flag without resetting this flag Periodic pulse Per rear e This signal turns off when CHO Update flag reset command Periodic pulse count value count value RY28 RY40 is turned on Upto AT delay occurs until this signal turns on after CHO Periodic pulse count difference value RWr12 to RWr13 RWr2A to RWr2B CHO Periodic pulse count present value RWr14 to RWr15 RWr2C to RWr2D and CHO Periodic pulse count value update check RWr16 to RWr17 RWr2E to RWr2F are updated For the overview of the operation refer to the description of CHO Update flag reset completed Periodic pulse count value RX28 RX40 4 For ATy refer to Page 302 Appendix 4 262 APPENDICES Remote input Signal name Description RX No E P This signal turns on when resetting CHO Latch count value update flag Latch cou
214. counter module Controlled by the program CH1 Error reset command RY36 Remote READY RXA Error status flag RXB CH1 Latest error code RWr22 CH1 Error status RX36 CH2 Error status RX4E Error status flag A J RXA OFF gt This signal turns on when the initial data setting processing is completed after the module is powered on or the remote reset is performed This signal turns on after Initial data processing request flag RX8 turns off This signal turns on when Initial data processing request flag RX8 is off and Initial data RXB Remote READY setting completion flag RX9 is turned off e This signal turns off when Error status flag RXA turns on This signal can be used as an interlock of programs For the overview of the operation refer to the descriptions of Initial data processing request flag RX8 Initial data setting completion flag RX9 and Error status flag RXA This signal turns on when the comparison condition of CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 is satisfied in the coincidence output function For details of the RX10 Coincidence output 1 ON OFF conditions of this signal refer to Page 115 Section 8 5 2 The ON condition can be changed with Coincidence output comparison condition setting address 01024 lex For within range output operation RX11 Coincidence output2 _____ gt Controlled by the high speed counter module Point setting Coincidence output 1 to 4 Lower li
215. ction and the preset replace function according to the status change of CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 without switching the functions by the counter function selection 1 Setting method of the latch counter preset replace function 1 Set Parameter write for Method selection CC IE Field Configuration window gt Select a high speed counter module in List of stations gt CC IE Field Configuration gt Online gt Parameter Processing of Slave Station 2 Select 5 Latch counter Preset replace Function in CHO Counter function selection CH1 Counter function selection 0 Count Di CH1 Function input logic setting je CH1 Latch counter input logic s 0 Positive CH1 Z phase input response ti CH1 Function input response ti je CH1 Latch counter input respo CH1 Pulse measurement setti 5 Latch counter Presetreplace Function 0 Count Disable Function 1 Latch Counter Function 5 F 2 Sampling Counter Function 2 le Of 3 Periodic Pulse Counter Function 2 OFF gt or 4 Count disable Presetreplace Function O PulseO pena uonouny soejdeujeseid jo unoD yole7 Y 8g 157 2 Operation example of the latch counter preset replace function The following figure shows an operation example of storing the preset value 0 or 100 in CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 after storing t
216. d RY26 RY3E is turned off then on However the extended parameter is set before turning on then off Initial data setting request flag RY9 to save the extended parameter to the nonvolatile memory in this program The extended parameters can be read written only by the REMFR REMTO instruction unlike the parameters 198 CHAPTER 9 PROGRAMMING c Remote register setting Setting item Setting details setting value Point setting Coincidence output 1 RWw0 to RWw1 1000 Lower limit value setting Coincidence output 2 RWw4 to RWw5 1000 Upper limit value setting Coincidence output 2 RWw6 to RWw7 1 2000 CH1 Ring counter lower limit value RWw10 to RWw11 2 5000 CH1 Ring counter upper limit value RWw12 to RWw13 2 5000 CH1 Preset value setting RWw14 to RWw15 100 CH1 Time unit setting Sampling counter Periodic pulse counter RWw16 1ms 0 CH1 Cycle setting Sampling counter Periodic pulse counter RWw17 2000ms 2000 CH1 Frequency measurement 4 CH1 Time unit setting Frequency measurement RWw18 0 01s 0 CH1 Moving average count Frequency measurement RWw19 3 CH1 Rotation speed measurement ma CH1 Time unit setting Rotation speed measurement RWw18 0 01s 0 CH1 Moving average count Rotation speed measurement RWw19 3 CH1 Number of pulses per rotation RWw1A to RWw1B 1000 CH1 PWM output CH1 PWM output assignment setting RWw1D
217. d an operation example of when the present value reaches out of the setting range 1000 to 2000 for the case where out of range output is set as the comparison condition Note that Coincidence output 1 is assigned to CH1 SAET gt Controlled by the high speed counter module Controlled by the program ON CH1 Coincidence output 3 enable command RY20 OFF S ON Setting change request 1 7 Coincidence output 1 RY14 OFF Z ONY A Setting change completed nE z Coincidence output 1 RX14 OFF _ Lower limit value setting i Coincidence output 1 0 X 1000 H RWw0 to RWw1 i a Upper limit value setting i Coincidence output 1 0 12000 RWw2 to RWw3 i h ON Coincidence output 1 RX10 opp 2 5 le 6 ON i f Coincidence output 1 terminal EQU1 ofr 5 I 6 y CH1 Present value RWr10 to RWr11 o hoe 1000 gt gt 2000 2001 ON CH1 Count enable command RY24 OFF 4 No Description Start comparison of the present value and values set to Lower limit value setting Coincidence output 1 RWw0 to RWw1 and Upper limit value setting Coincidence output 1 RWw2 to RWw3 in the following order 1 Write 1000 into Lower limit value setting Coincidence output 1 RWw0 to RWw1 2 Write 2000 into Upper limit value setting Coincidence output 1 RWw2 to RWw3 1 3 Turn off then on Setting change request Coincidence output 1 RY14 4 The values set for Low
218. d improve the system reliability an external wiring with high durability against noise is required Precautions for the external wiring are as follows 1 Wiring e Terminals are prepared depending on the voltage of the signal to be input Connecting to a terminal with a different voltage may cause malfunction of the module and failure of the connected devices In 1 phase input always connect a pulse input cable to the A phase side 2 Connectors for external devices e Securely connect the connectors for external devices AGCON1 AGCON2 A6CON4 to the high speed counter module connectors and securely tighten the two screws e When disconnecting the cable from the high speed counter module do not pull the cable by the cable part Hold the connector part of the cable Pulling the cable connected to the module may result in malfunction or damage to the module or cable 3 DC power supply e Each DC power supply to be connected to the high speed counter module encoder and controller must be connected to a different power supply CHAPTER 6 INSTALLATION AND WIRING 4 Measures against noise The high speed counter module may incorrectly count the pulses when pulse state noises are input e When inputting high speed pulses take the following measures against noise Measure 1 Use shielded twisted pair cables and ground them on the encoder side with a ground resistance of 100 or less Measure 2 Use the shortest possible shielded twist
219. d in CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 QO RWr28 to RWr29 at the rising edge off to on of CHO Preset replace command RY21 RY39 Also CHO Preset replace z 2 completion RX21 RX39 turns on 5 Q i A For AT refer to Page 302 Appendix 4 135 136 2 Performing the preset replace function by CHO Phase Z input terminal Z1 Z2 The preset replace function by CHO Phase Z input terminal Z1 Z2 can be performed when the set trigger condition is met a Setting method of the condition for the preset replace function by CHO Phase Z input terminal Z1 Z2 1 Set Parameter write for Method selection CC IE Field Configuration window gt Select a high speed counter module in List of stations gt CC IE Field Configuration gt Online gt Parameter Processing of Slave Station 2 Set CHOZ phase Preset trigger setting 0 Rising 1 Falling 2 Rising Falling 3 During ON 3 Set CHD External preset replace Z Phase request detection setting 0 ON at detection 1 Not ON at detection CHAPTER 8 FUNCTIONS b Operation example of the preset replace function by CHO Phase Z input terminal Z1 Z2 The following figure shows an operation example of turning on CHO External preset replace Z Phase request detection RX23 RX3B and changing the present value to the preset value 100 at the rising edge of CHO Phase Z input terminal Z1 Z2 oleate gt Controlled by t
220. d phase B pulse or to check phase difference between the phase A pulse and phase B pulse refer to the following lt L gt Page 32 Section 3 2 1 3 The counting speed is affected by the pulse rise fall time The applicable counting speed is listed below Note that the count may be done incorrectly by counting pulses with long rise fall time 8Mpps Counting speed ee R A 4Mpps 1Mpps 500kpps 200kpps 100kpps 10kpps Counting speed 1 T pps switch setting 2Mpps Rise fall time Both 1 and 2 phase inputs t 0 125us 2Mpps 1Mpps 500kpps 200kpps 100kpps 10kpps t 0 25us or less 1Mpps 1Mpps 500kpps 200kpps 100kpps 10kpps t 0 5us or less 500kpps 500kpps 200kpps 100kpps 10kpps t 1 25us or less 200kpps 200kpps 100kpps 10kpps t 2 5us or less 100kpps 100kpps 10kpps t 25us or less 10kpps 10kpps t 500us 500pps suoneooadg soUeWOLIed ZE 31 3 2 1 The input waveform and the phase difference between phase A pulse and phase B pulse The count may be done incorrectly by inputting pulses whose phase difference is small between the phase A pulse and phase B pulse in 2 phase input The following figures show the pulse waveform to be input and the phase difference between the phase A pulse and phase B pulse Though the following are the cases for the differential input they are also applied to the DC input Though the fo
221. date watch time setting address 00034 sip Ro Rt Sed Mat a cs Uae arise E N A ad 286 D LINK LED amp 34 astunno bate oda ene ede pe ada goede 24 Details of remote buffer memory addresses 285 Details of remote I O signals 254 Details of remote registers 273 DIN raihOOK otada naaa Beals een ale Babe ans 25 DIN rail stopper 0000 000 e eee 66 Disconnecting 00000 eee 70 Encoders that can be connected 79 EQU1 toEQU4LED 24 EQU1 to EQU4 terminal status RWr1 273 ERR EED concocted bad eeeb ad Gane aed 4 24 Error code list 000000 cece a 224 Error history clear command address 10004 296 Error history clear completed address 10014 296 Error history address OAQ0 to OAFFy 295 Error notification function 184 Error status flag RXA 20000000 257 Extended parameter area address 15004 to 1FFFy WH Sak tld aE aa SOGAN R dood Bas Ala bho tae Beha nok dence 299 Extended parameter area address 1580 to 1CA1 aE tefl Riad ahold Rakes tal hie EEA E 300 Extension connector cover 0 5 25 External dimensions 2000 315 External power supply monitor request flag RY1F seabed Retard inst shee aa os EN a Maa cat 268 External power supply monitor state flag RX1F 258 External power supply monitoring function 188 Features 4 ois feat
222. detection sl A 2 RX25 RX3D OFF a S CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 OFF CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 Count value stored in CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 Count stop Count stop Ses 143 Description Counting starts by turning on CHO Count enable command RY24 RY3C Counting stops by turning on CHO Selected counter function start command RY25 RY3D 2 Also CHO Counter function detection RX25 RX3D turns on by turning on CHO Selected counter function start command RY25 RY3D Counting resumes by turning off CHO Selected counter function start command RY25 RY3D 3 Also CHO Counter function detection RX25 RX3D turns off by turning off CHO Selected counter function start command RY25 RY3D 4 Counting stops by turning on CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 5 Counting resumes by turning off CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 6 Counting stops by turning off CHO Count enable command RY24 RY3C 7 Counting stops regardless of CHO Selected counter function start command RY25 RY3D since CHO Count enable command RY24 RY3C is off 8 Counting remains stopped even if CHO Count enable command RY24 RY3C is turned on since CHO Selected counter function start command RY25 RY3D is on 9
223. digital signal can be input or output Relay station A station that includes two or more network modules Data are passed through this station to stations on other networks Return Reserved station 14 A process of restarting data link when a station recovers from an error A station reserved for future use This station is not actually connected but counted as a connected station PACKING LIST The following items are included in the package of this product Before use check that all the items are included High speed counter module Module Before Using the Product 15 CHAPTER 1 HIGH SPEED COUNTER MODULE This chapter describes the operation the application and the features of the high speed counter module The high speed counter module is a remote device station of the CC Link IE Field Network whose maximum counting speed of input pulse is 8Mpps with differential input and 4 multiples of 2 phases The module has two channels and functions including the preset replace function by external input or input from a master module the latch counter function counter function selection external coincidence output by coincidence detection The following illustration shows the opera
224. displayed click the button The error for the high speed counter module is cleared CHAPTER 8 FUNCTIONS 8 23 Function at the Extension Module Installation One extension I O module can be connected to one high speed counter module In addition functions unique to the extension I O module can be used Point Turn off the high speed counter module before replacing the extension I O module If the extension module is removed when the module power supply is on the error code 1F00 is stored to CH1 Latest error code RWr22 Error status flag RXA turns on and the ERR LED turns on The main module stops its operation After replacing the extension I O module write the parameters again 1 Functions available with an extension I O module connected Function Reference Cam switch function Page 129 Section 8 5 4 External power supply monitoring function Page 188 Section 8 23 2 Output HOLD CLEAR setting function Page 182 Section 8 20 Cyclic data update watch function Page 183 Section 8 21 Input response time setting function Page 189 Section 8 23 3 Number of ON times integration function CC Link IE Field Network Remote I O Module User s Manual 4 The function cannot be used with the cam switch function uole jelsuy jnpon uoIsue xy 34 je UONOUNY Ezg 187 2 External power supply monitoring function Using this function the high speed counter module monitors the ON
225. dress 01224 Initial data setting request flag 0142p is 0 2 or 3 a RY9 value other than 0 to 5 is If the value in CHO Pulse set input mode address 01224 CHO Counting e If the value in CHO 0142p is 0 2 or 3 seta 0814 Moderate error speed setting 13 error Pulse input mode address 01224 0142 is 1 or 4 a value other than 0 to 6 is set If the value in CHO Pulse input mode address 01224 0142p is 5 a value other than 0 to 7 is set O indicates the channel where settings are incorrect value between 0 and 5 If the value in CHO Pulse input mode address 01224 0142 is 1 or 4 set a value between 0 and 6 If the value in CHO Pulse input mode address 01224 0142p is 5 set a value between 0 and 7 236 CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING Operation of when an error Error code PAN gales Description and occurs N Classification Error name Action hexadecimal cause The other Error CH CHs The channel where the PWM output mode i PPN H e 2 Assign the channel where the selected is not assigned to A St eee aoe PWM output mode is selected Coincidence the setting in Coincidence ie puteh i Suibut charel on Coincidence output channel 08154 Moderate error ee ES Sanne 3 3 13 assignment setting address assignment assignment setting 0101 and turn off then on setting error address 01014 S l von ie Initial data setting request flag O indicates t
226. dule DIF B19 B13 Phase A 5V A20 A14 24V B20 B14 t 2402 2702 4 1k2 A13 Encoder Eak ear ms sea a a a ges emt en can Shielded twisted pair cable i DIF Bain Phase B 5V i A18 A12 24V i o B18 B12 l 2409 2709 41kQ JEY 8209 gt lt T COM i A17 A11 i gt lt DIF B15 B09 Phase Z i 5V i A16 A10 i 24V B16 B10 i 2402 270Q 41kQ External svpc 5 y 820Q power a COM supply ov 15 A09 3 Example of wiring with a line driver equivalent to AM26LS31 encoder High speed counter module DIF B19 B13 Phase A 2402 2702 4 1kQ 8202 Encoder COM 44 l K A19 A13 Shielded twisted pair cable Phase B 2402 2702 4 1kQ tt K COM A17 A11 DIF B15 B09 Phase Z A16 A10 14 po9u4 ue pue ginpoyy Ja UN0D p ds yiH e ua m g ajdwexy BuniM z 9 2402 2702 4 1kQ COM zes M lt A15 A09 81 6 8
227. dy Remote input Signal name Description RX No q p e This signal turns on when CHO Measured frequency value RWr1A to RWr1B RWr32 to RWr33 is updated lt gt Page 163 Section 8 16 CHO Measured frequency value RWr1A to RWr1B RWr32 to RWr33 is updated without resetting this flag Update flag ay e This signal turns off when CHO Update flag reset command Measured frequency value Measured RY2C RY44 is turned on frequency 4 eae RX2D CH1 value e Up to AT delay occurs until this signal turns on after CHO Measured frequency value RWr1A to RWr1B RWr32 to RWr33 is updated For the overview of the operation refer to the description of CHO Update flag reset p p p g completed Measured frequency value RX2C RX44 For AT4 refer to Page 302 Appendix 4 e This signal turns on when CHO Measured rotation speed value RWr1A to RWr1B RWr32 to RWr33 is updated Page 167 Section 8 17 CHO Measured rotation speed value RWr1A to RWr1B RWr32 to RWr33 is updated without resetting this flag Update flag ee F e This signal turns off when CHO Update flag reset command Measured rotation speed Measured value RY2C RY44 is turned on rotation speed 4 ee i RX45 CH2 value e Up to AT delay occurs until this signal turns on after CHO Measured rotation speed value RWr1A to RWr1B RWr32 to RWr33 is updated For the overview of t
228. e itsubishi Electric x Supplementary Information Output CHAPTER 7 VARIOUS SETTINGS 6 Select the high speed counter module in List of stations on the CC IE Field Configuration window Fl CC IE Field Configuration Module 1 Start 1 0 0000 CCIE Field Configuration Edit View Close with Discarding the Setting Close with Reflecting the Setting Mode Setting online Normal Mode Assignment Method Start End x Link Scan Time Approx 0 70 ms RXIRY Setting RWWw RWr Setting gt Points Start End Points Start End Pf coo vel esl onol coor 16 0050 00SF List of stations 7 Open the Parameter Processing of Slave Station window CC IE Field Configuration lt gt Online lt gt Parameter Processing of Slave Station 8 Set Parameter read for Method selection Parameter Processing of Slave Station Target Module Information 1yz2GFCF D62PD2 NZ2EX 16 DO Start I O No 0000 Station No 1 Method selection Parameterread d Parameter read Parameter write r Parameter Information 9 Click the Execute button and the following window is displayed MELSOFT Series GX Works2 The process Parameter read will be executed targeting the selected parameters The operation of the slave station may be change by the execution of the process Parameter read Also it may overwrite the device value of th
229. e YO to YF is switched Ex Cam switch function step type Output 1 address 15004 is set to Starts with output status being OFF 0 and Cam switch function number of steps Output 1 address 15014 is set to 6 Note that Output 1 is assigned to CH1 Setting item Setting value on 7 Cam switch function step type Output 1 address 15004 0 Q S Cam switch function number of steps Output 1 address 15014 6 z Cam switch function step No 1 setting Output 1 address 15024 to 1503 100 a 2 Cam switch function step No 2 setting Output 1 address 15044 to 15054 250 T Cam switch function step No 3 setting Output 1 address 15064 to 1507p 400 9 T Cam switch function step No 4 setting Output 1 address 15084 to 15094 550 2 Cam switch function step No 5 setting Output 1 address 150A to 150Bp 700 z Cam switch function step No 6 setting Output 1 address 150C to 150D 850 Cam switch function step No 7 setting Output 1 address 150E to 150F to Setting not necessary Cam switch function step No 16 setting Output 1 address 15204 to 15214 Step number 1 2 3 4 5 6 Output 1 OFF CH1 Present value RWr10 to RWr11 100 250 400 550 700 850 131 4 Minimum setting width of the ON OFF status To output the ON OFF signal according to the setting set the value of each step No so that the following formula is satisfied Cam switch function Cam
230. e PLC CPU refreshing the remote I O and remote registers Please confirm safety before the execution Please confirm that the connected PLC is correct Please confirm that the CC IE Field module is set correctly Please confirm that the target slave station is correct Do you want to execute E 10 Click the Yes button 11 The parameter is read from the high speed counter module Name hitial Value Read Value Write Value Setting Range Station based parameter 0 CLEAR 0 Module based parameter s 12 Set Parameter write for Method selection W Parameter Processing of Slave Station Target Module Information NZ2GFCF D62PD2 NZ2EX 16 D0 Start I O No 0000 Station No 1 Method selection Parameter write arameter read Parameter write p Parameter Information 93 dayowesed y BulbueyD ZZ uoneinByuoos yomu y BuibueyD pZ 94 13 Set Write Value The following are the procedure e Click the title cell of Read Value to select all the items and copy them e Click the title cell of Write Value to select all the items and paste the copy Select the items to be changed and set new values 9 Automatic 1 HOL 9 Automatic 0 0 CHI 0 CHI 15 Click the M button 16 The parameter is written to the high speed counter module The module parameter setting of the slave station is now completed 17 Close the CC IE
231. e operation information stored in the nonvolatile memory is abnormal The parameter data stored in the nonvolatile memory are abnormal Initialize the module operation information in the nonvolatile memory by setting Module operation information initialization command address 10044 to Not commanded 0 gt Commanded 1 gt Not commanded 0 Note that the number of ON times 16 integration value is initialized to 0 Take measures against noise such as using a shielded cable for connection If the same error occurs again a module failure may be the cause Please consult your local Mitsubishi representative Set the parameters in the nonvolatile memory to the default values by setting Parameter area initialization command address 10024 to Not commanded 0 gt Commanded 1 gt Not commanded 0 Set the parameters again Take measures against noise such as using a shielded cable for 13 connection If the same error occurs again a module failure may be the cause Please consult your local Mitsubishi representative SI 8POD JOA SLL 0130 Moderate error Non volatile memory data error Extended parameter The extended parameter data stored in the nonvolatile memory are abnormal Set the parameters in the nonvolatile memory to the default values by setting Parameter area initialization command address 10024 to Not commanded 0 gt Commanded
232. e other functions Executes the sampling counter function or periodic pulse counter function with the normal setting value just before the error Does not start to measure the frequency Does not start to measure the rotation speed Stops measuring pulses Does not output the PWM waveform Stops operations except the one on the error and updating EQU1 to EQU4 terminal status RWr1 Cam switch output signal RWr2 Cam switch output terminal status RWr3 CHO Status RWr20 RWr38 and CHO External input status RWr21 RWr39 Continues its operation although the external output terminals of the extension output module are forced off YO LED to YF LED on the extension output module turn on or off depending on the output status A minor error which can be reset by turning off then on CHO Error reset command RY36 RY4E Stores 0 in all the monitor data and keeps 0 until the module operation information is initialized The number of ON times integration does not start The module operates according to a value set in Mode switch setting address 00004 when module power supply is turned off and on or at remote reset Mode switch setting change error code 01904 is not reset even if five seconds have passed after the error occurred During the error the high speed counter module keeps operating in the mode before Mode switch setting address 0000 change To reset the error in the previous mode set the previous value to Mode switch setti
233. e output 2 RWr7 Use prohibited RWw7 RWr8 Use prohibited RWw8 Point setting Coincidence output 3 RWr9 Use prohibited RWw9 Lower limit value setting Coincidence output 3 RWrA Use prohibited RWwA Upper limit value setting Coincidence output 3 RWrB Use prohibited RWwB RWrC Use prohibited RWwC Point setting Coincidence output 4 RWrD Use prohibited RWwD Lower limit value setting Coincidence output 4 RWrE Use prohibited RWwE Upper limit value setting Coincidence output 4 RWrF Use prohibited RWwF RWr10 RWw10 CH1 Present value CH1 Ring counter lower limit value RWr11 RWw11 RWr12 CH1 Latch count value Sampling count value Periodic RWw12 a CH1 Ring counter upper limit value RWr13 pulse count difference value RWw13 RWr14 RWw14 CH1 Periodic pulse count present value CH1 Preset value setting RWr15 RWw15 CH1 Time unit setting RWr16 RWw16 p ar Sampling counter Periodic pulse counter CH1 Periodic pulse count value update check CH1 Cycle setting RWr17 RWw17 ar Sampling counter Periodic pulse counter CH1 Time unit setting Frequency RWr18 RWw18 measurement Rotation speed measurement CH1 Latch count value Latch counter input terminal CH1 Moving average count Frequency RWr19 RWw19 measurement Rotation speed measurement RWr1A CH1 Measured frequency value Measured rotation RWw1A f l CH1 Number of pulses per rotation RWr1B speed value RWw1B 42 CHAPTER 3 SPECIFICATIONS Remote r
234. e station Station No 1 Main module Extension module 1 CPU module Master module high speed counter input digital output Device X Remote input RX Remote input RX X1000 to X104F mm RXOO to RX4F a RX00 to RX4F X1050 to X105F mmm RX50toRX5F RX50 to RX5F Device Y Remote output RY Remote output RY Y1000 to Y104F m RYOO to RY4F RYOO to RY4F Remote output RY Y1050 to Y105F m RY50toRY5F maem RY50toRYSF RY50 to 5F woen When the cam switch function is used the external output signal Device W Remote register Remote register controlled by a main module cannot C ea aoe be controlled by the master station W3E8 to W427 RWw0 to 3F RWw0 to 3F Device W Remote register Remote register W44C to W48B RWr0 to 3F RWr0 to 3F 196 2 Program condition CHAPTER 9 PROGRAMMING This program uses Coincidence output 1 and Coincidence output 2 of CH1 in the high speed counter module The extension output module is used for outputting digital output signals and cam switch output signals 3 Initial setting description a Remote buffer memory parameter area setting Setting item Setting value Mode switch setting 9 Automatical judgment mode initial value Input response time setting 5 10ms Initial value Output HOLD CLEAR setting 1 HOLD Cyclic data update watch time setting 10 x 100ms Comparison output
235. e with Discarding the Setting Close with Reflecting the Setting Mode Setting Online Normal Mode Assignment Method Start End M 7 sel RXIRY Setting Model Name stat Station T A a Points Start End Points Start End H Link Scan Time Approx RiWw RWr Setting O Master Station LJ E3 Re n ef no core es ooon oo List of stations EI m 3 Open the Parameter Processing of Slave Station window KO CC IE Field Configuration gt Online gt Parameter Processing of Slave Station 4 Set Parameter read for Method selection Parameter Processing of Slave Station Target Module Information NZ2GFCF D62PD2 Start I O No 0000 Station No 1 Method selection Parameterread Parameter read Parameter write r Parameter Information 5 Click the Execute button and the following window is displayed MELSOFT Series GX Works2 The process Parameter read will be executed targeting the selected parameters The operation of the slave station may be change by the execution of the process Parameter read Also it may overwrite the device value of the PLC CPU refreshing the remote I O and remote registers Please confirm safety before the execution Please confirm that the connected PLC is correct Please confirm that the CC IE Field module is set correctly Please confirm that the target slave station is correct
236. ea stores the error history when an error or a warning occurs e Up to 15 errors are stored in the error history e The latest history is stored in Error history 1 address OAO0y to OAOF Errors or warnings that occurred in the past are stored in Error history 2 to Error history 15 address 0A10 to OAEF in reverse chronological order e If 16 or more errors or warnings occur errors or warnings are deleted from the oldest e The following shows the format of the stored values b15 to b8 b7 to b0 0A00H Error code Type of the error or warning that has occurred 0A00 0A01H Order of generation The value of 0 to 65535 that indicates the order of error occurrence H 0A02 First two digits Last two digits The date and time of error occurrence upper 8 bits first two digits of to Error history 1 H ofthe year of the year the year lower 8 bits last two digits of the year 00004 0A03 Month D The date and time of error occurrence upper 8 bits month OAOFy Hi on ay lower 8 bits day i The date and time of error occurrence upper 8 bits hour OA04H Hour Minute lower 8 bits minute OA05u Second No use 0 The dai e and time of error occurrence upper 8 bits second lower 8 bits no use OA06H Error code details 1 Detail information of the error that has occurred OA07H Error code details 2 to to 0 fixed OAOFH Error code details 10 4 For the details on Error code details 1 refer to the following Page 239 Section 11 2 1 a
237. earance between the control panel and its door reduce the clearance as much as possible The leakage of radio waves can be suppressed by the direct application of an EMI gasket on the paint surface Our tests have been carried out on a panel having the attenuation characteristics of 37 dB max and 30 dB mean measured by 3m method 30 to 300MHz b Wiring of power cables and ground cables e Near the power supply part provide a ground point to the control panel Ground the FG terminal with the thickest and shortest possible ground cable 30cm or shorter 309 s a2 q eBeyo mo pue OWA G xipueddy BAIOSIP DING 24 ym Ajdwoo 0 seunseayy G xIpueddy 3 Cables Use shielded cables for the cables which are connected to the module and run out from the control panel If a shielded cable is not used or not grounded correctly the noise immunity will not meet the specified value a Cables for the CC Link IE Field Network The precautions for using CC Link IE Field Network cables are described below Shielded cables should be used for the CC Link IE Field Network Strip a part of the jacket as shown below and ground the exposed shield in the largest possible area a CC Link IE Field Network cable Shield b Grounding the cable clamp Use shielded cables for external wiring and ground the shields of the external wiring cables to the control panel with the AD75CK type cable clamp Mitsubishi Ground the shield section 20 to
238. ection Power on the module Power on the external device Check that the LINK LED on the port into which the Ethernet cable is connected is on The LINK LED may take a few seconds to turn on after power on If the LINK LED does not turn on refer to the troubleshooting section and take a corrective action gt Page 241 Section 11 3 69 jqe9 JoUJaU Jo Buu 9 70 Point PORT1 and PORT2 need not to be distinguished When only one connector is used in star topology either PORT1 or PORT2 can be connected Either one can be used When two connectors are used in line topology or ring topology an Ethernet cable can be connected to the connectors in any combination For example the cable can be connected between PORT1s and between PORT1 and PORT2 Connection between PORT1s or PORT2s Connection between PORT1 and PORT2 b Disconnecting 1 Power off the high speed counter module 2 Press the latch down and unplug the Ethernet cable CHAPTER 6 INSTALLATION AND WIRING 2 Precautions a Laying Ethernet cables e Place the Ethernet cable in a duct or clamp them If not dangling cable may swing or inadvertently be pulled resulting in damage to the module or cables or malfunction due to poor contact Do not touch the core of the connector of the cable or the module and protect it from dirt and dust If any oil from your hand or any dirt or dust sticks to the core it can increase t
239. ed Pulse ON width 0 The ON time of the input pulse is measured Pulse OFF width 1 The OFF time of the input pulse is measured Measurable range of the pulses The measurable range of the pulses is between 2000 and 2147483647 0 2ms to approx 214s When the input pulses are beyond the measurable range the error code O660 or 0662p is stored in CHO Latest error code RWr22 RWr3A and Error status flag RXA and the ERR LED turns on To resume the measurement input the pulses once again or perform the operation as shown below Measurement to be resumed Operation Remarks Measurement with the function input terminal The pulse measurement is not resumed until the F Turn off then on the F start command measurement flag or the L measurement flag changes Measurement with the latch counter to Not operating OFF after the F start command or L Turn off then on the L start command input terminal start command is turned off 4 The abbreviations mean as the follows F start command CHO Pulse measurement start command Function input terminal RY30 RY48 e L start command CHO Pulse measurement start command Latch counter input terminal RY32 RY4A F measurement flag CHO Pulse measurement flag Function input terminal RWr20 b6 RWr38 b6 L measurement flag CHO Pulse measurement flag Latch counter input terminal RWr20 b7 RWr38 b7 6 Update timing of the measured values of
240. ed is calculated from the count value per unit of time However the pulse speed lower than the one in the following table the rotation speed cannot be measured correctly as the count value is in an integer number Input the pulses with the speed shown below or higher Unit of time Required pulse speed minimum asooo e 0 1s 10pps 0 01s 100pps When a unit of time is 0 01 s the number of pulses per rotation is 60 and when the pulse input speed is 1234 pps the value of the calculated rotation speed is 1200 r min or 1300 r min By doing the moving average count the fluctuation of the measured values can be lowered 5 Moving average count When the rotation speed measurement function is used the fluctuation of the measured rotation speed can be lowered by doing the moving average count Set the number of the moving average count is set to CHO Moving average count Rotation speed measurement RWw19 RWw31 Setting item Setting range Reference 1 to 100 CHO Moving average count Rotation speed measurement When 1 is set the operation is performed RWw19 RWw31 with the moving average count regarded as not being done Page 283 Appendix 2 12 After the specified number of counts are done the average of the measured values of the rotation speed is stored in CHO Measured rotation speed value RWr1A to RWr1B RWr32 to RWr33 as shown below Ex When the number for CHO Moving average count Rotati
241. ed noise in the 30MHz to 100MHz band It is recommended to attach ferrite cores if shield cables coming out of the control panel do not provide sufficient shielding effects Note that the ferrite cores must be attached at the position closest to the cable hole inside the control panel If attached at an improper position the ferrite core will not produce any effect For the FG terminal on a main module that is connected to the external power supply the external power supply of an extension module and CC Link IE Field Network cables attach a ferrite core 4cm away from the module Ferrite core used for the tests conducted by Mitsubishi NEC TOKIN ESD SR 250 TDK ZCAT3035 1330 SeAlpaJIGg eBBeyo mo pue OWA G xipueddy BAIOAIP DING 24 ym Ajdwoo 0 seunseayy G xIpueddy 311 Appendix 5 2 Requirements to compliance with the low voltage directive The module operates at the rated voltage of 24VDC The Low Voltage Directive is not applied to the modules that operate at the rated voltage of less than 50VAC and 75VDC 312 APPENDICES Appendix 6 Checking Serial Number and Function Version The serial number and function version of the high speed counter module can be checked on the rating plate va a MITSUBISHI fase SS MODEL K SERIAL 141110000000000 MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC CORPORATION MADE IN JAPAN 1 See instruction manual coe i MAC address Seri
242. ed pair cables placing them not parallel with noise generating power cables or I O cables and at a distance of 150mm or more The following figure shows an example of a noise reduction measure High speed counter module High speed counter module Ground shielded twisted pair cables on the encoder side Use the shortest possible shielded cables lt _ _ Avoid using a solenoid valve or inductive load together with the cable in a metallic pipe z If a sufficient distance from the power line cannot be ensured due to duct wiring use shielded cables such as CVVS for the power line Install a cable at least 150mm away from the I O cable of a high voltage equipment such as a relay or inverter Pay attention to wiring in the control panel as Keep a shortest distance between the encoder and relay box Relay box if the distance from the high speed counter module to the encoder is long a voltage drop may occur Using a measuring instrument such as a synchroscope on the terminal block of the relay box check that the voltages in the encoder operation and stop status are within the rated voltage range If a voltage drop is too large increase the cable size or use a 24VDC encoder that will consume less current Encoder e Ground the shielded twisted pair cable on the encoder side relay box Wiring example with a sink type encoder 24V To the encoder j
243. egister RWr signal direction High speed counter module Master local module Remote register RWw signal direction Master local module High speed counter module Device ee Device he Description Description number number RWr1C RWw1C Use prohibited CH1 Measured pulse value Function input terminal RWr1D RWw1D CH1 PWM output assignment setting RWr1E CH1 Measured pulse value Latch counter input RWw1E CH1 ON width setting PWM output RWr1F terminal RWw1F RWr20 CH1 Status RWw20 CH1 Cycle setting PWM output RWr21 CH1 External input status RWw21 RWr22 CH1 Latest error code RWw22 Use prohibited RWr23 CH1 Latest warning code RWw23 Use prohibited RWr24 Use prohibited RWw24 Use prohibited RWr25 Use prohibited RWw25 Use prohibited RWr26 Use prohibited RWw26 Use prohibited RWr27 Use prohibited RWw27 Use prohibited RWr28 RWw28 _ _ CH2 Present value CH2 Ring counter lower limit value RWr29 RWw29 RWr2A CH2 Latch count value Sampling count value RWw2A Ko Ae f CH2 Ring counter upper limit value RWr2B Periodic pulse count difference value RWw2B RWr2C RWw2C _ _ CH2 Periodic pulse count present value CH2 Preset value setting RWr2D RWw2D CH2 Time unit setting RWr2E RWw2E ae Sampling counter Periodic pulse counter CH2 Periodic pulse count value update check CH2 Cycle setting RWr2F R
244. emaining ON width before the change ON width after the change When the ON time after the change is longer than the ON time before the change the ON waveform may be output at the time of the change depending on the changing timing Change of the ON width of PWM output f Li Li 1 o t Li x _ 1 Waveform before ial oS the change i E EE i v g 1 l Li 1 Waveform after ne Le ee Sa an the change Law kani Pe z Waveform to i 5 be output S 1 r 1 1 gt je 1 a t 3 T Cycle time 2 fa 5 t Remaining OFF width before the change ON width after the change 181 8 20 Output HOLD CLEAR Setting Function When the high speed counter module is disconnected from data link or the CPU module operating status is STOP whether to hold or clear the last Coincidence output EQU1 to EQU4 and the output status of the extension output module can be set Set whether to hold or clear the values for all the output points of the module in a batch from the module parameter setting window of GX Works2 or the program 1 Output HOLD CLEAR setting and its operation The following table lists the ON OFF status of when HOLD or CLEAR is set for an output Output HOLD CLEAR setting Output HOLD CLEAR setting 0 CLEAR default 1 HOLD Operating status Last output Last output Last output Last output status OFF status ON s
245. en 00b and setting error me 10b and turn off then on Initial O indicates the channel dat tti tf RY9 where settings are ata ssttingrequestfag incorrect c icati Malfunction due to noise may D5294 Major error pe ee 13 be the cause Check the error 1 i i cable distance or grounding condition of each device Then take measures against The communication LSI is noise in failure Conduct the unit test If the D52By Major error Communicatisn g same error occurs again a error 2 hardware failure of the module may be the cause Please consult your local Mitsubishi representative 238 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 19 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 Keeps its operation with the normal setting value just before the error Stores 2147483648 or 2147483647 in CHO Sampling count value RWr12 to RWr13 RWr2A to RWr2B CHO Periodic pulse count difference value RWr12 to RWr13 RWr2A to RWr2B or CHO Periodic pulse count value update check RWr16 to RWr17 RWr2E to RWr2F and continues to count Keeps its normal operation unless an error occurs The ring counter function does not start counting The linear counter function stops counting Compares the count value with the normal setting value just before the error The error does not affect Coincidence output assigned to the error CH and the other functions Does not execute the cam switch function The error does not affect th
246. ence immunity This section summarizes the precautions on compliance with the EMC Directive of the machinery constructed with the module These precautions are based on the requirements and the standards of the regulation however it does not guarantee that the entire machinery constructed according to the descriptions will comply with abovementioned directives The method and judgement for complying with the EMC Directive must be determined by the person who constructs the entire machinery 1 EMC Directive related standards a Emission requirements Specification Test item Test details Standard value 30M 230MHz CISPR16 2 3 Radio waves from the product QP 40dBuV m 10m in measurement range Radiated emission are measured 230M 1000MHz QP 47dByuV m 10m in measurement range e 150k 500kHz CISPR16 2 1 CISPR16 1 2 Noise from the product to the QP 79dB Mean 66dB Conducted emission power line is measured 500k 30MHz QP 73dB Mean 60dB EN61131 2 2007 SeAlpalIg eBeyo Mo7 pue OWA G xipueddy 4 QP Quasi peak value Mean Average value 2 The module is an open type device a device designed to be housed in other equipment and must be installed inside a conductive control panel The tests were conducted with the module installed in a control panel BAIOSIP DING 24 ym Ajdwoo 0 seunseay G xIpueddy 307 b Immunity requirements Specification Test item Test details S
247. endix 1 1 270 APPENDICES nemot 3 Operation TA output Signal name afi Description RY No E e Turn on this signal to reset CHO Update flag Measured frequency value RX2D Update flag RX45 Paeh FL e When this signal is turned on CHO Update flag Measured frequency value RYC CH1 frequency RX2D RX45 turns off After resetting is completed CHO Update flag reset value completed Measured frequency value RX2C RX44 turns on For the overview of the operation refer to Page 254 Appendix 1 1 e Turn on this signal to reset CHO Update flag Measured rotation speed value pene lag RX2D RX45 pone ai Eai e When this signal is turned on CHO Update flag Measured rotation speed value ava Gi totatonspeed RX2D RX45 turns off After resetting is completed CHO Update flag reset value completed Measured rotation speed value RX2C RX44 turns on For the overview of the operation refer to Page 254 Appendix 1 1 P ls Turn on this signal to start measuring pulses using CHO Function input terminal po i measurement FUNS FUNGA When this signal is turned on the measurement of pulses using CHO Function TAES L input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 starts When the measurement starts Operating RY48 CH2 A 1 is set in CHO Pulse measurement flag Function input terminal RWr20 b6 terminal RWr38 b6 Me suredip lse Turn on his signal to reset CHO Measured pulse value update fla
248. equest flag RY9 then turn on Initial data processing completion flag RY8 e While this signal is on the high speed counter module does not count pulses This signal turns off in the following case e Initial data processing completion flag RY8 is turned on when all setting values of the A remote register RWw and the remote buffer memory are normal This signal turns on in the following case After the module is powered on or the remote reset is performed SARS gt Controlled by the high speed counter module Controlled by the program ON Module power supply OFF Initial dat i t fi l ON nitial data processing request flag i OFF RX8 The operation 1 is set with the Y Initial data processing completion flag i setting value B pz RY8 OFF ih t Initial data setting completion flag i Rx9 OFF k i Initial data processing l ON RX8 request flag Initial data setting request flag i 7 Ryo OFF l Parameter settings are The setting value i read from the internal is changed by r nonvolatile memory the user 1 Z lt Parameter area i Setting value aye Setting value B i The operation is v ON set with the Remote READY i RXB OFF setting value A After checking that the initial data processing is completed this signal turns off and Initial data setting completion
249. er Periodic pulse counter RY27 RY3F note the following Do not execute the sampling counter function by CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 from when CHO Setting change request Sampling counter Periodic pulse counter RY27 RY3F is turned on until CHO Setting change completed Sampling counter Periodic pulse counter RX27 RX3F turns on Doing so may perform counting with the previous setting 148 CHAPTER 8 FUNCTIONS 3 Operation example of the sampling counter function The following figure shows an operation example of acquiring the number of the pulses input in the set sampling period 1ms as CHO Sampling count value RWr12 to RWr13 RWr2A to RWr2B elas gt Controlled by the high speed counter module Controlled by the program ON 7 CHO Count enable command RY24 RY3C OFF 150 100 CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 50 CHO Selected counter function start command RY25 RY3D CHO Counter function detection RX25 RX3D OFF CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 OFF 150 100 CHO Sampling count value 0 RWr12 to RWr13 RWr2A to RWr2B CHO Sampling counter Periodic pulse counter operation flag RWr20 b3 RWr38 b3 OFF i uonjoun Jeyunoy Bujdwes 118 CHO Update flag Sampling count value 4 y RX29 RX41 OFF CHO Update flag reset command Samplin
250. er limit value setting Coincidence output 1 RWw0 to RWw1 and Upper limit value setting Coincidence output 1 RWw2 to RWw3 are enabled when Setting change completed Coincidence output 1 RX14 turns on After confirming that Setting change completed Coincidence output 1 RX14 turns on turn off Setting change request Coincidence output 1 RY14 2 CH1 Present value RWr10 to RWr11 becomes less than Lower limit value setting Coincidence output 1 RWw0 to RWw1 and Coincidence output 1 RX10 turns on since the present value is outside the specified range If performing coincidence output from the coincidence output 1 terminal EQU1 turn on CH1 Coincidence output enable command 3 RY20 In this case the coincidence output 1 terminal EQU1 turns on immediately since Coincidence output 1 RX10 is already on 4 Turn off then on CH1 Count enable command RY24 to start counting 5 When CH1 Present value RWr10 to RWr11 is Lower limit value setting Coincidence output 1 RWw0 to RWw1 or more and the present value is within the specified range Coincidence output 1 RX10 and the coincidence output 1 terminal EQU1 turn off When CH1 Present value RWr10 to RWr11 is more than Upper limit value setting Coincidence output 1 RWw2 to RWw3 and 6 the present value is outside the specified range Coincidence output 1 RX10 and the coincidence output 1 terminal EQU1 turn on 124 CHAPTER 8 FUNCTIONS Point
251. er supply monitor request Set whether to enable or disable the external power Page 267 Appendix 1 2 flag RY1F supply monitoring function External power supply monitor state Indicates whether the external power supply s Pa SA n Page 254 Appendix 1 1 flag RX1F monitoring function is enabled or disabled 188 CHAPTER 8 FUNCTIONS 3 Input response time setting function This function prevents an incorrect input due to noise by setting the response time until the extension input module recognizes an actual input as the X signal The input response time can be set from the module parameter setting window of GX Works2 or the program a Setting method 1 Set Parameter write for Method selection CC IE Field Configuration window gt Select a high speed counter module in List of stations gt CC IE Field Configuration gt Online gt Parameter Processing of Slave Station 2 For Input response time setting select the appropriate input response time Inputresponsetime setting 5 10ms Output HOLD CLEAR setting 0 CLEAR Cyclic data update watch tim 0 3 2ms dule based parameter main module gt 5ms Comparison output function R lis Comparison output setting 0 Coincide KJERRE 7 70ms Item Setting range 3 2ms 4 5ms Input response time setting 5 10ms 6 20ms 7 70ms Point
252. er than 0 and 1 CHO Pulse POURS Pulse Set CHO Pulse measurement measurement setting SOA measurement Function input terminal setting Function input terminal 0661 i 13 dd 012A 014Ap to 0 H Moderate error setting error address 012A 014Ap address H H to Function input k or 1 and turn off then on Initial O indicates the channel terminal i data setting request flag RY9 where settings are incorrect 233 Operation of when an error Error code ae Description and occurs Classification Error name Action hexadecimal cause The other Error CH CHs Measure pulses within the A pulse from CHO Latch measurable range CHO Pulse counter input terminal To resume the measurement measurement LATCH1 or LATCH2 is take either of the following 6624 Moderate error range overflow beyond the measurable le 5 actions error Latch range approx 214s Input the target pulses again counter input O indicates the channel e Turn off then on CHO Pulse terminal where settings are measurement start command incorrect Latch counter input terminal RY32 RY4A A value other than 0 and 1 is set in CHO Pul eae Set CHO Pulse measurement CHO Pulse measurement setting x F Latch counter input setting Latch counter input measurement P terminal address 012By 01663 Moderate error setting error terminal address 012By 13 014B to 0 or 1 and turn off Latch counter 014B
253. eriodic pulse count difference value CH1 Periodic pulse count present value D1122 to D1123 CH1 Periodic pulse count value update check D1124 to D1125 CH1 Latch count value Latch counter input terminal D1126 to D1127 CH1 Measured frequency value Measured rotation speed value 203 jdwexg weibold 6 204 Device Description D1128 to D1129 CH1 Measured pulse value Function input terminal D1130 to D1131 CH1 Measured pulse value Latch counter input terminal D1132 CH1 Status D11341 CH1 Latest error code D1135 2 CH1 Latest warning code D3000 to D3239 Error history 1 to 15 D3300 Cam switch function step type Output 1 D3301 Cam switch function number of steps Output 1 D3302 to D3303 Cam switch function step No 1 setting Output 1 D3304 to D3305 Cam switch function step No 2 setting Output 1 D3306 to D3307 Cam switch function step No 3 setting Output 1 D3308 to D3309 Cam switch function step No 4 setting Output 1 D3310 to D3311 Cam switch function step No 5 setting Output 1 D3312 to D3313 Cam switch function step No 6 setting Output 1 MO Communication ready flag station No 1 M10 Initial setting completion M100 Parameter initial setting start M101 Parameter initial setting completion M102 Remote register initi
254. ernet cable lt gt Page 69 Section 6 5 There are no restrictions on the connection order of the cables for the P1 connector and P2 connector The module has received abnormal data LER ON e The module is performing loopback The module has received normal data red OFF The module is not performing loopback LINK ON Linkup in progress LED 3 green OFF Linkdown in progress PORT2 connector for CC Link IE Field Network RJ45 connector P2 Connect an Ethernet cable gt Page 69 Section 6 5 There are no restrictions on the connection order of the cables for the P1 connector and P2 connector L ER ON LED Same as the P1 OFF red LINK ON LED Same as the P1 OFF green Terminal block for 4 module power supply and A terminal block to connect the module power supply 24VDC and FG FG 5 DIN rail hook A hook to mount a module on a DIN rail 6 Connectors for external Connectors for encoders controllers and others devices 40 pins For the terminal layouts refer to gt Page 75 Section 6 6 3 A cover to protect a connector of an extension module 7 Extension connector cover Do not remove the cover when an extension module is not connected to the connector Point When the phase Z of the encoder is connected to the phase Z pulse input terminal Zn a pulse is counted per rotation of the encoder Therefore lighting of the LEDs may be missed 25 1 Module
255. es 2a eae Ba e aY 24 Sampling counter function 148 Setting change completed Coincidence output 1 to 4 RX14 ORI aoaaa Bars busca abet a 258 Setting change request Coincidence output 1 to 4 RY IA to RYU ssid thd aaaea 268 Station number setting 04 59 Station number setting switch 24 System configuration 0000005 57 WOM a e Bie Rae E feed ek 13 Terminal block for module power supply and FG 25 The procedure before operation 55 To replace the module 0 005 55 Troubleshooting 00 cee eee ee aae 221 Troubleshooting foreach phenomenon 245 U Unit testers ee eid ee ee HE ee See es 244 Upper limit value setting Coincidence output 1 to 4 RWw2 to RWw3 RWw6 to RWw7 RWwA to RWwB RWwE to RWWF 002 e eee eee eee 280 Ww Warning status flag RX7 0005 254 Wiring of connectors for external devices 72 Wiring of Ethernet cable 004 69 Wiring with terminal block for module power supply and FG ond hide ti esas ated amp Baek eG 67 319 REVISIONS The manual number is given on the bottom left of the back cover Print date March 2013 SH NA 081129ENG A First edition December 2013 SH NA 081129ENG B Addition of CC Link IE Field Network synchronous communication function Japanese manual version SH 081128 B This manual confers no industrial property ri
256. es to CHO Preset value setting RWw14 to RWw15 RWw2C to RWw2D 5 Counting stops by turning off CHO Count enable command RY24 RY3C Counting stops regardless of CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 since CHO Count enable command RY24 RY3C is off 7 Counting remains stopped even if CHO Count enable command RY24 RY3C is turned on since CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 is on 8 The value in CHO Preset value setting RWw14 to RWw15 RWw2C to RWw2D is stored in CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 at the falling edge of CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 and the counting resumes 155 Point The count value cannot be replaced with the preset value while CHO External preset replace Z Phase request detection RX23 RX3B is on Replace the value after CHO External preset replace Z Phase request detection RX23 RX3B turns off by turning on CHO External preset replace Z Phase request detection reset command RY23 RY3B Have a AT or longer interval after changing CHO Preset value setting RWw14 to RWw15 RWw2C to RWw2D until the value is replaced since there are maximum of AT delay until change in CHO Preset value setting RWw14 to RWw15 RWw2C to RWw2D is reflected For AT refer to Page 302 Appendix 4 156 CHAPTER 8 FUNCTIONS 8 14 Latch Counter preset replace Function The latch counter preset replace function executes the latch counter fun
257. eset command Measured frequency value RY2C RY44 is turned off CHO Measured frequency value RWr1A to RWr1B RWr32 to RWr33 is updated even when CHO Update flag Measured frequency value RX2D RX45 is on CHO Frequency measurement flag RWr20 b4 RWr38 b4 changes to Not operating 0 when CHO Count enable command RY24 RY3C is turned off Point The margin of error maximum of the frequency measurement function is calculated from the following formula 100 ppm 1 Real frequency HZ x lt 4 or TET 41000000 Time unit Moving average count Frequency measurement S i Frequency measurement Ex The following table shows each value to be put into the formula Item Value Real frequency Hz 1234Hz Time unit Frequency measurement s 0 01s Moving average count Frequency measurement 2 times The margin of error maximum is calculated as shown below 100 ppm 1 1000000 0 01 s x 2 0 1234 Hz 50 Hz 1234 Hz x 50 1234 Hz CHO Measured frequency value RWr1A to RWr1B RWr32 to RWr33 is updated without resetting CHO Update flag Measured frequency value RX2D RX45 CHO Update flag reset command Measured frequency value RY2C RY44 responds within AT after the action For AT4 refer to the following Internal Control Cycle and Response Delay Time _ Page 302 Appendix 4 166 CHAPTER 8 FUNCTIONS 8 17 Rota
258. et cables normal e Check that 1000BASE T compliant Ethernet cables are used OA User s manual for the master local module used e Check that the station to station distance is 100m or less e Check that the Ethernet cables are not disconnected Do the switching hub and other stations in the system normally operate e Check that a 1O00BASE T compliant switching hub is used LA User s manual for the master local module used e Check that the power supplies of the switching hub and other stations are turned on 8 When the ERR LED flashes turns on Check item Action Does any error occur Identify the error cause of the high speed counter module and take corrective action with GX Works2 243 sqgq y BurjoayD E L 11 4 Unit Test Run a unit test to check if there is any abnormality in the high speed counter module vA Ethernet cable PW RUN MODE DLINK ERR EE When completed PW RUN MODE DLINK ERR EEO UL When failed H ii On Flashing OFF On Flashing OFF PW RUN MODE DLINK ERR ff J o E L E Flashing OFF 1 Power off the module 2 Connect the PORT1 and PORT2 of the high speed counter module with an Ethernet cable 3 Set the station number setting switch as follows e x10 TEST x1 0 A Power on the module 5 Unittest begins
259. etwork high speed counter module hereafter abbreviated as high speed counter module This manual describes the operating procedure system configuration parameter settings functions and troubleshooting of the high speed counter module Before using this product please read this manual and the relevant manuals carefully and develop familiarity with the functions and performance of the high speed counter module to handle the product correctly When applying the program examples introduced in this manual to an actual system ensure the applicability and confirm that it will not cause system control problems Target module NZ2GFCF D62PD2 Unless otherwise specified this manual describes the program examples in which the remote I O signals and remote registers are assigned for a high speed counter module as follows e Remote input signal RX00 to RX4F e Remote output signal RYOO to RY4F Remote register RWr0 to RWr3F RWw0 to RWw3F For the assignment of remote I O signals and remote registers refer to the following I User s manual for the master local module used RELEVANT MANUALS 1 CC Link IE Field Network relevant manuals When using the CC Link IE Field Network for the first time refer to CC Link IE Field Network Master Local Module User s Manual or Simple Motion Module User s Manual first The following shows the structure of the CC Link IE Field Network manuals Manual name lt manual number model code gt
260. f extension modules RWr RWw points Communication cable External dimensions 64 points An Ethernet cable that meets the 1000BASE T standard Category 5e or higher double shielded STP straight cable 133mm x 68mm x 50mm Weight 0 25kg External Communication part RJ45 connector connection Terminal block for module power supply and FG system Module Rowen Supp ny part Tightening torque range for terminal screw M2 5 screw 0 5 to 0 6Nem Applicable DIN rail TH35 7 5Fe TH35 7 5Al compliant with IEC 60715 TE 0 5 10 Nichifu Co Ltd Applicable wire size 0 5mm TE 0 75 10 Nichifu Co Ltd Applicable wire size 0 75mm TE 1 0 10 Nichifu Co Ltd Applicable wire size 0 9 to 1 0mm er Terminal block for module power TE 1 5 10 Nichifu Co Ltd Applicable wire size 1 25 to 1 5mm terminal supply and FG Al 0 5 10WH Phoenix Contact Co Ltd Applicable wire size 0 5mm Al 0 75 10GY Phoenix Contact Co Ltd Applicable wire size 0 75mm7 Al 1 10RD Phoenix Contact Co Ltd Applicable wire size 1 0mm Al 1 5 10BK Phoenix Contact Co Ltd Applicable wire size 1 5mm 30 CHAPTER 3 SPECIFICATIONS 4 Counting speed setting can be done using the parameter setting gt Page 84 Section 7 1 2 Note that the count may be done incorrectly by inputting pulses whose phase difference is small between the phase A pulse and phase B pulse To check the input waveform of the phase A pulse an
261. ff the coincidence output 1 to 4 terminals EQU1 to EQU4 immediately 180 CHAPTER 8 FUNCTIONS Point The waveform that is output from the coincidence output 1 to 4 terminals EQU 1 to EQU4 the external output terminals can be affected by output circuits or connected devices of the high speed counter module and change its form Therefore check the waveform by using for example a synchroscope and set the output waveform When changing the cycle time of the PWM waveform turn off CHO PWM output start command RY26 RY3E to turn off CHO PWM output RX26 RX3E After checking that CHO PWM output RX26 RX3E is off change the setting of CHO Cycle setting PWM output RWw20 to RWw21 RWw38 to RWw339 and turn on CHO PWM output start command RY26 RY3E again When the ON time is changed during PWM output the change is reflected immediately therefore the ON time before the change may be interrupted at the cycle in which the ON time is changed When the ON time after the change is shorter than the ON time before the change unnecessary OFF waveform may be output depending on the changing timing Change of the ON width of PWM output Waveform before i i i 7 1 1 the change f i 1 L T T i 1 1 Waveform after fa r i the change EP ESA E een A EE T i j T Waveform to be output 1 4 gt 1 1 gt qt i T t T Cycle time t R
262. flag RX9 turns off turn on CHO Count enable command RY24 RY3C to start pulse counting Remote output signals other than CHO Error reset command RY36 RY4E that are already turned on when this signal turns off are recognized as they are turned on right after this sjeuBls O I e owsyY Jo sjlejeq xipueddy signal turns off At the rising state of either of Coincidence output 1 or Coincidence output 2 for which the preset replace at coincidence output function is enabled from the comparison result at when this signal turns off the count value is replaced with the preset value However this operation is performed only when Comparison output setting address 0100 is set to Coincidence Output Function 0 and CHU Operation mode setting address 01204 0140p sjeuBls jndul ayows jo siejeq xipueddy is set to Normal Mode 0 e If an error occurs such as when a value out of the setting range of the remote register RWw or the remote buffer memory is detected this signal does not turn off even if Initial data processing completion flag RY8 is turned off This signal remains on In this case remove the error cause and turn on then off Initial data processing completion flag RY8 In addition the OFF time must be longer than AT 1 ba For ATy refer to Page 302 Appendix 4 255 Remote input Signal name Description RX No E p This signal is used as an interlock for
263. from the coincidence output terminal when they match Preset replace at coincidence output function This function replaces the count value with any preset numerical value at the rising edge of Coincidence output 1 and 2 Cam switch function This function compares the count value with the preset output status ON OFF address of the coincidence output and outputs ON OFF signals from the extension output module when they match The points for ON OFF switch can be used up to 16 points An extension output module is required for using this function Normal mode Preset replace function This function replaces the count value with any preset numerical value This function can be used with either of the following CHO Preset replace command RY21 RY39 CHO Phase Z input terminal Z1 Z2 of the connector for external devices Latch counter function Latch counter function by latch counter input terminal This function acquires the count value and stores it in the remote register This function stores the count value in the remote register e This function uses CHO Latch counter input terminal LATCH1 LATCH2 of the connector for external devices Latch counter function by counter function selection This function stores the count value in the remote register This function can be used with either of the following CHO Selected counter function start command RY25 RY3D CHO Function
264. g Function RY31 CH1 Value update input terminal RXZ RX4A l flag reset e When this signal is turned on CHO Measured pulse value update flag Function ond t L input terminal RX32 RX4A turns off After resetting is completed CHO S Measured pulse value update flag reset completed Function input terminal RY49 CH2 eae input RX31 RX49 turns on For the overview of the operation refer to Page 254 Appendix 1 1 Pulse e Turn on this signal to start measuring pulses using CHO Latch counter input RY32 CH1 me sureiieni terminal LATCH1 LATCH2 e When this signal is turned on the measurement of pulses using CHO Latch an I L counter input terminal LATCH1 LATCH2 starts When the measurement starts RY4A CH2 input terminal Operating 1 is set in CHO Pulse measurement flag Latch counter input terminal RWr20 b7 RWr38 b7 Measured pulse Turn on this signal to reset CHO Measured pulse value update flag Latch counter RY33 CH1 Value update input terminal iNet RX4C flag reset When this signal is turned on CHO Measured pulse value update flag Latch saad foL counter input terminal RX34 RX4C turns off After resetting is completed CHO Measured pulse value update flag reset completed Latch counter input terminal RY4B CH2 ateh counter RX33 RX4B turns on input terminal For the overview of the operation refer to Page 254 Appendix 1 1 Turn on this signal to activate the changes of CHO ON width setting PWM output RY
265. g count value OFF RY28 RY40 i CHO Update flag reset completed Z Sampling count value OFF RX28 RX40 2 7a o E lt p are 1 T Sampling period 149 No Description Counting the input pulses starts from 0 at the rising edge of CHO Selected counter function start command RY25 RY3D or CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 For CHO Selected counter function start command RY25 RY3D CHO Counter function detection RX25 RX3D turns on or off by turning on or off CHO Selected counter function start command RY25 RY3D 2 Counting stops at the end of the preset sampling period 3 While the sampling counter function is being performed set CHO Sampling counter Periodic pulse counter operation flag RWr20 b3 RWr38 b3 to Operating 1 4 At the end of each sampling period CHO Update flag Sampling count value RX29 RX41 turns on Even after the counting is completed the values stored in CHO Sampling count value RWr12 to RWr13 RWr2A to RWr2B remain the same until CHO Selected counter function start command RY25 RY3D or CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 is 5 turned on again When CHO Selected counter function start command RY25 RY3D or CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 is turned on again 0 is stored in CHO Sampling count value RWr12 to RWr13 RWr2A to RWr2B and the counting resumes When CHO Update flag
266. g on the pulse input speed and sampling period the values stored in CHO Sampling count value RWr12 to RWr13 RWr2A to RWr2B may be over the upper limit value 2147483647 or below the lower limit value 2147483648 In that case the value stored in CHO Sampling count value RWr12 to RWr13 RWr2A to RWr2B remains the upper limit value 2147483647 or the lower limit value 2147483648 and CHO Overflow underflow error Sampling count value Periodic pulse count difference value error code 00504 occurs Despite this minor error the sampling counter function keeps working till the end of the sampling period To perform the sampling counter function again reset CHO Update flag Sampling count value RX29 RX41 before turning on again CHO Selected counter function start command RY25 RY3D or CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 If it is not reset whether its value was updated after the re execution cannot be checked CHAPTER 8 FUNCTIONS 8 1 2 Periodic Pulse Counter Function The periodic pulse counter function stores the values which are stored in CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 and CHO Periodic pulse count difference value RWr12 to RWr13 RWr2A to RWr2B in the remote register every specified cycle time T 1 Setting method of the periodic pulse counter function 1 Set Parameter write for Method selection CC IE Field Configuration window gt Select a high speed counter module in List of
267. ge request Coincidence output 1 RY14 Setting change completed Coincidence output 1 RX14 Lower limit value setting Coincidence output 1 RWw0 to RWw1 Upper limit value setting Coincidence output 1 RWw2 to RWw3 ON Coincidence output 1 RX10 4 lm 5 IK ON i Coincidence output 1 terminal EQU1 opr 4 la i 5 ny CH1 Present value RWr10 to RWr11 CH1 Count enable command RY24 OFF 2 No Description Start comparison of the present value and values set to Lower limit value setting Coincidence output 1 RWw0 to RWw1 and Upper limit value setting Coincidence output 1 RWw2 to RWw3 in the following order 1 Write 1000 into Lower limit value setting Coincidence output 1 RWw0 to RWw1 2 Write 2000 into Upper limit value setting Coincidence output 1 RWw2 to RWw3 1 3 Turn off then on Setting change request Coincidence output 1 RY14 4 The values set for Lower limit value setting Coincidence output 1 RWw0 to RWw1 and Upper limit value setting Coincidence output 1 RWw2 to RWw3 are enabled when Setting change completed Coincidence output 1 RX14 turns on After confirming that Setting change completed Coincidence output 1 RX14 turns on turn off Setting change request Coincidence output 1 RY14 2 Turn off then on CH1 Count enable command RY24 to start counting If performing coincidence outp
268. ghts or any rights of any other kind nor does it confer any patent licenses Mitsubishi Electric Corporation cannot be held responsible for any problems involving industrial property rights which may occur as a result of using the contents noted in this manual 2013 MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC CORPORATION 320 WARRANTY Please confirm the following product warranty details before using this product 1 Gratis Warranty Term and Gratis Warranty Range If any faults or defects hereinafter Failure found to be the responsibility of Mitsubishi occurs during use of the product within the gratis warranty term the product shall be repaired at no cost via the sales representative or Mitsubishi Service Company However if repairs are required onsite at domestic or overseas location expenses to send an engineer will be solely at the customer s discretion Mitsubishi shall not be held responsible for any re commissioning maintenance or testing on site that involves replacement of the failed module Gratis Warranty Term The gratis warranty term of the product shall be for one year after the date of purchase or delivery to a designated place Note that after manufacture and shipment from Mitsubishi the maximum distribution period shall be six 6 months and the longest gratis warranty term after manufacturing shall be eighteen 18 months The gratis warranty term of repair parts shall not exceed the gratis warranty term before repairs
269. h Negative Logic 1 being set in CHO Function input logic setting address 01274 01474 or CHO Latch counter input logic setting address 01284 0148 its input status changes to OFF 0 when a voltage is applied e When Initial data setting request flag RY9 is turned off then on the value in this area is cleared This area stores the latest error code of the generated major error or moderate error e When multiple errors in the same category occur this area stores the error 22 3A Latest error code code of the later error 0000 When a moderate error occurs while a major error is occurring this area does not store the error code of the moderate error For the error code refer to Page 224 Section 11 2 This area stores the error code of the generated minor error e When multiple minor errors occur this area stores the error code of the later 23 3B Latest warning code ance 0000 For the error code refer to Page 224 Section 11 2 278 APPENDICES 7 Remote registers RWw0 to RWw1 Address RWw Item Description Default CH1 CH2 When the coincidence output function is selected and a bit corresponding to Coincidence output 1 of Coincidence output comparison condition setting address 0102p is set to Coincidence Output 00 set the point of coincidence output e The following shows the setting range A Point setting 2147483648 to 2147483647 Coincidence output 1
270. he PRODUCT Prohibited Application Prohibited Applications include but not limited to the use of the PRODUCT in e Nuclear Power Plants and any other power plants operated by Power companies and or any other cases in which the public could be affected if any problem or fault occurs in the PRODUCT e Railway companies or Public service purposes and or any other cases in which establishment of a special quality assurance system is required by the Purchaser or End User e Aircraft or Aerospace Medical applications Train equipment transport equipment such as Elevator and Escalator Incineration and Fuel devices Vehicles Manned transportation Equipment for Recreation and Amusement and Safety devices handling of Nuclear or Hazardous Materials or Chemicals Mining and Drilling and or other applications where there is a significant risk of injury to the public or property Notwithstanding the above restrictions Mitsubishi may in its sole discretion authorize use of the PRODUCT in one or more of the Prohibited Applications provided that the usage of the PRODUCT is limited only for the specific applications agreed to by Mitsubishi and provided further that no special quality assurance or fail safe redundant or other safety features which exceed the general specifications of the PRODUCTs are required For details please contact the Mitsubishi representative in your region INTRODUCTION Thank you for purchasing the CC Link IE Field N
271. he channel RY9 where settings are incorrect A value other than 0 and 1 is set in CHO Counter Set CHO Counter f i CHO Counter format address 01244 e ounieriorma address 01244 01441 to 0 or 08204 Moderate error format setting 0144p 13 3 iror Andiata thech i 1 and turn off then on Initial meia es eon anns data setting request flag RY9 where settings are incorrect a pea aaa oes Set CHO Counter function CHO Counter ae yi ee a selection address 01264 ingi function selection wider ie bei 5 0821 Moderate error U CNOP address 012644 01464 13 HL valie between selection setting oar and 5 and turn off then on O indicates the channel pe error Initial data setting request flag where settings are RY9 incorrect A value other than 0 and 1 is set in CHO Function Set CHO Function input logic CHO Function input logic setting setting address 01274 08224 Moderate error input logic address 01274 01474 13 0147p to 0 or 1 and turn off setting error O indicates the channel then on Initial data setting where settings are request flag RYQ incorrect A value other than 0 and 1 is set in CHO Latch Set CHO Latch counter input CHO Latch i t A A ter houi counter input logic setting logic setting address 01284 08234 Moderate error ees oie address 01284 01484 13 0148p to 0 or 1 and turn off Sitor O indicates the channel then on Initial data setting where settings are request flag RY9 inc
272. he control panel Does any noise come from the grounded part of the high speed counter module Separate the grounding cable of the high speed counter module from the grounded part If the case of the high speed counter module touches the grounded part separate it 11 5 6 When error codes warning codes cannot be reset Check item Action Has the cause of the corresponding error warning been eliminated For elimination of the cause refer to the following Error Code List gt Page 224 Section 11 2 Does the error code that cannot be reset correspond to any of the following errors e RWw RWr setting error error code OE00 e Synchronous communication error 1 error code 0E10 e Operation cycle setting error error code 0E204 e Synchronous communication error 2 error code 0E30 These errors cannot be reset Take corrective action corresponding to the error Does the warning code that cannot be reset correspond to Mode switch setting change error code 01904 Turn off and on module power supply or perform a remote reset 252 CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING 11 5 7 When parameters cannot be read or written with GX Works2 and CC Link IE Field Network diagnostics cannot be performed Check item Action Check for the D LINK LED of the high speed counter module and if it is not on perform troubleshooting by referring to the following Is the D LINK LED of t
273. he high speed counter module Controlled by the program ON CHO Count enable command RY24 RY3C OFF Counter pulse PANAN AAA UU CHO Preset value setting RWw14 to RWw15 0 100 RWw2C to RWw2D t CHO Preset replace command RY21 RY39 OFF CHO Preset replace completion RX21 RX39 OFF fo L ON CHO Phase Z input terminal 21 22 OFF CHO External preset replace Z Phase request detection RX23 RX3B CHO External preset replace Z Phase request detection reset command RY23 RY3B 1 j 1 1 1 1 1 1 67 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 65 166 CHU Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 i 2 jo Sete Re Se RANI RRAN oO No Description Write any value to CHO Preset value setting RWw14 to RWw15 RWw2C to RWw2D in 32 bit binary P Setting range 2147483648 to 2147483647 uonouny 39ejd 14 S Jd 9 8 The value in CHO Preset value setting RWw14 to RWw15 RWw2C to RWw2D is stored in CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 at the rising edge off to on of CHO Phase Z input terminal Z1 Z2 Also CHO External preset replace Z Phase request detection RX23 RX3B turns on The value can be replaced regardless of the ON OFF status of CHO Cou
274. he high speed e When the D LINK LED turns off L gt Page 242 Section 11 3 4 counter module on e When the D LINK LED flashes 3 Page 242 Section 11 3 5 Check for other LEDs by referring to the following Checking the LEDs 3 Page 241 Section 11 3 Check the serial number first five digits of the module on the master station and if the version is Is the version of the module on the prior to the correct one replace the module with a module of the applicable version For the master station correct applicable version refer to the following Applicable master station X Page 58 Section 5 2 1 Check the version of GX Works2 and if the version is prior to the applicable one update GX Is the version of GX Works2 correct Works2 For the applicable version refer to the following Software package Page 58 Section 5 2 4 Perform Verify with PLC and check that network parameter settings match the settings of the CPU module If they differ match the settings by performing Read from PLC and Write to PLC and write the parameters to modules on slave stations Are network parameter settings same as the settings of the CPU module p wuop d aq jouued sonsoubeip YIOMION Pll Al MUIT OD pUe ZSYJOM XD YM Uam JO pees q joUUeD ssayawesed UBYN Z S LL uouswousyd yeg 104 BunoousejqnolL SL 253 APPENDICES Appendix 1 Details of Remote I O Signals Appendix 1 1 Details of remote i
275. he operation refer to the description of CHO Update flag reset completed Measured rotation speed value RX2C RX44 4 For ATy refer to Page 302 Appendix 4 e This signal turns on when resetting CHO Measured pulse value update flag Function input terminal RX32 RX4A by CHO Measured pulse value update flag reset command Function input terminal RY31 RY49 is completed RX31 CH1 e This signal turns off when CHO Measured pulse value update flag reset command Function input terminal RY31 RY49 is turned off Measured pulse value update __ gt Controlled by the high speed counter module flag reset Controlled by the program completed i CHO Measured pulse value ON Function input update flag reset command terminal Function input terminal RY31 RY49 OFF gt ON l RX49 CH2 CHO Measured pulse value update flag HR Function input terminal RX32 RX4A OFFI H d i CHO Measured pulse value ON update flag reset completed Fis a Function input terminal RX31 RX49 OFF e This signal turns on when CHO Measured pulse value Function input terminal RWr1C to RWr1D RWr34 to RWr35 is updated RX32 CH1 CHO Measured pulse value Function input terminal RWr1C to RWr1D RWr34 to RWr35 is updated without resetting this flag Measured pulse This signal turns off when CHO Measured pulse value update flag reset command Function value update input terminal RY31 RY49 is turned on flag Functi ag a Up t
276. he program to ensure that the entire system will operate safely When the module is disconnected due to a communication failure in the network or the CPU module is in the STOP status all outputs are held or turned off according to the parameter setting Configure an interlock circuit in the program to ensure that the entire system will always operate safely even in such a case If not an accident may occur due to an incorrect output or malfunction Outputs may remain on or off due to a failure of the module Configure an external circuit for monitoring output signals that could cause a serious accident Do not use any use prohibited signals as a remote input or output signal These signals are reserved for system use Do not write any data to the use prohibited area in the remote register If these operations are performed correct operation of the module cannot be guaranteed Design Precautions CAUTION Do not install the communication cables together with the main circuit lines or power cables Keep a distance of 100mm or more between them Failure to do so may result in malfunction due to noise Do not install the control lines together with the main circuit lines or power cables Keep a distance of 150mm or more between them Failure to do so may result in malfunction due to noise Installation Precautions A WARNING Shut off the external power supply all phases used in the system before mounting or removing a
277. he value which are stored in CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 in CHO Latch count value RWr12 to RWr13 RWr2A to RWr2B at the rising edge of CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 REEKS gt Controlled by the high speed counter module gt Controlled by the program 1 ON 4 6 CHO Count enable command RY24 RY3C OFF CHO Preset value settin 3 9 0 X00 RWw14 to RWw15 RWw2C to RWw2D AT1 or more 2 ON i CHO Function input terminal i FUNC1 FUNC2 OFF fs i h 150 T TE A i ie ae vu i if 1 geet ee in l ae hs Pulses actually input Mh ge ee CHO Present value 100 i iP RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 ii toe 63 H Hiz fen nee aT vi Beet ie eK u 2 a Present value stored T AA A in a remote register 0 z 7 100 CHO Latch count value i 63 RWr12 to RWr13 RWr2A to RWr2B 50 0 1 7 0 1 1 _ON i CHO Update flag Latch count value b RX29 RX41 OFF CHO Update flag reset command 5 ON Latch count value hah RY28 RY40 OFF _ CHO Update flag reset completed i F Latch count value OFF 4 RX28 RX40 A For ATy refer to Page 302 Appendix 4 158 CHAPTER 8 FUNCTIONS No Description 1 Counting starts by turning on CHO Count enable command RY24 RY3C The value in CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 is stored in
278. i r l P Pek vies start command X3B ERST Adze Turn off CH1 PWM output 7 start command aia X1009 Output CH1 PWM output execution status to Y4 of an extension module X1008 X10099 X1026 4 yF C1054 MCR NO END 218 CHAPTER 10 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION CHAPTER 10 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION The high speed counter module has no special item to be inspected However to maintain the best condition of the system perform the inspection in accordance with the items described in the user s manual of the CPU module used 219 Memo 220 CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING This chapter describes errors that may occur while the high speed counter module is used and those troubleshooting 11 1 Checking for the Error Codes and the Warning Codes Error codes can be checked by any of the following methods e Checking by executing a command of the slave station gt Page 221 Section 11 1 1 e Checking by CHO Latest error code RWr22 RWr3A gt Page 223 Section 11 1 2 Warning codes can be checked by any of the following methods e Checking by executing a command of the slave station gt Page 221 Section 11 1 1 e Checking by CHO Latest warning code RWr23 RWr3B gt Page 223 Section 11 1 3 Point Errors of the high speed counter module are detected at not only every station but also every channel Errors detected at a channel
279. ic pulse count present value RWr14 to RWr15 RWr2C to RWr2D and CHO Periodic pulse count value update check RWr16 to RWr17 RWr2E to RWr2F Depending on the pulse input speed and cycle time the value in CHO Periodic pulse count difference value RWr12 to RWr13 RWr2A to RWr2B and CHO Periodic pulse count value update check RWr16 to RWr17 RWr2E to RWr2F may be over the upper limit value 2147483647 or below the lower limit value 2147483648 The value in CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 is stored in CHO Periodic pulse count present value RWr14 to RWr15 RWr2C to RWr2D In that case the values in CHO Periodic pulse count difference value RWr12 to RWr13 RWr2A to RWr2B and CHO Periodic pulse count value update check RWr16 to RWr17 RWr2E to RWr2F remain the upper limit value 2147483647 or the lower limit value 2147483648 and CHO Overflow underflow error Sampling count value Periodic pulse count difference value error code 1050 occurs Despite this minor error the periodic pulse counter function keeps working To perform the periodic pulse counter function again reset CHO Update flag Periodic pulse count value RX29 RX41 before turning on again CHO Selected counter function start command RY25 RY3D or CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 If it is not reset whether its value was updated after the re execution cannot be checked 153 uonouny Ja UNOD asin IPod ZL 8 13 count
280. idence output 1 to 4 to output the PWM waveform using the PWM output function e This setting applies only to coincidence outputs where the corresponding channels are assigned using Coincidence output channel assignment setting address 01014 Two or more points can be set The following shows the setting range 1D 35 PWM output l b15 b14 b13 b12 b11 b10 b9 b8 b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 bi b0 00004 assignment setting ololololololololol ol o o ie lsne lane sne v v 0 fixed 0 No Assignment 1 Assignment The reflection timing of the setting value When CHO Cam switch execute command PWM output start command RY26 RY3E is turned off then on Set the ON width of the PWM waveform for the PWM output function The following shows the setting range 0 and 10 to 10000000 increments of 0 1us Set a value that is equal to or F A smaller than the value in the cycle setting PWM output 1E 36 ON width setting o The reflection timing of the setting value 0 1F 37 PWM output 1 When CHO Cam switch execute command PWM output start command RY26 RY3E is turned off then on 2 When CHO ON width setting change request PWM output RY35 RY4D is turned off then on Set the cycle of the PWM waveform for the PWM output function The following shows the setting range 20 38 Cycle setting PWM 50 to 10000000 increments of 0 1us 0 21 39 output The reflection timing of the setting value When CHO Cam switch execute command PWM output start c
281. ignment setting O Cam switch function step type Output address 15004 80 x 1 E O Cam switch function number of steps Output address 15014 80 x 1 i O Cam switch function step No i setting Output address 15024 804 1 to 15214 804 x 1 E O 132 Cam switch output No 1 to 16 i Step No 1 to 16 Point For all of Cam switch function step type Output Cam switch function number of steps Output and Cam switch function step No i setting Output of cam switch output that is not used set the default 0 When a value other than the default is set output may be turned on when the cam switch function is performed In addition when a value other than the default value is backed up to the nonvolatile memory by turning off then on Initial data setting request flag RY9 the setting in the nonvolatile memory also must be set to the default If the setting in the nonvolatile memory is not the default the above setting item becomes the backed up value when the module power supply is turned off then on or the module returns from the remote reset CHAPTER 8 FUNCTIONS 6 Signal timing of the cam switch function The following figure shows the signal timing of the cam switch function e Only Cam switch Output 1 is used Coincidence output 1 is assigned to CH1 e 1 Stage 1 is assigned to Cam switch output unit assignment setting e 0 CH1 is as
282. incidence output 4 EQUCOM 10 8 to External 26 4VDC power supply ov sjeuiua nd no soUEpIoUIOD YIM ejdwexy Buu 6 9 83 CHAPTER 7 VARIOUS SETTINGS This chapter describes the setting procedures of the high speed counter module 7 1 Parameter Setting Set the parameter of this module with the network parameter written to the CPU module of the master station For the setting procedure of the master station refer to the following I User s manual for the master local module used Check Set the network configuration settings in CC IE Field configuration window on the MELSECNET CC IE Ethernet Module Configuration window in advance Network Parameter MELSECNET CC IE Ethernet Module Configuration JV Set the network configuration settings in CC IE Field configuration window To select an extension module in the CC IE Field Configuration window select the following models from the Module List window Extension module type Name Input module NZ2EX 16 D1 Output module NZ2EX 16 DO When points less than the ones of the high speed counter module and extension module are set for the remote I O signal and remote register no error occurs The cyclic transmission is performed for the data of the points set from the start 84 CHAPTER 7 VARIOUS SETTINGS 1 Precautions a Before parameter settings Read and write the parameter settings of this module w
283. incidence output v v 00004 0 fixed 00 No Assignment 1 to 4 01 CH1 10 CH2 e When Initial data setting request flag RY9 is turned off then on the value in this area is cleared sossauppy How y Jeling slowey jo sjielieq xIpueddy 293 13 Module based monitoring data address 06204 to 06214 06404 to 0641 Address CH1 CH2 Name Description Default 06204 0640 Operation mode e This area stores the present operation mode e The following shows the range of values which can be stored 0 Normal Mode 1 Frequency Measurement Mode 2 Rotation Speed Measurement Mode 3 Pulse Measurement Mode 4 PWM Output Mode e When Initial data setting request flag RY9 is turned off then on the value in this area is cleared 06214 06414 Selected counter function e This area stores the counter function currently valid e The following shows the range of values which can be stored 0 Count Disable Function Latch Counter Function Sampling Counter Function Periodic Pulse Counter Function Count disable Preset replace Function 5 Latch counter Preset replace Function e When Initial data setting request flag RY9 is turned off then on the value in this area is cleared WORN 294 14 Station based error history data address 0A00 to OAEF APPENDICES Address Name Description Default e This ar
284. input Encoder oA Subtraction pulse input Encoder B c 2 phase pulse input For 2 phase pulse input multiple of 1 multiple of 2 or multiple of 4 can be selected as a counting method The phase difference between phase A pulses and phase B pulses determines whether the pulses are counted up or down The following figure shows the relationship between phase A pulse input and phase B pulse input High speed counter module Phase A pulse input oA Encoder Phase B pulse input pB 8 3 2 Counting method setting Set the counting method in the CC IE Field configuration 1 Set Parameter write for Method selection CC IE Field Configuration window gt Select a high speed counter module in List of stations gt CC IE Field Configuration gt Online gt Parameter Processing of Slave Station 2 Set CHO Pulse input mode 0 Rising ees of 2 r on atoe 3 2 Phase Multiple of 1 O CountDi 4 gt phase Multiple of 2 LE CH1 Functor pits seting fo Positive 5 2 Phace Mutiple or4 106 CHAPTER 8 FUNCTIONS 8 4 Counter Format Selection Set the counter format in the CC IE Field configuration 1 Set Parameter write for Method selection CC IE Field Configuration window gt Select a high speed counter module in List of stations gt CC IE Field Configuration gt Online gt Parameter Processi
285. ion timing of the setting value When Initial data setting request flag RY9 is turned off then on e Set the trigger condition to replace a count value with the preset value by CHO Phase Z input terminal Z1 Z2 e Set whether to turn on CHO External preset replace Z Phase request detection RX23 RX3B or not when a count value is replaced with the preset value by CHO Phase Z input terminal Z1 Z2 e While CHO Z phase Preset trigger setting address 01254 b0 to b1 01451 b0 to b1 is on CHO External preset replace Z Phase request detection setting address 01254 b4 0145 b4 is disabled and CHO External preset replace Z Phase request detection RX23 RX3B is always off e The following shows the setting range l b15 b14 b13 b12 b11 b10 b9 b8 b7 b6 bd b4 b3 b2 bi bO 01254 0145 Phase Z setting olololololololololol olz olo 1 0000 Ne y en 0 fixed 0 fixed 1 Z phase Preset trigger setting 00 Rising 01 Falling 10 Rising Falling 11 During ON 2 External preset replace Z Phase request detection setting 0 ON at detection 1 Not ON at detection e The reflection timing of the setting value When Initial data setting request flag RY9 is turned off then on 290 APPENDICES 9 Module based parameter data address 01264 to 01284 0146 to 0148 Address Bane Name Description Default CH1 CH2 Set the counter function which becomes valid when the value in CHO Operation
286. is cleared e This area stores the value of the ON width or OFF width of pulses input to CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 measured when the pulse 1C 34 Measured pulse value measurement function is selected 4D 35 Function input e The following shows the range of values which can be stored terminal 0 to 2147483647 increments of 0 1us e When Initial data setting request flag RY9 is turned off then on the value in this area is cleared e This area stores the value of the ON width or OFF width of pulses input to CHO Latch counter input terminal LATCH1 LATCH2 measured when the 1E 36 Measured pulse value pulse measurement function is selected 4F 37 Latch counter input e The following shows the range of values which can be stored terminal 0 to 2147483647 increments of 0 1us e When Initial data setting request flag RY9 is turned off then on the value in this area is cleared 276 APPENDICES 5 Remote registers RWr20 RWr38 Address RWr Item Description Default CH1 CH2 e This area stores various statuses as follows b15 b14 b13 b12 b11 b10 b9 b8 b7 b6 bS b4 b3 b2 bi b0 0o o0 0 0 0 0 0 0 yv 4 Count up 0 fixed count down status A 0 Count up 1 Count down Underflow detection flag 0 Not detected 1 Detected Overflow detection flag 0 Not detected 1 Detected Sampling counter Periodic pulse counter operati
287. is on B ne Ss Counts on the falling edge of pB while A is off Counts on the rising edge 1 of A while B is on For counting oA f f I Counts on the falling edge 1 of oA while 6B is off down Counts on the rising edge 1 of 6B while A is off B fli Counts on the falling edge 4 of pB while A is on For counting up 2 phase multiple of 4 Point When using the phase B pulse input or CHO Count down command RY22 RY3A for 1 phase pulse input turn off the unused signals When the phase B pulse input or CHO Count down command RY22 RY3A is on countdown is performed with the phase A pulse input a 1 phase pulse input For 1 phase pulse input multiple of 1 or multiple of 2 can be selected as a counting method The following figure shows the relationship between phase A pulse input and phase B pulse input or CHO Count down command RY22 RY3A High speed counter module Encoder Pulse input oA sepow jndul s nd jo sedA 19g spouley Bununoy pue sepoyy induj asd g B B or CHO Count down command RY22 RY3A 105 b CW CCW pulse input For CW CCW pulse input pulses can be counted up with the phase A pulse input and counted down with the phase B pulse input The following figure shows the relationship between phase A pulse input and phase B pulse input High speed counter module Addition pulse
288. ith the CPU module in the STOP status Reading and writing are unavailable in the RUN status e Check that the start I O number of the network parameter of the master station matches that of the PLC parameter If they differ the parameter settings cannot be read or written b Parameter settings e When using the high speed counter module enable the block data assurance per station When it is disabled correct operation of the high speed counter module cannot be guaranteed CC IE Field Supplementary Setting Link Scan Mode Setting Block Data Assurance per Station G I ss re Block Data i I z i 1 Do not uncheck the box I Constant Scan ms 1 to 200 Synchronous Loopback Function Setting F Use Please build network configuration ring configuration that the end stations of Line Connection are connected to each other End Cancel For the block data assurance per station refer to the following User s manual for the master local module used Do not set the parameter using the CCPASET instruction in the master station Correct operation of the high speed counter module cannot be guaranteed because the module operates with the block data assurance per station disabled when the CCPASET instruction is executed e When using the extension module write the module parameter lt gt Page 86 Section 7 1 2 If the parameter of the extension module has not been written the error code 1F30 is stored in CH1 Latest
289. l CHO PWM output start command RY26 RY3E is turned off or CHO ON width setting change request PWM output RY35 RY4D is turned on When the values in CHO PWM output assignment setting RWw1D RWw35 CHO ON width setting PWM output RWw1E to RWw1F RWw36 to RWw37 and CHO Cycle setting PWM output RWw20 to RWw21 RWw38 to RWw39 are changed the PWM waveform is not changed Only the value in CHO ON width setting PWM output RWw1E to RWw1F RWw36 to RWw37 can be changed by CHO ON width setting change request PWM output RY35 RY4D The following processing is performed when CHO ON width setting change request PWM output RY35 RY4D is turned off then on to turn on CHO ON width setting change completed PWM output RX35 RX4D e The value in CHO ON width setting PWM output RWw1E to RWw1F RWw36 to RWw37 is acquired The PWM waveform is output from one of the coincidence output 1 to 4 terminals EQU1 to EQU4 based on the settings The change is reflected immediately Turn off CHO ON width setting change request PWM output RY35 RY4D when CHO ON width setting change completed PWM output RX35 RX4D turns on CHO ON width setting change completed PWM output RX35 RX4D turns off when CHO ON width setting change request PWM output RY35 RY4D is turned off The following processing is performed when CHO PWM output start command RY26 RY3E is turned off to turn off CHO PWM output RX26 RX3E e Turn o
290. le command RY20 RY38 Doing so enables all coincidence outputs assigned to the target channel in Coincidence output 1 to 4 channel assignment setting Comparison condition Comparison setting item Setting details Reference Coincidence output Within range output or out of range output Point setting Coincidence output 1 to RWw 8 to RWw9 RWwC to RWwD e Upper limit value setting Coincidence output 1 to 4 RWw2 to RWw3 RWw6 to RWw7 RWwA to RWwB RWwE to RWwF e Lower limit value setting Coincidence output 1 to 4 RWw0 to RWw1 RWw4 to RWw5 RWw8 to RWw9 RWwC to RWwD 4 RWw0 to RWw1 RWw4 to RWws Set the point to be compared with the present value Set the upper and lower limit values for the area to be compared with the present value When the upper limit value is less than the lower limit value Upper limit value setting error Coincidence output 1 to 4 error code 03114 to 0314p occurs Page 279 Appendix 2 7 Page 280 Appendix 2 8 Page 279 Appendix 2 7 Page 280 Appendix 2 8 Point Turning off then on Initial data processing completion flag RY8 when the comparison condition is coincidence output or when the comparison setting item for within range output Point setting Coincidence output 1 Lower limit value setting Coincidence output 1 RWw0 to RWw1 to Upper limit value setting Coincidence output 4 RWwE to RWwF is 0 default t
291. le used Set all the items for the parameter If any blank exists the parameter cannot be written to the high speed counter module To read the parameter from the high speed counter module set Parameter read for Method selection and click the Execute button When the following message is displayed take corrective action for the error code in lt gt lt _ gt Page 224 Section 11 2 MELSOFT Series GX Works2 i Anerror occurred in the SLMP communication lt 0800 gt When the parameters are written the contents in the extended parameter area are stored in the nonvolatile memory When writing the parameters while Initial data processing request flag RX8 is off set values in the remote registers RWw beforehand The values in the remote registers RWw related to the setting values of the parameters are checked at the writing If the setting is incorrect an error occurs 91 Buas sejewereg pZ 7 2 Changing the Parameter This section describes the procedures to change the parameter The precautions to take when changing the parameter are same as the following e Precautions lt gt Page 85 Section 7 1 1 7 2 1 Changing the network configuration When changing the network configuration diverting the created project set the parameter in the following procedure RON 2 92 Power off the module Connect the modules again according to the desired network configuration Power on
292. leted a RX14 ae RY14 Setting change request Coincidence output 1 Coincidence output 1 Setting change completed i RX15 ae RY15 Setting change request Coincidence output 2 Coincidence output 2 Setting change completed RX16 en RY16 Setting change request Coincidence output 3 Coincidence output 3 Setting change completed ae RX17 sae RY17 Setting change request Coincidence output 4 Coincidence output 4 RX18 Use prohibited RY18 Use prohibited RX19 Use prohibited RY19 Use prohibited RX1A Use prohibited RY1A Use prohibited RX1B Use prohibited RY1B Use prohibited RX1C Use prohibited RY1C Use prohibited RX1D Use prohibited RY1D Use prohibited RX1E Use prohibited RY1E Use prohibited RX1F External power supply monitor state flag RY1F External power supply monitor request flag for extension output module for extension output module RX20 Use prohibited RY20 CH1 Coincidence output enable command Main RX21 CH1 Preset replace completion RY21 CH1 Preset replace command module RX22 Use prohibited RY22 CH1 Count down command RX23 CH1 External preset replace Z Phase request RY23 CH1 External preset replace Z Phase request detection detection reset command RX24 Use prohibited RY24 CH1 Count enable command RX25 CH1 Counter function detection RY25 CH1 Selected counter function start command CH1 Cam switch execute command PWM RX26 CH1 Cam switch execute PWM output RY26 output start command RX27 CH1 Setting change completed RY27 CH1
293. llowed to be connected may be the cause Please has been connected gee consult your local Mitsubishi representative e Check the external power supply status for the external The external power supply output module for the extension output A External power e If this error occurs when the module is off while the 1F20 Moderate error supply OFF 4 system starts or stops external power supply ce error Jn ae change the timing of when monitoring function is th xteinalnower s dl enabled sad p rS Pply monitoring function is enabled Th fet Correct the setting in Extension Extension ee a i module identification code module specifying the ex SSON address 0200p so that the 1F304 Moderate error module type has specified 13 4 parameter h setting matches the connected a type different from the A failure extension module and the connected one module points The value in CHO Sampling count value RWr12 to RWr13 RWr2A to RWr2B CHO Periodic pulse count difference CHO Overflow ie ea ney value RWr12 to RWr13 H RWr2A to RWr2B or Adjust the values so that the Sampling count A 00504 ae CHO Periodic pulse count product of Input pulse speed Minor error value Periodic 2 3 as 15 ulse eaunt value update check pps x Sampling Periodic time pee RWr16 to RWr17 RWr2E s is within the range value to RWr2F is outside the range of 2147483648 to 2147483647 O indicates the channel where settings are
294. llowing are the pulse waveform to be input and the phase difference measured at the maximum counting speed of each pulse input condition they are also applied to the case measured at under the maximum counting speed 1 Input waveform in 1 phase input Input pulse waveform in 1 phase input must satisfy the condition shown below the duty ratio is 50 t tH tL 2 0 5us tH tt gt 0 25ys 0 5 x t Differential voltage H level L level 32 CHAPTER 3 SPECIFICATIONS 2 Phase difference in 2 phase input Input pulse waveform in 2 phase input must satisfy the above condition the condition required for 1 phase input and the conditions shown below t1 t2 t3 t4 2 0 125 us 0 25 x t Differential i voltage H level oA L level Count i Differential voltage H level B L level Differential voltage H level pA L level Subtraction count Differential voltage H H level B L level suoneooadg soUeWOLIed ZE asind g seyd pue asind y seyd usemjeg sousJayjip seyd ay pue wsozanrem ndu BU pP Z E 33 3 3 Calculating Current Consumption 34 The total current consumption of the modules is calculated by summing the module power supply current in the main module and extension module The power supply current in the extension module must be within 30mA For the value of the module power supply current refer to the
295. lowing shows the processing time required until a count value is read by the master station after the count value is counted by the high speed counter module SM x 1 LS x n1 Processing time of the high speed counter module AT e SM Scan time of the program in the master station e LS Link scan time e n1 The value provided by rounding up the value after the decimal point of SM LS Processing time Normal value Master station RX lt Remote device station RX The following shows the processing time required until Coincidence output 1 RX10 is transmitted to the master station after the high speed counter module receives Reset command Coincidence output 1 RY10 The processing time required for transmitting Reset command Coincidence output 1 RY10 to the high speed counter module is not included SM x 1 LS x n1 Processing time of the high speed counter module AT e SM Scan time of the program in the master station e LS Link scan time e n1 The value provided by rounding up the value after the decimal point of SM LS d Processing time Normal value Master station RWw Remote device station RWw The following shows the transmission time required for setting Point setting Coincidence output 1 RWw0 to RWw1 to the high speed counter module The processing time required for transmitting Setting change request Coincidence output 1 RY14 to the high speed counter module is not included SM
296. lowing shows the setting range 14 2C 2147483648 to 2147483647 Preset value setting i nate r 15 2D The reflection timing of the setting value 1 When Initial data processing request flag RX8 turns off 2 When Initial data setting request flag RY9 is turned off then on only while Initial data processing request flag RX8 is off 3 While Initial data processing request flag RX8 and Initial data setting request flag RYQ are off 281 sla sibay ajowey jo sjiejeq Z xipueddy 11 Remote registers RWw16 to RWw17 RWw2E to RWw2F Address RWw Item Description Default CH1 CH2 e Set a unit of time for the sampling counter function or the periodic pulse counter function e The following shows the setting range 0 1ms Time unit setting 4 1 10ms Sampling eee 16 2E E e The reflection timing of the setting value 0 counter Periodic pulse A 4 c nter 1 When Initial data processing request flag RX8 turns off 2 When Initial data setting request flag RY9 is turned off then on only while Initial data processing request flag RX8 is off 3 When CHO Setting change request Sampling counter Periodic pulse counter RY27 RY3F is turned off then on Set the sampling period for the sampling counter function or the cycle time of the periodic pulse counter function The following shows the setting range 1 to 65535 When CHO Time unit setting Sampling counter Periodic pulse counter
297. lue O Function input terminal L Function input terminal RWr1C to RWr1D RWr34 to RWr35 Remote register i Latch counter input terminal Renta register LATCH1 LATCH2 Analysis 9 Pulses _ mx CHO Measured pulse value O gt Latch counter input terminal RWr1E to RWr1F RWr36 to RWr37 ee 1 Restrictions During operation in the synchronous communication mode the pulse measurement function cannot be used Set CHO Operation mode setting to 0 Normal Mode 2 Setting method of the pulse measurement function 1 Set Parameter write for Method selection CC IE Field Configuration window gt Select a high speed counter module in List of stations gt CC IE Field Configuration gt Online gt Parameter Processing of Slave Station 2 Set CHO Operation mode setting to 3 Pulse Measurement Mode 3 Pulse Measurement Mode CH1 Operation mode setting 0 Normal CH1 Count source selection 0 A Phasel 1 Frequency Measurement Mode Ea CH1 Counter format 0 Linear C 2 Rotation Speed Measurement Mode 3 Pulse Measurement Mode z CHI Z phase resen mogere O Risma Peer See 3 Setthe pulse width to be measured in CHO Pulse measurement setting Function input terminal uoljoun Juawainseay esind 8 8 E CH2 Setting
298. lure module power supply is oi on f When setting 9 to Mode Set Comparison output switch setting address setting address 01004 to 0 0000 and operating the set CHO Operating mode synchronous setting address 01204 communication mode 0140p to 0 and turn on Initial either of the applicable data setting request flag setting is as follows ingi Synchronous g j RY9 when operating in the or e 1 is set in Comparison synchronous communication communication 01704 Moderate error s output setting address 13 mode mode setting ROR 0100p Set Mode switch setting e A value other than 0 is address 0000 to 0 and set in CHO Operating turn on Initial data setting mode setting address request flag RY9 when 0120 01404 using cam switch function or O indicates the channel CHO Operating mode in where settings are mode other than normal incorrect mode Set th lue to 0 or 9 in Mod iige swih ene eens nae nH eee i 01804 Moderate error se eee set in Mode switch setting 13 A j E W setting error address 0000p and turn on initial data setting request flag RYn9 The high speed counter module The value set in Mode operates by the value set in 48 3 Mode switch k a F S 01904 Minor error i 3 switch setting address 17 Mode switch setting address BENING Change 0000p has been changed 0000p at the power on or remote reset Incorrect Access to high speed network counter module when Please reset network 01A04 Mino
299. ment of the PWM output terminals To output the PWM waveform assign Coincidence output 1 to 4 to the corresponding channel in Coincidence output 1 to 4 channel assignment setting Then by using CHO PWM output assignment setting RWw1D RWw35 of the remote register assign which Coincidence output is used for the PWM waveform output The following table shows the setting examples of the assignment Ex Assignment example of the PWM output terminals CH1 Ex Setting item Setting detail Operation Coincidence output 1 channel 0 CH1 assignment setting i Coincidence output 2 channel 0 CH1 Coincidence output 1 to 2 are The error code 0670p is stored in CHO assignment setting assigned to CH1 and Latest error code RWr22 RWr3A since i Coincidence output 3 channel LED Coincidence output 3 to 4 are no Coincidence output is assigned as the assignment setting assigned to CH2 PWM output terminal At this time Error Coincidence output 4 channel i CH2 status flag RXA and the ERR LED turns assignment setting i on CH1 PWM output assignment setting 00004 No PWM output terminals RWw1D Coincidence output 1 channel 0 CH1 assignment setting i Coincidence output 2 channel 0 CH1 Coincidence output 1 to 2 are assignment setting assigned to CH1 and Coincidence output 3 channel ee Coincidence output 3 to 4 are Coincidence output 2 is assigned to the 2 assignment setting i assigned to CH2 PWM outp
300. mit value setting Coincidence output 1 to 4 1000 RWw0 to RWw1 RWw4 to RWw5 RWw8 to RWw9 RWwC to RWwD Upper limit value setting Coincid 1to4 RX12 Coincidence output 3 jit ne O RINT 2000 RWWA to RWwB RWwE to RWwF ON Coincidence output 1 to 4 RX10 to RX13 OFF w 7 CHO Present value 9 RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 0 Aen 999 X1000 2000X2001 RX13 Coincidence output 4 e Up to AT delay occurs until this signal turns on after the comparison conditions of CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 are satisfied in the coincidence output function 4 For ATy refer to Page 302 Appendix 4 257 sjeuBls jndul ayows jo siejeq xipueddy sjeu is O I e owsyY Jo sjlejeq xipueddy Remote input Description RX No Signal name e This signal turns on when the changes of the following remote registers RWw are reflected to the high speed counter module in the coincidence output function Setting change e Point setting Coincidence output 1 to 4 Lower limit value setting Coincidence output 1 to RX14 completed 4 RWw0 to RWw1 RWw4 to RWw5 RWw8 to RWw9 RWwC to RWwD Coincidence output 1 e Upper limit value setting Coincidence output 1 to 4 RWw2 to RWw3 RWw6 to RWw7 RWwA to RWwB RWwE to RWwF e For Coincidence output 1 Setting change completed Coincidence output 1 RX14 turns on after the changes of Point setting Coincidence output 1 L
301. mmand of the slave station The following shows how to clear an error by executing the command of the slave station List of stations Tal CC IE Field Configuration Module 1 Start 1 0 0000 i CCIE Field Configuration Edit view Close with Discarding the Setting Close with Mode Setting Onine Normal Mode S Assignment Method Start No Model Name STAt Station Type 0 Host Station 0 Master Station Command Execution of Slave Station 186 Target Module Information NZ2GFCF D6ZPOZ Start 1O No 0000 Station No 1 Method selections Error clear request z __ The error of the target module is cleared Command Setting There is no command setting in the selected process Execution Result There is no execution resut in the selected process The refreshed device values of remote 1 0 or remote registers may be overwritten Accesses the PLC CPU by using the current connection destination Please check F there is any problem with the connection destination s j 1 Select the high speed counter module in List of stations on the CC IE Field Configuration window Open the Command Execution of Slave Station window CC IE Field Configuration gt Online gt Command Execution of Slave Station Set Method selection to Error clear request and click the Execute button When the window shown on the left is
302. mode setting address 01204 01404 is Normal Mode 0 e The following shows the setting range 0 Count Disable Function Latch Counter Function Sampling Counter Function 0 A Periodic Pulse Counter Function Count disable Preset replace Function 5 Latch counter Preset replace Function e The reflection timing of the setting value When Initial data setting request flag RYQ is turned off then on 01264 0146 Counter function selection WORN e Set the logic setting of CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 e CH1 FNC LED and CH2 FNC LED turn on with any setting value when a voltage is applied Function input logic e The following shows the setting range setting 0 Positive Logic 1 Negative Logic e The reflection timing of the setting value When Initial data setting request flag RY9 is turned off then on 01274 01474 e Set the logic setting of CHO Latch counter input terminal LATCH1 LATCH2 e CH1 LAT LED and CH2 LAT LED turn on with any setting value when a It i lied Latch counter input eee IS app 0128 01484 The following shows the setting range 0 logic setting 0 Positive Logic 1 Negative Logic e The reflection timing of the setting value When Initial data setting request flag RY9 is turned off then on sossolppy How y 1 yng slowey Jo sjieleq X pu ddy 291 10 Module based parameter data address 01294 01494
303. mpling counter Periodic pulse counter RY27 RY3F Set CHO Cycle setting If the If the Sampling counter Periodic parameters are parameters are pulse counter RWw17 written with the written with the RWw2F to a value between 1 parameter parameter and 65535 and perform one of processing of processing of the following operations the slave the slave e If Initial data processing station or Initial station or Initial request flag RX8 is on turn CHO Cycle setting data processing data processing off then on Initial gata CHO Cycle Sampling completion flag completion flag processing completion flag setting error counter Periodic pulse RY8 or Initial RY8 or Initial RYO f 05024 Moderate error Sampling CouUNtEN RIYWAIY eres ee h Ae a Gi counter RWw2F is set to 0 request flag request flag Periodic pulse O indicates the channel RY9 is turned RY9 is turned processing orthe slave i counter where settings are off then on 13 off then on 13 station OF nitial data setting incorrect If CHO Setting change request Sampling counter Periodic pulse counter RY27 RY3F is turned off then on 8 If CHO Setting change request Sampling counter Periodic pulse counter RY27 RY3F is turned off then on 3 completion flag RX9 is on turn off then on Initial data setting request flag RY9 If Initial data processing request flag RX8 and Initial data setting completion flag RX9 are
304. munication mode the latch counter function using the latch counter input terminal cannot be used CHAPTER 8 FUNCTIONS 8 8 Counter Function Selection When CHO Selected counter function start command RY25 RY3D or CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 is input one of the functions shown below can be used The function can be selected for each channel 1 Counter function selection list Enable Disable Remote buffer memory setting Method CHO CHO z cHO CHO Function Operation Counter Functi e eane eee mode function ee a Fo ee CHO Selected CHO Function i A A setting Selection ened ee counterfunction input terminal address address maa SE BIE DG FUNGI H H 01274 0147 0149 b2 to b3 0140p 0146p H H i Count disable function 0 0 0 1 00 01 10 Oo O Latch counter function 0 1 0 1 00 01 10 O a Sampling counter function 0 2 0 1 00 01 10 fe O Periodic pulse counter function 0 3 0 1 00 01 10 O O Count disable preset replace 0 4 on 00 01 10 _ o function Latch counter preset replace 0 5 o1 00 01 10 _ o function 2 Setting method of the counter function selection 1 Set Parameter write for Method selection CCIE Field Configuration window gt Select a high speed counter module in List of stations gt CC IE Field Configuration gt Online gt Parameter Processing of Slave Station 2 For CHO Counter function selection select a counte
305. n Function name Serial number first five digits version of GX Works2 High speed counter module 15102 or later Simple motion module 15092 or later GX Works2 Version 1 501X or later 2 Restrictions a Restrictions to use this function with other functions Function setting ae Restrictions item i Only Coincidence Output Function 0 can be set for Comparison output setting address 01004 Comparison output setting address 0100p Cam Switch Function 1 cannot be set When Cam Switch Function 1 is set Synchronous communication mode setting error error code 0170p occurs Only Normal Mode 0 can be set for CHO Operation mode setting address 01204 0140p The following items cannot be set e Frequency Measurement Mode 1 e Rotation Speed Measurement Mode 2 Pulse Measurement Mode 3 PWM Output Mode 4 When any of the items above is set Synchronous communication mode setting error error code 0170p occurs CHO Operation mode setting address 0120p 01404 Latch counter function by latch counter input terminal No latch operation with the latch counter input terminal is available Even if a signal is applied to the latch counter input terminal the value in CHO Latch count value Latch counter input terminal RWr18 to RWr19 RWr30 to RWr31 does not change Cyclic data update watch function The setting of Cyclic data update watch time setting add
306. n window and configure the configuration and station number of the slave station as follows O EEE button fal CC IE Field Configuration Module 1 Start 1 0 0000 CCIE Field Configuration Edit view Close with Discarding the Setting Close with Reflecting the Setting Mode Setting Onine Normal Mode z Assignment Method Start End z Link Scan Time Approx 0 70 ms Module List No RX RY Setting RWw RWr Setting i Points Start End Points Start End 0 Host Station 1 NZ2GFCF D62PD2 0000 004F 64 0000 003F _ NZ2EX 16 DO 0050 005F Basic Analog Input Module Basic Analog Output Module Basic temperature control modul E Basic High Speed Counter Modul EE NZ2GFC 2 channels Extension Digital Input Module B Extension Digital Output Module E NZ2EX 16 points Host Station STAXO Master Total STA 1 Line Star NZ2GFCF D NZ2EX 16 62PD2 D0 4 Close the CC IE Field Configuration window W CC IE Field Configuration gt Close with Reflecting the Setting 5 Display the refresh parameter setting window and configure the setting as follows O B button Assignment Method Points Start Start End nfa g 0 4j DD g 4i4 D 4 l lt ajajaja 6 Write the set parameter to the CPU module of the master station and reset the CPU module or turn off then on the power supply XZ Online
307. n CHO Phase Z setting address 0125p 0145p is set to During ON 11 e This signal turns off when CHO External preset replace Z Phase request detection reset command RY23 RY3B is turned on e The value is not replaced while this signal is on e Note that this signal does not turn on when External preset replace Z Phase request detection setting address 0125 b4 0145 b4 in CHO Phase Z setting address 01254 0145p is set to Not ON at detection 1 This signal turns on only when External preset replace Z Phase request detection setting address 01254 b4 0145 b4 is set to ON at detection 0 The following figure shows the case when Z phase Preset trigger setting address 01254 b0 to b1 0145 b0 to b1 in CHO Phase Z setting address 01254 0145p is set to Rising 00 SESE gt Controlled by the high speed counter module Controlled by the program CHO Preset value setting RWw14 to RWw15 RWw2C to RWw2D 100 CHO Phase Z input terminal Z1 Z2 CHO External preset replace Z Phase request detection D A i RX23 RX3B OFF ay 5 t 1 w CHO External preset replace Z Phase n ON request detection reset command oe RY23 RY3B Present value 0 RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 100 t2 AT1 Up to AT delay occurs until this signal turns on after the preset is completed 4 For AT
308. n changed via the network 13 Take measures against noise and reset the module If the same error occurs again a module hardware failure may be the cause Please consult your local Mitsubishi representative 000Ch Major error Station number change error The station number has been changed via the network 13 Take measures against noise and reset the module If the same error occurs again a module hardware failure may be the cause Please consult your local Mitsubishi representative 0010 Major error Hardware error Module hardware failure 13 Power off then on the module If the same error occurs again a module failure may be the cause Please consult your local Mitsubishi representative 0105 Moderate error Clock data out of range error The clock data acquired from the CPU module are abnormal 3 Noise effect or a hardware failure may be the cause If the same error occurs again after the measures against noise are taken please consult your local Mitsubishi representative 224 CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING Error code hexadecimal Classification Error name Description and cause Operation of when an error occurs Action The other CHs Error CH 01104 01204 Moderate error Moderate error Non volatile memory data error module operation information Non volatile memory data error parameter The modul
309. n input 5V o When OFF 2V or lower 1 0mA or lower 100us or less 8 2 n D When ON 21 6 to 26 4V 7 to 12mA 20us or less zo 1 3900 2 32kQ B08 BOS Function input 24V 52 las ao at Wa 4709 When OFF 5Vorlower 1 0mA or lower 100us or less A Ks e B06 BO6 Control input o Ti A06 A06 common D hi a eae a ee ee ee a e as D i When ON 4 5 to 5 5V 7 to 12MA 20us or less o 3 A07 A04 Latch counter input lt D 5V When OFF 2V or lower 1 0mA or lower 100us or less D 7 lt When ON 21 6 to 26 4V 7 to 12mA 20us or less ey n M Latch counter input t 3902 2 32kQ A08 A05 p De Wa 470 24V When OFF 5Vorlower 1 0mA or lower 100us or less Tf vo Pin Input Operating las mbe Ita c nt Response 5 Internal circuit he d Signal name Operation ES he PSP bs sifica guaranteed guaranteed time tion nll Cink value value Bos i aaa output DE o gt D E i eS U i l a3 Coincidence output i 2 a Operating load voltage 4 75 to 30VDC Maximum load current 0 1A point i Maximum voltage drop at ON 0 5V rt Coincidence output Response time Output B01 3 OFF gt ON 1us or less DH D rated load resistive load E ON gt OFF 1us or less rated load resistive load ta E A01 _ Coincidence output it 4
310. n off then on CHO Error reset command RY36 RY4E or Initial data setting request Moderate error 4 flag RY9 after removing the error cause q A moderate error that has occurred after another moderate error that cannot be reset cannot be reset However error reset is possible on CH2 because no moderate error that cannot be reset occurs For moderate errors that cannot be reset refer to the following e When error codes warning codes cannot be reset gt Page 252 Section 11 5 6 2 Notification of a warning The high speed counter module notifies the master station of a warning in the following method Name Description Reference Warning status flag RX7 Turns on when a minor error occurs CHO Warning status RX37 N Page 254 Appendix 1 1 Turns on when a minor error occurs for each channel RX4F CHO Latest warning code The error code is stored when a minor error occurs for each 4 Page 278 Appendix 2 6 RWr23 RWr3B channel 1 Errors independent from channels are station errors stored in CH1 Latest warning code RWr23 184 CHAPTER 8 FUNCTIONS a Method for clearing a warning Error type Clearing an error Error code Other than A warning is cleared five seconds after the error cause is removed 1 Minor error Warning 00504 Error code Turning off then on CHO Error reset command RY36 RY4E resets 00504 the warning status of each channel 4 A warning result
311. nce In this mode the pulses of the pulse Frequency input terminals in phase A and B are Page 163 measurem 4 counted and the frequency is l ent mode automatically calculated Section 8 16 Frequency measurement function O In this mode the pulses of the pulse Rotation input terminals in phase A and B are speed counted and the rotation speed is Page 167 measurem 2 automatically calculated Section 8 17 l ent mode Rotation speed measurement o Dedicated function mode In this mode the ON width or OFF Pulse width of pulses input to the function i r Page 171 measurem 3 input terminal or latch counter input i ent mode terminal is measured Section 8 18 Pulse measurement function O In this mode the PWM waveform of PWM 200kHz at a maximum is output from output 4 any coincidence output 1 to 4 Page 175 mode terminals EQU1 to EQU4 Section 8 19 PWM output function O ae Page 184 Error notification function O O lt Section 8 22 Output HOLD CLEAR setting Page 182 i O O lt function Section 8 20 Cyclic data update watch function O O Page 189 i u Wi uncti E P Section 8 21 Function at the extension I O module installation Input function extension input Common O module Output function extension output O O lt module Page 187 Input response time setting function Section 8 23 ear O lt extension input module External power supply monitoring p
312. ncidence output 4 RWwE to RWwF Is Reset command Coincidence output 1 to 4 RY10 to RY13 off Only when Coincidence output is selected as the comparison condition Are the settings in Point setting Coincidence output 1 Lower limit value setting Coincidence output 1 RWw0 to RWw71 to Upper limit value setting Coincidence output 4 RWwE to RWwF within the count range of the ring counter when the counter format is the ring counter Turn off Reset command Coincidence output 1 to 4 RY10 to RY 13 Set Point setting Coincidence output 1 Lower limit value setting Coincidence output 1 RWw0 to RWw1 to Upper limit value setting Coincidence output 4 RWwE to RWwF within the count range of the ring counter b When Coincidence output 1 to 4 RX10 to RX13 does not turn off Check item Action Is the ON time of Reset command Coincidence output 1 to 4 RY10 to RY13 AT or longer Only when Coincidence output is selected as the comparison condition For AT4 refer to the following lt gt Page 302 Appendix 4 Set the ON time of Reset command Coincidence output 1 to 4 RY10 to RY13 to AT 1 or longer L gt Page 267 Appendix 1 2 c When only Coincidence output 1 to 4 terminals EQU1 to EQU4 do not turn on Check item Action Is CHO Coincidence output enable command RY20 RY38 on Turn on CHO Coincidence output enable command RY20 RY38 Is the external wiri
313. nction input terminal RX31 RX49 CHO Measured pulse value update flag Function input terminal RX32 RX4A CHO Measured pulse value update flag reset completed Latch counter input terminal RX33 RX4B CHO Measured pulse value update flag Latch counter input terminal RX34 RX4C CHO ON width setting change completed PWM output RX35 RX4D CHO Error status RX36 RX4E CHO Warning status RX37 RX4F e External input signals of the extension input module RX50 to RX5F 267 sjeuBis jndjno a ows jo sjiejeq Z xipueddy sjeuBls O I e owsyY jo sjlejeq xipueddy Remote Operation en output Signal name fast Description timing RY No e When this signal is turned on all the remote registers RWr of the high speed counter module are cleared to 0 e When this signal is turned on all the following remote buffer memory areas are Initial data setting cleared to 0 RY9 request flag j L Channel assignment Coincidence output 1 to 4 address 06004 CHO Operation mode address 06204 0640p CHO Selected counter function address 06214 06414 For details of the ON OFF timing of this signal refer to Page 254 Appendix 1 1 e Turn on this signal to turn off Coincidence output 1 to 4 RX10 to RX13 and Reset command coincidence output 1 to 4 terminals EQU1 to EQU4 oe Coincidence outp
314. nction input terminal RX31 RX49 After that CHO Measured pulse value update flag reset completed Function input terminal RX31 RX49 turns off when CHO Measured pulse value update flag reset command Function input terminal RY31 RY49 is turned off 4 CHO Measured pulse value Function input terminal RWr1C to RWr1D RWr34 to RWr35 is updated even if CHO Measured pulse value update flag Function input terminal RX32 RX4A is on 5 CHO Pulse measurement flag Function input terminal RWr20 b6 RWr38 b6 changes to Not operating 0 and the pulse measurement stops by turning off CHO Pulse measurement start command Function input terminal RY30 RY48 6 If the pulse pulse ON width in this case is input before CHO Pulse measurement flag Function input terminal RWr20 b6 RWr38 b6 changes to Operating 1 CHO Measured pulse value Function input terminal RWr1C to RWr1D RWr34 to RWr35 is not updated even when CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 is turned off Note that the pulse that is input after the setting in CHO Pulse measurement flag Function input terminal RWr20 b6 RWr38 b6 changes to Operating 1 is to be measured 173 uoloun Jugwainseay esind 8 8 174 Point When the pulse measurement function is executed with CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 the time to be taken to update CHO Measured pulse value Function input terminal RWr1C to RWr1D RWr34 to
315. nd correct errors Set the interval of AT or longer between change in the setting in CHO Preset value setting RWw14 to RWw15 RWw2C to RWw2D and the execution of preset Is CHO External preset replace Z Phase request detection RX23 RX3B off Turn off CHO External preset replace Z Phase request detection RX23 RX3B by turning on CHO External preset replace Z Phase request detection reset command RY23 RY3B Note that the ON OFF time of CHO External preset replace Z Phase request detection reset command RY23 RY3B must be AT or longer gt Page 267 Appendix 1 2 4 For AT refer to the following lt L gt Page 302 Appendix 4 249 uouswousyd yeg 104 BunoousejqnolL SL POW jewou 9y S Buipas pow UONeJedo y uo Buas Ou USUM 1 S LL c When the preset replace function by CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 cannot be performed Check item Action Is the external wiring to CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 correct Check the external wiring and correct errors Is the interval of AT or longer taken between change in the setting in CHO Preset value setting RWw14 to RWw15 RWw2C to RWw2D and the execution of preset Set the interval of AT or longer between change in the setting in CHO Preset value setting RWw14 to RWw15 RWw2C to RWw2D and the execution of preset Is CHO External preset replace Z Phase request detection RX23 RX
316. nds in increments of 100ms Point Set the greater value for the cyclic data update watch time setting than that of the link scan time While the synchronous communication mode is enabled the setting of Cyclic data update watch time setting is ignored 183 8 22 Error Notification Function When an error or warning occurs the high speed counter module notifies the master station of it using remote input signals and remote registers The notification of the error or warning can be checked on the LED on the front of the module For details refer to the following PART NAMES _ 3 Page 23 CHAPTER 2 1 Notification of an error The high speed counter module notifies the master station of an error in the following method Item Description Reference Error status flag RXA Turns on when a moderate error or major error occurs Turns on when a moderate error or major error occurs for Page 254 Appendix 1 1 CHO Error status RX36 RX4E each channel CHO Latest error code RWr22 An error code is stored when a moderate error or major 4 Page 278 Appendix 2 6 RWr3A error occurs for each channel 4 Errors independent from channels are station errors stored in CH1 Latest error code RWr22 a Method for clearing an error The method for clearing an error depends on the error type Error type Clearing an error Major error The error cannot be cleared Tur
317. ned off then on the high speed counter module turns off CHO Latch count value update flag Latch counter input terminal RX2B RX43 and turns on 3 CHO Latch count value update flag reset completed Latch counter input terminal RX2A RX42 After that CHO Latch count value update flag reset completed Latch counter input terminal RX2A RX42 turns off when CHO Latch count value update flag reset command Latch counter input terminal RY2A RY42 is turned off CHO Latch count value Latch counter input terminal RWr18 to RWr19 RWr30 to RWr31 is updated even if CHO Latch count 4 value update flag Latch counter input terminal RX2B RX43 is on The latch counter function operates regardless of the ON OFF status of CHO Count enable command RY24 RY3C 139 140 Point When the latch counter function is performed by CHO Latch counter input terminal LATCH1 LATCH2 the operation response time follows CHO Latch counter input response time setting address 01294 b4 to b5 01494 b4 to b5 Since CHO Latch count value Latch counter input terminal RWr18 to RWr19 RWr30 to RWr31 is updated synchronizing with the internal control cycle a maximum of delay time shown below occurs until the acquired value is stored AT Setting time of CHO Latch counter input response time setting address 01294 b4 to b5 01494 b4 to b5 I For ATy refer to Page 302 Appendix 4 During operation in the synchronous com
318. ng address 00004 and turn on and off Initial data setting request flag RY9 The CC Link IE Field Network synchronous communication function stops working CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING Point When multiple errors occur only the latest error code is stored in CHO Latest error code RWr22 RWr3A or CHO Latest warning code RWr23 RWr3B Error codes which do not have O on their names are stored in CH1 Old errors can be checked with the error history of GX Works2 For the error history refer to the following e Checking by executing a command of the slave station gt Page 221 Section 11 1 1 Error history 1 to 15 address OA00 to OAEF L gt Page 295 Appendix 3 14 Turning on CHO Error reset command RY36 RY4E resets errors However the error causes are detected again and thus the error codes are stored again unless the error causes are removed a Detailed error information list Detailed information about errors is stored in Error code details 1 in Error history 1 to 15 address OAOO to OAEFy The following table lists the error codes with the detailed information Error code La Error code Error code j Classification Error name k k hexadecimal details 1 details 2 to 10 CHO Overflow underfl Sampli verflow un le low error ampling d ndamow l 0050 Minor error count value Periodic pulse count difference 0 fixed 1 Overflow value 0 Underfl 02004 Moderate error CHO Overflow
319. ng of Slave Station 2 Set CHD Counter format jee CH1 Counter format hee CH1 Z phase Preset trigger setting be CH1 External presetreplace Z Phase r CH1 Counter function selection 0 Rising 0 ON at de 0 Linear Counter O CountDi 1 Ring Counter 8 4 1 Linear counter function 1 Operation of the linear counter When the linear counter is selected pulses are counted between 2147483648 lower limit value and 2147483647 upper limit value The preset replace function and the comparison output function can be used together The following figure shows the relationship between CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 of the counter and remote registers at overflow and underflow for the linear counter function FESS Controlled by the high speed counter module gt Controlled by the program 3 Overflow 2147483647 CHO Present value 0 RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 2147483648 CHO Underflow detection flag RWr20 b1 RWr38 b1 CHO Overflow detection flag RWr20 b2 RWr38 b2 CHO Preset replace command RY21 RY39 OFF AT or more KAT or more 107 uonoun Ja UN0D eaU pyg uonoaj s yewoy Je UNDD 4g No Description 1 For counting down from the lower limit value 2147483648 in CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 the underflow error
320. ng to Coincidence output 1 to 4 terminals EQU1 to EQU4 correct Check the external wiring and correct errors 247 uouswousyd yez 104 BunoousejqnolL SL POW jewou 9y S Buipas pow UONeJedo y uo Buas Ou USUM VSEL d When the count value cannot be replaced with a preset value by the preset replace at coincidence output function Check item Action Is CHO External preset replace Z Phase request detection RX23 RX3B off Turn off CHO External preset replace Z Phase request detection RX23 RX3B by turning on CHO External preset replace Z Phase request detection reset command RY23 RY3B Note that the ON OFF time of CHO External preset replace Z Phase request detection reset command RY23 RY3B must be AT or longer Page 267 Appendix 1 2 Is Preset replace setting at coincidence output address 01034 set to Present value replaced 1 Set Preset replace setting at coincidence output address 01034 to Present value replaced 1 Is Coincidence output 1 to 4 RX10 to RX13 off This function replaces the count value with the preset value at the rising edge OFF to ON of Coincidence output 1 to 4 RX10 to RX13 Turn off Coincidence output 1 to 4 RX10 to RX13 before replacing the value Is the interval between every execution of this function AT or longer Set the interval of AT or longer between every execution of this function referring to the foll
321. nge completed PWM output RX35 RX4D 265 sjeuBls jndul a ows jo siejeq xipueddy sjeuBls O I s owsY Jo sjlejeq xipueddy Remote input Signal name Description RX No E P e This signal turns on when a moderate error or major error occurs on a channel corresponding to this signal e This signal turns off when CHO Error reset command RY36 RY4E is turned on and no moderate error or major error newly occurs JEES Controlled by the high speed counter module Controlled by the program RX36 CH1 ON CHO Error reset command RY36 RY4E OFF j M i K CHO Latest error code ft X 0 1200H 0 Error status RWr22 RWr3A 7 i x CHO Error status i a r gt RX36 RX4E OFF i ON hes Error status flag Sl Ss RXA OFF jae 4 oN CHO Latest warning code ON RWr23 RWr3B X 10501 is X 2 RX4E CH2 i ON oN CHO Warning status l a TSN RX37 RX4F OFF ON Warning status flag z RX7 OFF This signal cannot be reset arbitrarily by output signals such as CHO Error reset command RY36 RY4E depending on warning codes error codes of minor errors For details refer to Page 224 Section 11 2 e This signal turns on when a minor error occurs on a channel corresponding to this signal This signal turns off when CHO Error reset command RY36 RY4E is turned on and no RX37 CH1 F minor error newly occurs Some w
322. nge even if a value is written to CHO Ring counter lower limit value RWw10 to RWw11 RWw28 to RWw29 and CHO Ring counter upper limit value RWw12 to RWw13 RWw2A to RWw2B Turn off CHO Count enable command RY24 RY3C before changing CHO Ring counter upper limit value RWw12 to RWw13 RWw2A to RWw2B and CHO Ring counter lower limit value RWw10 to RWw11 RWw28 to RWw29 The OFF time must be longer than AT4 For AT refer to Page 302 Appendix 4 Always turn off CHO Count enable command RY24 RY3C before changing the counting range by the preset replace function to prevent a miscount uolouny Jajunoo Bury Z y 8 uonoaj s JeWOY 498 UNDD 4g 113 8 5 Comparison Output Function The comparison output function outputs ON OFF signals comparing the count value with any point or range set by the user The coincidence output function or the cam switch function can be selected depending on the processing method Set the comparison output function in the parameter setting window or Comparison output setting address 01001 8 5 1 the cam switch function Operation overview of the coincidence output function and The following table shows the operation overview of the coincidence output function and the cam switch function Item Comparison target Coincidence output function CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 Cam switch function CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 N
323. nit x Moving average count Number of pulses Rotation speed measurement S Rotation speed measurement per rotation Ex The following table shows each value to be put into the formula Item Value Actual rotation speed r min 1234r min Time unit Rotation speed measurement s 0 01s Moving average count Rotation speed measurement 4 times Number of pulses per rotation 60 The margin of error maximum is calculated as shown below 100 ppm 60 SS 1000000 0 01 s x 4 x 60 0 1234 r min 25 r min 1234 r min x 25 1234 r min CHO Measured rotation speed value RWr1A to RWr1B RWr32 to RWr33 is updated without resetting CHO Update flag Measured rotation speed value RX2D RX45 CHO Update flag reset command Measured rotation speed value RY2C RY44 responds within AT after the action For AT refer to the following Internal Control Cycle and Response Delay Time _ gt Page 302 Appendix 4 170 CHAPTER 8 FUNCTIONS 8 1 8 Pulse Measurement Function The pulse measurement function measures the ON width or OFF width of pulses that are input to the external input terminals CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 or CHO Latch counter input terminal LATCH1 LATCH2 When the next pulse is measured the measured value is written over the previous value High speed counter module Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 Analysis Pulses gt CHO Measured pulse va
324. nnot be replaced with the preset value while CHO External reques reset replace Z Phase request detection RX23 RX3B is on RY3B CH2 detection reset P P i i a e For the overview of the operation refer to Page 254 Appendix 1 1 command e Turn on this signal to count pulses The following figure shows the overview of the operation when 1 Phase Multiple of 1 0 is selected for CH1 Pulse input mode address 0122 RY24 CH1 ON oA OFF Count enable command J E ON B OFF i i i i i CH1 Count ON i i enable command or fin RY3C CH2 RY24 OFF CH1 Present value RWr10 to RWr11 0 x 1 xX 2 X3 X4 269 sjeuBis nd no ajows jo sjiejeq Z xipueddy sjeuBls O I e owsyY Jo sjlejeq xipueddy Remote Operation en output Signal name fai Description timing RY No e Turn on this signal to perform the selected counter functions e When Count Disable Function 0 or Periodic Pulse Counter Function 3 is RY25 CH1 selected for CHO Counter function selection address 01264 01464 this signal is valid while being on Selected a g i When Sampling Counter Function 2 or Latch Counter Function 1 is selected for counter function CHO Counter function selection address 01264 0146p this signal becomes start command j valid at the rising edge off to on e When Count disable Preset replace Function 4 or Latch counter Preset replace R
325. nput signals The following shows details of remote input signals Remote input Signal name Description RX No 2 i e This signal turns on when CHO Warning status RX37 RX4F turns on e This signal turns off when CHO Warning status RX37 RX4F turns off shear gt Controlled by the high speed counter module Controlled by the program ON CH1 Error reset command RY36 OFF ps ON a Remote READY A i RXB i 4 ry RX7 Warning status flag CH1 Latest warning code i ees o K 10501 i X 0 CH1 Warning stat pun L arning status N IRE RX37 OFF ews CH2 Warning status ON i RX4F OFF i Warning status flag N RX7 OFF This signal cannot be reset arbitrarily by output signals such as CHO Error reset command RY36 RY4E depending on warning codes error codes of minor errors For details refer to Page 224 Section 11 2 254 APPENDICES Remote input RX No Signal name Description After the module is powered on or the remote reset is performed this signal turns on to let the high speed counter module request the initial setting When this signal is on set initial data to the remote register RWw and turn on Initial data processing completion flag RY8 To change the setting in the parameter area of the remote buffer memory as well change the setting in the parameter area enable the setting values by turning on Initial data setting r
326. nt enable command RY24 RY3C 2 While CHO External preset replace Z Phase request detection RX23 RX3B is on the value cannot be replaced by either CHO Preset replace command RY21 RY39 or CHO Phase Z input terminal Z1 Z2 3 Also when CHO Preset replace command RY21 RY39 is turned off then on CHO Preset replace completion RX21 RX39 turns on However the value is not replaced Turn off CHO Preset replace completion RX21 RX39 by turning off CHO Preset replace command RY21 RY39 When CHO External preset replace Z Phase request detection RX23 RX3B turns off by turning on CHO External preset replace 4 Z Phase request detection reset command RY23 RY3B the value can be replaced 137 138 Point While CHO External preset replace Z Phase request detection RX23 RX3B is on the value cannot be replaced by 4 any methods Replace the value after turning off CHO External preset replace Z Phase request detection RX23 RX3B by turning on CHO External preset replace Z Phase request detection reset command RY23 RY3B Have a AT or longer interval after changing CHO Preset value setting RWw14 to RWw15 RWw2C to RWw2D until CHO Phase Z input terminal Z1 Z2 is turned on because there are maximum of AT delay until change in CHO Preset value setting RWw14 to RWw15 RWw2C to RWw2D is reflected An interval is not necessary when the preset replace function is performed by
327. nt value RX28 RX40 OFF 1 T Cycle time 152 CHAPTER 8 FUNCTIONS 2 Though the periodic pulse counter function can also be performed by CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 the status of CHO Counter function detection RX25 RX3D does not change No Description 1 Counting the input pulses starts from 0 at the rising edge of CHO Selected counter function start command RY25 RY3D or CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 For CHO Selected counter function start command RY25 RY3D CHO Counter function detection RX25 RX3D turns on or off by turning on or off CHO Selected counter function start command RY25 RY3D 2 Every preset cycle time the value in CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 is stored in CHO Periodic pulse count present value RWr14 to RWr15 RWr2C to RWr2D 3 Every preset cycle time the difference of the count values between the previous one and the present one is stored in CHO Periodic pulse count difference value RWr12 to RWr13 RWr2A to RWr2B and CHO Periodic pulse count value update check RWr16 to RWr17 RWr2E to RWr2F 4 While the periodic pulse counter function is being performed set CHO Sampling counter Periodic pulse counter operation flag RWr20 b3 RWr38 b3 to Operating 1 5 CHO Update flag Periodic pulse count value RX29 RX41 turns on when CHO Periodic pulse count difference value RWr12 to
328. nt value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 is counted down from CHO Ring counter lower limit value RWw10 3 to RWw11 RWw28 to RWw29 CHO Ring counter upper limit value RWw12 to RWw13 RWw2A to RWw2B 1 is stored in CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 uonoun Jajunoo Bury Z Y 8 uonoaj s yewoy 4e UNDD 4g 109 110 2 Counting range of the ring counter One of the following three counting ranges of the ring counter is determined by the relationship among CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 CHO Ring counter lower limit value RWw10 to RWw11 RWw28 to RWw29 and CHO Ring counter upper limit value RWw12 to RWw13 RWw2A to RWw2B at the time when CHO Count enable command RY24 RY3C is turned on or when the preset replace function is performed e Ring counter lower limit value lt Present value lt Ring counter upper limit value This range is normally used e Present value lt Ring counter lower limit value or Ring counter upper limit value lt Present value e Ring counter lower limit value Ring counter upper limit value Set the ring counter upper limit value and the ring counter lower limit value according to the condition Ring counter lower limit value lt Ring counter upper limit value When CHO Count enable command RY24 RY3C is turned off then on with the condition not satisfied CHO Ring counter upper lower limit value setting error error code 0210p is stored in CH
329. nter input terminal RX2B RX43 by CHO Latch count value update flag reset command Latch counter input terminal RY2A RY42 is completed RX2A CH1 This signal turns off when CHO Latch count value update flag reset command Latch counter input terminal RY2A RY42 is turned off Latch count value update gt Controlled by the high speed counter module flag reset gt Controlled by the program completed CHO Latch count value update flag reset command Latch counter Latch counter input terminal RY2A RY42 input terminal CHO Latch count value update flag RX42 CH2 Latch counter input terminal RX2B RX43 CHO Latch count value update flag reset completed Latch counter input terminal RX2A RX42 This signal turns on when CHO Latch count value Latch counter input terminal RWr18 to RWr19 RWr30 to RWr31 is updated RX2B CH1 L gt Page 139 Section 8 7 CHO Latch count value Latch counter input terminal RWr18 to RWr19 RWr30 to RWr31 Latch count is updated without resetting this flag value update This signal turns off when CHO Latch count value update flag reset command Latch flag Latch counter input terminal RY2A RY42 is turned on counter input 4 Bh he terminal e Up to AT delay occurs until this signal turns on after CHO Latch count value Latch Te as counter input terminal RWr18 to RWr19 RWr30 to RWr31 is updated For the overview of the operation refer to the description of
330. o RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 Both for counting up and down the value in CHO Ring counter upper limit value RWw12 to RWw13 RWw2A to RWw2B is not stored in CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 For example if CHO Count enable command RY24 RY3C is turned on when CHO Ring counter lower limit value RWw10 to RWw11 RWw28 to RWw29 is 0 CHO Ring counter upper limit value RWw12 to RWw13 RWw2A to RWw2B is 2000 and CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 is 3000 the counting range and the CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 change as follows CHO Ring counter lower limit value CHO Ring counter upper limit value RWw10 to RWw11 RWw28 to RWw29 RWw12 to RWw13 RWw2A to RWw2B 0 2000 CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 3000 2147483648 2147483647 N Cou unt ing range Counting range NAAAANANS b i ANAS S CHO Ring counter CHO Ring counter CHO Present value upper limit value lower limit value RWr10 to RWr11 RWw12 to RWw13 RWWA to RWW2B RWw10 to RWw11 RWr28 to RWr29 es RWw28 to RWw29 ani 3000 3001 to 2147483647 2147483648 to 2 2001 2002 to 2998 2999 eA ULI UCIT LE The value of CHO Ring counter upper limit value RWw12 to RWw13 RWw2A to RWw2B 2000 is not stored in CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29
331. o 1823 O71EytoO71Fy Number of ON times integration Y7 0 R 1824 to 1825 0720 to 07214 value Y8 0 R 1826 to 1827 0722 to 07234 Y9 0 R 1828 to 1829 0724 to 07254 YA 0 R 1830 to 1831 0726 to 07274 YB 0 R 1832 to 1833 07284 to 07294 YC 0 R 1834 to 1835 072A to 072By YD 0 z 1836 to 1837 072Cy to 072D4 YE 0 R 1838 to 1839 072E to 072Fy YF 0 R 1840 to 2047 0730 to O7FFy System area aE 1 This is the value for when the module power supply is turned off then on or at the remote reset 2 This shows whether read or write from programs is possible R Readable W Writable Point Number of ON times integration value YO to Number of ON times integration value YF are written to a nonvolatile memory in the specified cycle CHAPTER 3 SPECIFICATIONS 3 Error history area address 0A00 to OFFF Address ore 7 Read PPS Decimal Hexadecimal 2S eRT Pera Write 2560 0A00 Error code 00004 R 2561 0A014 Order of generation 00004 R a52 0002 a e oe R 2563 0A034 Error time Month Day 0000 R 2564 0A044 Error time Hour Minute 0000 R 2565 OA05y Error time Second 00 Fixed 0000 R Sadan 2566 OA06 Error code details 1 00004 R based error 2567 0A07 Error history 1 Error code details 2 0000 R history data 2568 0A08 Error code details 3 0
332. o AT 1 delay occurs until this signal turns on after CHO Measured pulse value input termina k Function input terminal RWr1C to RWr1D RWr34 to RWr35 is updated RX4A CH2 For the overview of the operation refer to the description of CHO Measured pulse value update flag reset completed Function input terminal RX31 RX49 1 For AT4 refer to Page 302 Appendix 4 264 APPENDICES Remote input RX No Signal name Description RX33 CH1 Measured pulse value update flag reset RX4B completed Latch counter input terminal CH2 e This signal turns on when resetting CHO Measured pulse value update flag Latch counter input terminal RX34 RX4C by CHO Measured pulse value update flag reset command Latch counter input terminal RY33 RY4B is completed e This signal turns off when CHO Measured pulse value update flag reset command Latch counter input terminal RY33 RY4B is turned off Aann gt Controlled by the high speed counter module Controlled by the program CHO Measured pulse value update flag reset command Latch counter input terminal RY33 RY4B CHO Measured pulse value update flag Latch counter input terminal RX34 RX4C CHO Measured pulse value update flag reset completed Latch counter input terminal RX33 RX4B OFF RX34 CH1 Measured pulse value update RX4C flag Latch counter input termin
333. odule Thus the remote register information is initialized by turning off then on the power supply of the high speed counter module CHAPTER 3 SPECIFICATIONS 3 7 List of Remote Buffer Memory This section lists remote buffer memory areas of the high speed counter module The remote buffer memory areas of the main module and extension module are assigned as shown below Main module Extension module 1 Ex Example of the remote buffer memory in the manual Coincidence output comparison condition setting address 0102n A to Address of a high speed counter module For details on the remote buffer memory refer to the following e Details of Remote Buffer Memory Addresses lt gt Page 285 Appendix 3 For details on the remote buffer memory of the connected extension module refer to the following Setting item User s manual for the connected extension module O Available x Unavailable Buffer memory address Access method CC IE Field jai sige le A gt a E E Area Description P instruction im x im nfiguration g ecima exadecima contiguratio REMTO z of GX Works2 A S instruction a oO 0 to 255 0000 to OOFF Station based parameter data w 256 to 511 0100
334. ogic Initial value Set any response time CH1 Function input response time setting Set any response time CH1 Latch counter input response time setting Set any response time CH1 Pulse measurement setting Function input terminal 0 Pulse ON Width Initial value CH1 Pulse measurement setting Latch counter input terminal 1 Pulse OFF Width Set the initial values for the parameters in CH2 and the extension output module b Extended parameter remote buffer memory setting Set the extended parameter remote buffer memory only when using the cam switch function Set it to operate Cam switch output 1 for CH1 Present value as shown below Present to value 100 to 250 to 00 to 1550 to 700 to 850 to Output 1 OFF L__ Setting item Setting details Cam switch function step type Output 1 0 Starts with output status being OFF Cam switch function number of steps Output 1 6 Cam switch function step No 1 setting Output 1 100 Cam switch function step No 2 setting Output 1 250 Cam switch function step No 3 setting Output 1 400 Cam switch function step No 4 setting Output 1 550 Cam switch function step No 5 setting Output 1 700 Cam switch function step No 6 setting Output 1 850 Point The setting value in the item related to the cam switch function is enabled when CHO Cam switch execute comman
335. ohibited RY30 SA Function input terminal RX31 CH1 Measured pulse value update flag reset RY31 CH1 Measured pulse value update flag reset completed Function input terminal command Function input terminal RX32 CH1 Measured pulse value update flag RY32 CH1 Pulse measurement start command Function input terminal Latch counter input terminal RX33 CH1 Measured pulse value update flag reset RY33 CH1 Measured pulse value update flag reset completed Latch counter input terminal command Latch counter input terminal CH1 Measured pulse value update flag mp RX34 j RY34 Use prohibited Latch counter input terminal CH1 ON width setting change completed CH1 ON width setting change request RX35 RY35 PWM output PWM output RX36 CH1 Error status RY36 CH1 Error reset command RX37 CH1 Warning status RY37 Use prohibited RX38 Use prohibited RY38 CH2 Coincidence output enable command RX39 CH2 Preset replace completion RY39 CH2 Preset replace command RX3A Use prohibited RY3A CH2 Count down command RX3B CH2 External preset replace Z Phase request RY3B CH2 External preset replace Z Phase request detection detection reset command Main RX3C Use prohibited RY3C CH2 Count enable command module RX3D CH2 Counter function detection RY3D CH2 Selected counter function start command CH2 Cam switch execute command PWM RX3E CH2 Cam switch execute PWM output RY3E output start command RX3F CH2 Setting change completed RY3F CH2 Setting change request Sampling c
336. ommand RY26 RY3E is turned off then on 284 APPENDICES Appendix 3 Details of Remote Buffer Memory Addresses The following shows details of remote buffer memory addresses 1 Station based parameter data address 00014 Address err Name Description Default CH1 CH2 Set the mode for all channels A e When a value out of the setting range is set a moderate error error code 0180p occurs When a value out of the setting range is set the module operates in the automatical judgment mode The following shows the setting range Setting value Mode setting 0000 Mode switch setting 0 Normal mode 9 9 Automatical judgment mode e The reflection timing of the setting value e When Initial data setting request flag RY9 is turned off then on To operate the module following the set value turning off and on module power supply or remote reset is necessary e Set the input response time of the extension input module e The following shows the setting range gt Input response ke Setting value i time 3y 2ms 2 is 44 5ms 2 00014 Input response time 00054 z setting 5H 10ms o 6p 20ms a TH 70ms w S The reflection timing of the setting value T When Initial data setting request flag RY9 is turned off then on When an extension I O module is not installed this setting is ignored 3 lt gt Qa a a D n 285 2 Sta
337. on 1 Cam Switch Function 3 Set a channel to be compared for Coincidence output 1 to 4 channel assignment setting 4 Setthe comparison condition for Coincidence output 1 to 4 comparison condition setting 0 Coincidence Output 1 Within range Output 2 Out ofrange Output 5 Set 1 Present value replaced for Preset replace setting at coincidence output Coincidence output 1 to 2 0 P value not replaced 1 Pres value replaced CHAPTER 8 FUNCTIONS 2 Operation example of the preset replace at coincidence output function The following figure shows an operation example in which the preset value 0 or 200 is stored to the present value when the present value reaches Point setting Coincidence output 1 1000 Note that the comparison condition of Coincidence output 1 is set to coincidence output and it is assigned to CH1 A gt Controlled by the high speed counter module gt Controlled by the program i CH1 Present value RWr10 to RWr11 i T 200 7 0 i Point setting Coincidence output 1 1000 r r r RWw0 to RWw1 mi TE CH1 Preset value setting ot X 00 RWw14 to RWw15 yt fem i voa beta JON i i Coincidence output 1 RX10 Bee ni iay s Ja bert i ON Reset command Coincidence output 1 RY10 OFF 3 a k t1 1 1t 2 AT No Description 1 When CH1 Present value RWr10 to RWr1
338. on Up to 200kHz of the PWM waveform can be output The duty ratio can be set by 0 1us and this enables precise output control The PWM output function enables controls such as dimming control according to duty ratio modification Example Lighting control N H Lighting dimmer Lighting brighter S Duty ratio 50 Duty ratio 80 n Lighting can be controlled by changing the duty ratio 21 22 9 CC Link IE Field Network synchronous communication function Using this function the high speed counter module updates the count value in synchronization with the operation cycle of a simple motion module This enables the high speed counter module to operate at the same timing of slave stations on the same network CHAPTER 2 PART NAMES CHAPTER 2 PART NAMES This chapter describes the part names of the high speed counter module evra 4 1 Do not remove this seal because it is used for a maintenance purpose 23 No Name Description Station number setting switch A rotary switch for the following setting and test e Station Number Setting L gt Page 59 Section 6 1 e Unit Test gt Page 244 Section 11 4 When operating the station number setting switch use a slotted screwdriver with 3 5mm or less width of the tip PW LED green Indicates the power supply status of the module
339. on flag 0 Not operating 20 38 Status 1 Operating 0000 Frequency measurement flag 0 Not operating 1 Operating Rotation speed measurement flag 0 Not operating 1 Operating Pulse measurement flag Function input terminal 0 Not operating 1 Operating Pulse measurement flag Latch counter input terminal 0 Not operating 1 Operating e When Initial data setting request flag RY9 is turned off then on the value in this area is cleared sJa sibay a owey jo sjiejaq Z xipueddy 277 6 Remote registers RWr21 to RWr23 RWr39 to RWr3B Address RWr Item Description Default CH1 CH2 This area stores the input statuses of phase Z the function the latch counter phase A and phase B of the external I O connector b15 b14 b13 b12 b11 b10 b9 b8 b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 bi b0 o o0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 e a gt Phase Z input Ke A v i 0 fixed 1 ON Function input status 0 OFF 1 ON Latch counter input status 0 OFF 1 ON Phase A input i stat 21 39 External input status OR OEE 00004 1 ON Phase B input status 0 OFF 1 ON e When CHO Operation mode setting address 01204 01401 is set to either of Frequency Measurement Mode 1 Rotation Speed Measurement Mode 2 or PWM Output Mode 4 Function input status RWr21 b1 RWr39 b1 is always OFF 0 e Wit
340. on ses nab e PR ee 17 Bending radius of the Ethernet cable 71 Calculating current consumption 34 Cam switch function 00 129 Cam switch output channel assignment setting address OT OD sits focal soak aed Slave ace wa ete tA eee 288 Cam switch output signal RWr2 274 Cam switch output terminal status RWr3 274 Cam switch output unit assignment setting address O104 ween Sai eee dat bai bees 288 CC Link IE Field Network diagnostic function 190 CC Link IE Field Network synchronous communication TUNCHHON 2 2 0 cece aan D Gite Stee gag aca ARE 160 Channel assignment Coincidence output 1 to 4 address 0600p 222000 eee eee eee 293 Checking for the error codes and the warning codes ws Sacto aan Ota rt ah cata nal EAA Seal owe erm ENA E 221 Checking by CHO Latest error code RWr22 RWr3A olga ee nee eta Aik ee tg gee ae hes 223 Checking by CHO Latest warning code RWr23 RWISB o ais edie he ep hee eh ewe Res 223 Checking by executing a command of the slave station o higaifa eis aba ee hata ae alate gaa le Aes hls 221 Checking the LEDs 241 CHO Cam switch execute command PWM output start command RY26 RY3E 0000 270 CHO Cam switch execute PWM output RX26 RX3E A ohm ct ites bs cot A that eat atin O00 Baits ee nt ANS 260 CHO Coincidence output enable command RY20 RY38 o ccs Guava Ale ackate ox padi ea Pa hts 268 CHO Coun
341. on is for explanation purpose only and should not be referred to as an actual documentation CHAPTER 7 VARIOUS SETTINGS is used for mmm screen names and items 7 1 1 setting method The chapter of 1 Setting garameters the current page is shown 1 shows operating Qperatin procedure 1 Open the PLC Parameter ialog box procedures WO J Project window gt Parameter gt IJPLC parameter Select the I O Assignment tab W shows mouse cas A 4 n e operations z 2 is used for items z AET in the menu bar and the project window item Description Reference Te Select the ype of he connected module Page 74 Seton 7 12 Model Nome Sekt the model name of the connected ale Page 74 Section 713 Pons Sette numberof pats assigned each Set Page 74 Sesion 714 Start XY Specify a start VO number for each slot Page 74 Section 7 1 5 Sich Satina Configure the switch setting of the built in I O or intelligent function modules Page 74 Section 7 1 6 x3 a Tae Out ate an EE o The section of Detaled setes i tion Ed 7 pec ene ome bs H i the current page is shown Setting Start X Y enables modification on the start I O numbers assigned to connected modules z5 Ex shows setting or Ex vnen 1000 is specified in Start X Y to the slot where a 16 point module is connected the assignment operating example
342. on speed measurement RWw19 RWw31 is setto 3 CHO Count enable command RY24 RY3C 1 A i i 10000 f Rotation speed I Toh Remote register 5000 A CHO Measured rotation 1 1 storage speed value ile u gt 2nd storage RWr1A to RWr1B W 1 Et gt 3rd storage RWr32 to RWr33 0 gt Time T Time unit 1st storage 1 2 3 3 5000 7000 8000 3 6667 2nd storage 2 3 4 3 7000 8000 8000 3 7667 3rd storage 3 4 5 3 8000 8000 4000 3 6667 168 CHAPTER 8 FUNCTIONS 6 Operation example of the rotation speed measurement function The following figure shows an operation example with the following settings CHO Time unit setting Rotation speed measurement RWw18 RWw30 0 01s CHO Moving average count Rotation speed measurement RWw19 RWw31 3 CHO Number of pulses per rotation RWw1A to RWw1B RWw32 to RWw33 1000 aie gt Controlled by the high speed counter module Controlled by the program ON CHO Count enable command RY24 RY3C OFF S i CHO Time unit setting Rotation speed measurement RWw18 RWw30 a 0 CHO Moving average count i i Rotation speed measurement l r 3 RWw19 RWw31 m CHO Number of pulses per rotation i i E 1000 RWw1A to RWw1B RWw32 to RWw33 10000 Rotation speed 5000 7 pea gt Time
343. operation refer to Page 254 Appendix 1 1 e Turn on this signal to reset CHO Update flag Sampling count value RX29 Update flag RX41 reset command e When this signal is turned on CHO Update flag Sampling count value RX29 Sampling count i L RX41 turns off After resetting is completed CHO Update flag reset completed value Sampling count value RX28 RX40 turns on For the overview of the operation refer to Page 254 Appendix 1 1 e Turn on this signal to reset CHO Update flag Periodic pulse count value RX29 RY40 CH2 Update flag RX41 reset command e When this signal is turned on CHO Update flag Periodic pulse count value Periodic pulse i L RX29 RX41 turns off After resetting is completed CHO Update flag reset count value completed Periodic pulse count value RX28 RX40 turns on For the overview of the operation refer to Page 254 Appendix 1 1 e Turn on this signal to reset CHO Latch count value update flag Latch counter Lateh count input terminal RX2B RX43 inpu i A RY2A CH1 value update P a fag res t When this signal is turned on CHO Latch count value update flag Latch counter f input terminal RX2B RX43 turns off After resetting is completed CHO Latch command pY inal ym ve P count value update flag reset completed Latch counter input terminal RX2A RY42 CH2 Latch counter input terminal RX42 turns on For the overview of the operation refer to Page 254 App
344. orrect A value other than 00b to 10b is set in CHO Z phase Set CHO Z phase input CHO Z phase input response time response time setting address i setting address 01294 b0 01294 b0 to b1 01494 b0 t 824p Moderate onor input response g H La H co H o time setting to b1 01494 b0 to b1 b1 to a value between 00b and error O indicates the channel 10b and turn off then on Initial where settings are data setting request flag RYQ incorrect A value other than 00b to 10b is set in CHO ae i Set CHO Function input Function input response X CHO Function response time setting address input Misra ne adress 01294 b2 to b3 01494 b2 to 08254 Moderate error MPUETesponse 9499 b2 to b3 01494 b2 13 H eH time setting to b3 b3 to a value between 00b and error N 10b and turn off then on Initial O indicates the channel where settings are incorrect data setting request flag RY9 237 SI 8POD JOA SLL Operation of when an error Error code aa Description and occurs k Classification Error name Action hexadecimal cause The other Error CH CHs A value other than 00b to 10b is set in CHO Latch is a E Set CHO Latch counter input counter input response CHO Latch response time setting address counter input time setting address 01294 b4 to b5 01494 b4 to 08264 Moderate error 0129 b4 to b5 01494 b4 13 response time to b5 b5 to a value betwe
345. ounter When 1 Ring Counter is selected for CHO Counter format pulses are counted repeatedly within the range between CHO Ring counter lower limit value RWw10 to RWw11 RWw28 to RWw29 and CHO Ring counter upper limit value RWw12 to RWw13 RWw2A to RWw2B specified by the user The overflow and underflow errors do not occur under the ring counter function The preset replace function and the comparison output function can be used together under the ring counter function as well as under the linear counter function The following figure shows the relationship among CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 CHO Ring counter lower limit value RWw10 to RWw11 RWw28 to RWw29 and CHO Ring counter upper limit value RWw12 to RWw13 RWw2A to RWw2B 2147483647 CHO Ring counter upper limit value RWw12 to RWw13 RWw2A to RWw2B CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 CHO Ring counter lower limit value RWw10 to RWw11 RWw28 to RWw29 2147483648 ari ede esses eanan ESA No Description When CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 is counted up from CHO Ring counter upper limit value RWw12 1 to RWw13 RWw2A to RWw2B 1 CHO Ring counter lower limit value RWw10 to RWw11 RWw28 to RWw29 is stored in CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 2 Count up pulse input is changed to count down pulse input When CHO Prese
346. ounter Periodic pulse counter Sampling counter Periodic pulse counter CH2 Update flag reset completed Latch count CH2 Update flag reset command Latch count RX40 value Sampling count value Periodic pulse RY40 value Sampling count value Periodic pulse count value count value CH2 Update flag Latch count value Sampling ath RX41 ne RY41 Use prohibited count value Periodic pulse count value RX42 CH2 Latch count value update flag reset RY42 CH2 Latch count value update flag reset completed Latch counter input terminal command Latch counter input terminal CH2 Latch count value update flag a RX43 f RY43 Use prohibited Latch counter input terminal RX4A CH2 Update flag reset completed Measured RY44 CH2 Update flag reset command Measured frequency value Measured rotation speed value frequency value Measured rotation speed value CH2 Update flag Measured frequency RX45 RY45 Use prohibited value Measured rotation speed value RX46 Use prohibited RY46 Use prohibited RX47 Use prohibited RY47 Use prohibited 40 CHAPTER 3 SPECIFICATIONS Remote input signal direction High speed counter Remote output signal direction Master local Module module Master local module module High speed counter module type Device TON Device ae Description Description number number ie CH2 Pulse measurement start command RX48 Use prohibited RY48 at Function input terminal RX49 CH2 Measured pulse
347. ounter module s For details refer to the following Drive mode switch 3 Page 102 Section 8 2 101 8 2 Drive Mode Switch The drive modes of the high speed counter module are the normal mode asynchronous communication mode and synchronous communication mode The following table lists the type and the operation of the mode Type Operation Normal mode asynchronous The present value is updated with reference to the internal control cycle of the high speed counter communication mode module The present value is updated in synchronization with the operation cycle of a simple motion Synchronous communication mode module The drive mode can be selected by setting Mode switch setting address 00004 Note that the synchronous communication mode can be used only when the following conditions are met If the conditions are met the high speed counter module operates in the synchronous communication mode e Mode switch setting address 0000p is set to Automatical judgment mode 9 e The high speed counter module is connected to the simple motion module with a serial number first five digits of 15092 or later 1 Setting procedure 1 Set Parameter write for Method selection CC IE Field Configuration window gt Select a high speed counter module in List of stations gt CC IE Field Configuration gt Online gt Parameter Processing of Slave Station 2 Set Mode s
348. ower limit value setting Coincidence output 1 RWw0 to RWw1 and Upper limit value setting Coincidence output Setting change 1 RWw2 to RWw3 are reflected to the high speed counter module by Setting change RX15 completed request Coincidence output 1 RY14 Coincidence output 2 For Coincidence output 1 Setting change completed Coincidence output 1 RX14 turns off when Setting change request Coincidence output 1 RY14 is turned off e For Coincidence output 2 to 4 each corresponding remote I O signals and remote register RWw are used Setting change gt Controlled by the high speed counter module RX16 completed Controlled by the program Coincidence output 3 Setting change request ON adalah nae OFF Point setting Coincidence output 1 to 4 1 Lower limit value setting i i Coincidence output 1 to 4 0 4 1000 RWw0 to RWw1 RWw4 to RWw5 t Setting change RWw8 to RWw9 RWwC to RWwD i i RX17 completed Upper limit value setting Coincidence output 1 to 4 7 7 RWw2 to RWw3 RWw6 to RWw7 0 i 2000 Coincidence output 4 RWwA to RWwB RWwE to RWwF T Setting change completed N O o3 a Carrae OFF 4 This signal turns on when the external power supply monitoring function is enabled by turning on External power supply monitor request flag RY1F e This signal turns off when the external power supply monitoring function is disabled by turning off External power supply monitor request flag RY1F ieee gt Controlled
349. owing Page 126 Section 8 5 3 Is the interval of AT 1 or longer taken between change in the setting in CHO Preset value setting RWw14 to RWw15 RWw2C to RWw2D and the execution of preset Set the interval of AT or longer between change in the setting in CHO Preset value setting RWw14 to RWw15 RWw2C to RWw2D and the execution of preset 4 For AT4 refer to the following Page 302 Appendix 4 3 When the cam switch function does not perform normal operation a When Cam switch output signal RWr2 does not turn on or off Check item Action Is the cam switch output assigned properly Review the settings in Cam switch output unit assignment setting address 01044 and Cam switch output channel assignment setting address 0105p For the step setting is the minimum setting width of the ON OFF status proper Review the minimum setting width of the ON OFF status referring to the following L gt Page 129 Section 8 5 4 Is the step setting within the count range of the ring counter when Review the step setting and set steps within the count range of the the counter format is the ring counter ring counter b When only the output Y0 to YF of the extension output module does not turn on Check item Is the external power supply for the extension output module on Action Turn on the external power supply for the extension output module Is the extern
350. p to O1F Fy Main module cy Parameter area Module based O O 512 to 767 0200 to O2FFy Extension module 1 g parameter data 5 768 to 1279 03004 to O4FFy System area 8 1280 to 1535 0500p to OSFFY System area 1536 to 1791 0600 to O6FF Main module Monitoring area Module based x O 1792 to 2047 07004 to O7FF s i Extension module 1 monitoring data 2048 to 2559 0800 to O9FFy System area 2560 to 4095 OAOO to OFFFy Error history area Station based error history data oO O 4096 to 4351 1000 to 10FFy Station based control data 4352 to 4607 1100 to 11FFy Module control data System area Module based x O 4608 to 4863 1200p to 12FF 4 area i Extension module 1 control data 4864 to 5375 1300 to 14FFY System area Extended 5376 to 8191 1500 to 1FFF s Cam switch function parameter data x O parameter area 45 1 1 For the REMFR and REMTO instructions refer to the following T User s manual for the master local module used 2 For the access method refer to the following Parameter area gt Page 84 Section 7 1 Error history area gt Page 221 Section 11 1 Point Do not access the system area using the REMFR or REMTO instruction Doing so may cause the module to malfunction Parameter area address 0000 to 04FF For the parameter area parameters can be set using the CC IE Field configuration of GX Works2 or using the REMTO instruction The parameter in the pa
351. peration mode 0 1601 06414 CH2 Selected counter function 0 1602 to 1791 06424 to O6FF System area _ Module based monitoring data The remote buffer memory of the connected rong 1792 to 2047 07004 to O7FFy MOS anelnae Mee extension extension module is assigned module 1 2048 to 2559 0800 to O9FFy System area 49 Aowa Jang ajowsey jo 3S7 2 a Monitoring area of the extension module The remote buffer memory differs depending on the model of the extension module Extension input module NZ2EX2B1 16D Address ae A Read Decimal Hexadecimal easiciiaies parauk Write 1792 07004 Extension module identification code 00004 R 1793 to 2047 07014 to 07FF System area 1 This is the value for when the module power supply is turned off then on or at the remote reset 12 This shows whether read or write from programs is possible R Readable W Writable e Extension output module NZ2EX2B1 16T NZ2EX2B1 16TE Address AA 7 Read Decimal Hexadecimal TREN ciel Write 2 1792 0700 Extension module identification code 0000 R 1793 to 1807 07014 to O70F System area Sp 1808 to 1809 07104 to 07114 Yo 0 R eonen nke a A 1812 to 1813 0714p to 07154 Y2 0 R aoee aeaa A 1816 to 1817 0718 to 07194 Y4 0 R 1818 to 1819 071A to 071By Y5 0 1820 to 1821 071C to 071D Y6 0 R 1822 t
352. r ae ar B Set Cam switch function Cam switch x number of steps Output 16 K function number of steps function Output 16 address address 1C81 to a value 03664 Moderate error number of steps 7 3 between 0 and 16 and turn off 230 setting error Output 16 1081 O indicates the channel where settings are incorrect then on CHO Cam switch execute command RY26 RY3E CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING Operation of when an error Error code ASS gah Description and occurs N Classification Error name Action hexadecimal cause The other Error CH CHs A val ther than 0 and 1 a ue eae a an Set Cam switch function step is set in Cam switch Cam switch i type Output 1 address functi t function stap BS uN 1500p to 0 or 1 and turn off 03914 Moderate error UNCON SEP 1 address 1500p 7 3 H i type setting indicates the channel then on CHO Cam switch error Output 1 execute command RY26 where settings are i RY3E incorrect A val ther than 0 and 1 ii ne me an on Set Cam switch function step g is set in Cam switch Cam switch i type Output 9 address functi t funtion step type Output 1900p to 0 or 1 and turn off 01399 Moderate error UNCNOM SP 9 address 1900p 7 3 H i type setting indicates the channe then on CHO Cam switch error Output 9 3 execute command RY26 where settings are RY3E incorrect Avalug other
353. r error 1 parameter network parameter was in parameter correctly access error the incorrect status Set C itch output unit Cam switch A value other than 0 and 1 bao eu pameni utun isset in Carn snitch outbut assignment setting address 0340 Moderate error bat P me a p 13 0104p to 0 or 1 and turn off assignment unit assignment setting setting error address 01044 then on Initial data setting request flag RY9 226 CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING Operation of when an error Error code PEE da Description and occurs N Classification Error name Action hexadecimal cause The other Error CH CHs Th tting in C i ne ing We Operon Take the following actions and output setting address me a turn off then on Initial data 0100p is in one of the gt setting request flag RY9 following cases j Comparison A value other than 0 and r Set ompa SOn oupi 08004 Moderate error output setting AiG act 13 setting address 01004 to 0 error mee or 1 olf t th ey ey A Set CHO Operation mode SHES Operationmode setting address 0120 setting address 01204 cate Pe f Hr 0140p is other than 0 ite ea aat Aval hertan 06 30 Set Cyclic data update watch Yona f a a is Sr anze time setting address 00034 to update watch is set in Cyclic data update 08504 Moderate error j 13 a value between 0 and 20 and time setting watch time setting i x turn off
354. r function to be used CH1 Counter function selection 0 Count Di CH1 Function input logic setting 0 Positive CH1 Latch counter input logic s 0 Positive 0 Count Disable Function CH1 Z phase input response ti 2 OFF gt O 1 Latch Counter Function 7 ETS F z 2 Sampling Counter Function eel RUN OLON Inputresponse tiz 2 OFF gt 0 13 Periodic Pulse Counter Function CH1 Latch counter input respo 2 OFF gt 0 la Count disable Presetireplace Function CH1 Pulse measurement setti 5 Latch counter Presetireplace Function 141 uogoaj S uoun 4aJUNDD g g 142 Point In the counter function selection a delay occurs before the start of the selected function due to any of the following factors Input response time of CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 Scan time of the program for CHO Selected counter function start command RY25 RY3D e Link scan time of the network for CHO Selected counter function start command RY25 RY3D Internal control cycle in the high speed counter module for CHO Selected counter function start command RY25 RY3D The count errors by these delays are as follows e Count error maximum which occurs when a function is performed by CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 Function input response time setting max ms 4 1000 s x Pulse input speed pps Count er
355. r local module used Remote Operation The selected station can be reset through the remote operation Page 192 Section 8 24 1 a 4 Selected Station Communication Status Monitor which appears at the bottom right in the window indicates the communication status of the high speed counter module For the error and warning for the high speed counter module refer to the following Checking for The Error Codes and the Warning Codes _ Page 221 Section 11 1 Point Some of items cannot be diagnosed depending on the master local module or the simple motion module used For details refer to the following User s manual for the master local module used e I MELSEC Q QD77GF Simple Motion Module User s Manual Network 191 uoyoun4 dSOUbeIq OMN PIO Al AUIT OO 28 a Remote operation 1 Select a slave station to be reset and click the Remote operation button CC IE Field Diagnostics oo l Data link unperformed Select Diagnostics Destination Operation Test Selected Station Communication Status Monitor N22GFCF D62PD2 Station No 1 No Error Mode Online Selected Station Operation 3 Click the MELSOFT Application i 192 CHAPTER 9 PROGRAMMING CHAPTER 9 PROGRAMMING This chapter describes the basic programs of the high speed counter module 9 1 Precautions for Programming This section describes precautions to create CC Link IE Field Network programs
356. r reset command RY36 RY4E that are already turned on when this signal turns off are recognized as they are turned on right after this signal turns off When Initial data processing request flag RX8 is off and at the rising state of either of Coincidence output 1 or Coincidence output 2 for which the preset replace at coincidence output function is enabled from the comparison result at when this signal turns off the count value is replaced with the preset value However this operation is performed only when Comparison output setting address 01004 is set to Coincidence Output Function 0 and CHO Operation mode setting address 01204 01404 is set to Normal Mode 0 e If an error occurs such as when a value out of the setting range of the remote register RWw or the remote buffer memory is detected this signal does not turn off even if Initial data setting request flag RYQ is turned off This signal remains on In this case remove the error cause and turn on then off Initial data setting request flag RY9 In addition the OFF time must be longer than AT 1 11 For AT4 refer to Page 302 Appendix 4 APPENDICES Remote input Signal name Description RX No E P This signal turns on when CHO Error status RX36 RX4E turns on This signal turns off when CHO Error status RX36 RX4E turns off ps3 gt Controlled by the high speed
357. r29 counted within the preset cycle time 1ms ear gt Controlled by the high speed counter module Controlled by the program ON 7 CHO Count enable command RY24 RY3C OFF 200 200 CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 100 CHO Selected counter function start command Gre h i i 8 RY25 RY3D 2 s i i i 1 ON 4 i i f ie CHO Counter function detection OFF i i i 4 RX25 RX3D i i f ia es Tio Too mo 4 earn rie pie pi m 200 200 i oOo 100 Os i CHO Periodic pulse count difference value 0 i i RWr12 to RWr13 RWr2A to RWr2B ott 100 i D i i 180 a 200 i i i rot a ee ee 200 200 i ee CHO Periodic pulse count present value 100 fei i RWr14 to RWr15 RWr2C to RWr2D 100 80 i 20 i hefi 0 l 200 3 i 200 it 100 r 80 l ii CHO Periodic pulse count value update check boa RWr16 to RWr17 RWr2E to RWr2F o ba 1 eS NS p720 100 i OO 180 root 200 i i ria CHO Sampling counter 4 ON i Periodic pulse counter operation flag i RWr20 b3 RWr38 b3 OFF ON i CHO Update flag Periodic pulse count value 5 RX29 RX41 OFF CHO Update flag reset command Periodic pulse count value RY28 RY40 OFF CHO Update flag reset completed Periodic pulse cou
358. rameter area is backed up to the nonvolatile memory The parameter backed up to the nonvolatile memory is read to the parameter area when the module power supply is turned off then on or the module returns from remote reset If the parameter is written from the parameter setting of the CC IE Field configuration of GX Works2 it is also written to the nonvolatile memory at that time When the parameter is written using the REMTO instruction it is written to the nonvolatile memory when Initial data setting request flag RY9 is turned off then on At this time the parameter is written to the nonvolatile memory even though it is incorrect When the power supply is turned off then on with an incorrect parameter written the incorrect parameter is read from the nonvolatile memory and an error code is stored to CHO Latest error code RWr22 RWr3A Take corrective action according to the error code list gt Page 224 Section 11 2 Address wn 7 Read Wigs Decimal Hexadecimal pal cat peau Write 0 0000 Mode switch setting 9 R W 1 00014 Input response time setting 00054 R W es 2 0002 Output HOLD CLEAR setting 0000 R W 3 00034 Cyclic data update watch time setting 0 R W 4 to 255 00044 to OOFFy System area 256 01004 Comparison output setting 0 R W 257 0101H Coincidence output channel assignment setting 00004 R W 258 01024 Coincidence output comparison condition setting 00004 R W 259 0103H Preset replace se
359. ransmission loss causing data link to fail e Check the following e The Ethernet cable is securely connected The Ethernet cable is not shorted The connectors are securely connected b Broken cable latch Do not use Ethernet cables with broken latches Doing so may cause the cable to unplug or malfunction c Connecting and disconnecting the Ethernet cable Hold the connector part when connecting and disconnecting the Ethernet cable Pulling the cable connected to the module may result in damage to the module or cable or malfunction due to poor contact d Connectors without the Ethernet cable To prevent dust from entering the module attach the provided connector cover e Maximum station to station distance Maximum Ethernet cable length The maximum station to station distance is 100m However the distance may be shorter depending on the operating environment of the cable For details contact the manufacturer of the cables used f Bending radius of the Ethernet cable There are restrictions on the bending radius of the Ethernet cable Check the bending radius in the specifications of the Ethernet cables used lqe9 JoUJaU Jo Buu 9 71 6 6 Wiring of Connectors for External Devices This section describes how to wire the high speed counter module with an encoder or a controller 6 6 1 Wiring precautions 72 To obtain the maximum performance from the functions of the high speed counter module an
360. reset command Sampling count value RY28 RY40 is turned on the high speed counter module turns off CHO Update flag Sampling count value RX29 RX41 and turns on CHO Update flag reset completed Sampling count value 6 RX28 RX40 After that CHO Update flag reset completed Sampling count value RX28 RX40 turns off when CHO Update flag reset command Sampling count value RY28 RY40 is turned off Although the sampling counter function operates regardless of the ON OFF status of CHO Count enable command RY24 RY3C CHO Sampling count value RWr12 to RWr13 RWr2A to RWr2B is not counted while CHO Count enable command RY24 RY3C 7 is off At the end of the sampling period after CHO Count enable command RY24 RY3C is turned off CHO Sampling counter Periodic pulse counter operation flag RWr20 b3 RWr38 b3 is set to Not operating 0 and CHO Update flag Sampling count value RX29 RX41 turns on 150 Point The sampling counter function cannot be performed while CHO Selected counter function start command RY25 RY3D or CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 is on even if the other is turned on By turning off both CHO Selected counter function start command RY25 RY3D and CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 and then turning on one of them during the operation of the sampling counter function the pulses are counted from 0 again though the sampling period is continually measured Dependin
361. reset value setting RWw14 to RWw15 RWw2C to RWw2D until the value is replaced since there are maximum of AT delay until change in the preset value is reflected When the latch counter function is performed by CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 the operation response time follows CHO Function input response time setting address 01294 b2 to b3 0149 b2 to b3 Since CHO Latch count value RWr12 to RWr13 RWr2A to RWr2B is updated synchronizing with the internal control cycle a maximum of delay time shown below occurs until the acquired value is stored AT Setting time of CHO Function input response time setting address 0129 b2 to b3 0149 b2 to b3 gi For ATy refer to Page 302 Appendix 4 159 uonouny soejdeujeseid jo unoD yole7 pL g 8 15 CC Link IE Field Network Synchronous Communication Function With this function CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 is updated in synchronization with the operation cycle of a simple motion module This enables the high speed counter module to operate at the same timing of other slave stations on the same network Point This function can be used only when a simple motion module is used for the master station and Mode switch setting is set to 9 Automatical judgment mode 1 Applicable module and software The table below lists modules and software required to use the CC Link IE Field Network synchronous communication functio
362. ress 0003 will be ignored b Restrictions on the network parameter settings RWw RWr Set the network parameters RWw RWr so that RWw3F RWr3F are assigned to use the synchronous communication function CHAPTER 8 FUNCTIONS 3 Operation using the CC Link IE Field Network synchronous communication function CHO Present value is updated in every operation cycle of a simple motion module The following figure shows an example Ex Operation timing when the operation cycle of a simple motion module is 0 88ms _ gt Updating CH1 Present value pa ae gees gt Updating CH2 Present value 0 88ms Operation cycle of the simple motion module 1 2 3 4 CH1 Count value 100 nd 101 107 N 108 CH2 Count value 200 x 201 nd 202 CH1 Present value RWr10 to RWr11 CH2 Present value NS Soo N SN x RWr28 to RWr29 0 X 201 X 203 X 205 X No Description 1 to 4 CHO Count value is latched in every operation cycle of a simple motion module The latched CHO Count value is stored in CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 in the next operation cycle 1 to 4 a SB SW signals used with the CC Link IE Field Network synchronous communication function To check the operating status of the high speed counter module synchronous or asynchronous use the following link special register SW on the master station e Synchronous asynchronous opera
363. rolled by the high speed counter module o 2 4 6 he ON ON ON X OFF JEN Ma ON oN OFF ri 6 y H A a a ON ce i oF gt fo nf s 10 i gt j4 gt 4 tri i t1 1 t1 0 i 9 fw 0 oo 999 1000 HOOT rei ON OFF 4 t2 AT CHAPTER 8 FUNCTIONS No Description 1 Start comparison of the present value and a value set to Point setting Coincidence output 1 RWw0 to RWw1 in the following order 1 Write 1000 into Point setting Coincidence output 1 RWw0 to RWw 1 2 Turn off then on Setting change request Coincidence output 1 RY14 3 The values set in Point setting Coincidence output 1 RWw0 to RWw1 are enabled when Setting change completed Coincidence output 1 RX14 turns on After confirming that Setting change completed Coincidence output 1 RX14 turns on turn off Setting change request Coincidence output 1 RY14 2 When CH1 Present value RWr10 to RWr11 is less than Point setting Coincidence output 1 RWw0 to RWw1 the value in Counter value smaller Coincidence output 1 RWr0 b0 is 1 3 When Reset command Coincidence output 1 RY10 is turned on Coincidence output 1 RX10 and the coincidence output 1 terminal EQU1 turn off 4 Turn off then on CH1 Count enable command RY24 to start counting 5 If performing coincidence o
364. ror e When 0 Linear Counter is selected for CHO Counter format the underflow error occurs at counting down from 2147483648 lower limit value in CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 and the overflow error occurs at counting up from 2147483647 upper limit value If the overflow error occurs CHO Overflow detection flag RWr20 b2 RWr38 b2 is set to Detected 1 and CHO Overflow underflow error error code O02004 is stored in CHO Latest error code RWr22 RWr3A Then the counting stops The value in CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 does not change from 2147483647 even when pulses are input If the underflow error occurs CHO Underflow detection flag RWr20 b1 RWr38 b1 is set to Detected 1 and CHO Overflow underflow error error code 0200p is stored in CHO Latest error code RWr22 RWr3A Then the counting stops The value in CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 does not change from 2147483648 even when pulses are input e An overflow and underflow error is cleared by the preset replace function After CHO Overflow detection flag RWr20 b2 RWr38 b2 and CHO Underflow detection flag RWr20 b1 RWr38 b1 are set to Not detected 0 the counting resumes Though CHO Latest error code RWr22 RWr3A is held until it is reset Reset CHO Latest error code RWr22 RWr3A by CHO Error reset command RY36 RY4E CHAPTER 8 FUNCTIONS 8 4 2 Ring counter function 1 Operation of the ring c
365. ror maximum which occurs when a function is performed by CHO Selected counter function start command RY25 RY3D When the master module is the QJ71GF11 T2 with Block Data Assurance per Station set and in the asynchronous mode SM X n2 ms LS x 2 ms AT1 ms 3 1000 s X Pulse input speed pps SM Scan time of the program in the master station LS Link scan time n2 Value obtained from LS SM The value after the decimal point shall be rounded up For the sampling counter function and the periodic pulse counter function a sampling periodic time error due to a component error 100ppm occurs The count error is as follows 100 ppm Sampling periodic time s 2 x pling periodic time S x S500000 x Pulse input speed pps t 1 Pulse input speed pps pulse input frequency Hz x number of multiples count 2 Sampling periodic time s Sampling periodic time setting value x Sampling periodic time unit s When the sampling periodic time unit setting is 1 ms the sampling periodic time is 0 001 s When the unit setting is 10 ms the time is 0 01 s 3 For AT refer to Page 302 Appendix 4 CHAPTER 8 FUNCTIONS 8 9 The count disable function stops the counting when CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 or CHO Selected counter function start command RY25 RY3D is input during the counting Count Disable Function 1 Setting method of the count disable function 1 Set Par
366. rror history is read from the target module Item Contents Command Setting 7 7 i Error and Solution The action for the error is displayed There is nd settir the selected x 4 ent tne arcs A FER Order of generation The order of error occurrence is displayed p Execution Result Error time First two digits Name Read Value Description P Error histori read of the year Last two digits of The date and time of error occurrence is Error and Solution Extension module parameter P Order of generation 24 the year displayed Error time First two digits of the year Last two digits ofthe year 2013 lError time Month Day 226 Error time Month Day When the tens place of Month Hour and encarta ae kan Second is 0 the date and time are displayed Error time Second No Use 4500 q Eror code details 1 o Error time Hour Minute without 0 Error time Second No Use The refreshed device values of remote I O or remote registers may be overwritten Accesses the PLC CPU by using the current connection destination Please check if there is any problem with the connection destination Barataria paramere Wn E CCU Error code details 1 The value in the remote buffer memory Error to code details 1 to 10 of when an error occurs is Error code details 10 stored 222 CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING Point The error history registers 15 errors at
367. s range of an input module is changed to X1000 to X100F tails refer to the following OJ shows reference DA WELSEC L CPU Module User s Manual Function Explanation Program Fundamentals manuals Point Set the type of the connected module in Type Setting a different type results in SP UNIT LAY ERR i shows raa SE ge a ee Point Pshows notes that reference pages requires attention When an intelligent module is connected I O assignment can be omitted by selecting connected modules from Intelligent Function Module in the Project window gigvatsend lt cs t sc veetsnvsastectkasdavesecbecsssaasnesveesiescs Remark showswseful information 73 q The mouse operation example is provided below ME MELSOFT Series GX Works Unset Project PRG MAIN Edit Find Replace Debug i Project Compile View Online Diagno Menu bar X Online 2 gt Write to PLC Select Online on the menu bar and then select Write to PLC P44 FS sFS Fe sro Navigation Parameter Intelligent Function Module Global Device Comment A window selected in the view selection area is displayed W Project window 5 gt Parameter lt gt PLC Parameter Select Project from the view selection area to open the Project window In the Project window expand Parameter and select PLC Parameter Program Setting POU E Program fe MAIN B Local Device Comment H E Device Memory
368. s in the following state five seconds after the error cause is removed or CHO Error reset command RY36 RY4E is turned off then on Warning status flag RX7 turns off CHO Warning status RX37 RX4F of a channel where the error cause is removed turns off CHO Latest warning code RWr23 RWr3B of a channel where the error cause is removed is cleared The ERR LED turns off However a minor error that has occurred after another minor error that cannot be reset and occurs only on CH1 cannot be reset even if the conditions above are satisfied Error reset is possible on CH2 because no minor error that cannot be reset occurs For minor errors that cannot be reset refer to the following e When error codes warning codes cannot be reset lt _ Page 252 Section 11 5 6 Ex Operation to clear Station number switch change failure error code 01604 sasan gt Controlled by the high speed counter module Station number Station No 1 Station No 10 Station No 1 setting switch normal D error normal ON n ON Warning status flag A al 1 T RX7 OFF i i OFF iS H i i N A i i m CH1 Latest warning code 1 i 01604 i i S 0 1 station number switch 0 RWr23 i change failure i a i i 1 QO k i i y i 4 fe ERR LED OFF gt X lt Flashing lt OFF z lt gt S 5 seconds 2 3 Remote READY RXB 185 3 Method for clearing an error by executing the co
369. s to be stopped over the set watch time this function holds or clears the value which is output just before In the cyclic transmission stop status the D LINK LED is flashing Data link in operation cyclic transmission stopped or off Data link not performed disconnected Set whether to hold or clear the output value using the output HOLD CLEAR setting function For the output HOLD CLEAR setting function refer to the following e Output HOLD CLEAR Setting Function gt Page 182 Section 8 20 exceeds the set time the output falls are received for the first time into the HOLD CLEAR status Master station VA Cyclic data a Remote device station When the cyclic data update interval Monitoring starts when cyclic data l Cyclic data update watch time setting Z The cyclic data are updated within the data link update time s ee J 4 1 Setting method 1 Set Parameter write for Method selection CC IE Field Configuration window lt gt Select a high speed counter module in List of stations gt CC IE Field Configuration gt Online gt Parameter Processing of Slave Station 2 For Cyclic data update watch time setting set the monitoring time Cyclic data update watch time setting 0 20 uoyoun yM ayepdy eyeq AD 12 8 Item Setting range 0 Not monitor Cyclic data update watch time settin P 3 1 to 20 0 1 to 2 seco
370. sampling counter function or periodic pulse counter function 209 jdwexg weibolg 6 210 c Counter function programs e Program for starting stopping the counter X1008 X10099 X20 X24 E r r 1 r s SET x24 E RST X1008 X1009 e Program for reading counter present value x Oo wo x zS DMOV w1110 e Program for the preset replace function X10908 X10909 X23 X1021 7 AF aA AF SET Y1021 x23 xX1021 Pi r i RST X1008 X1009 Y1024 Y1024 D1116 Y1021 Y1021 J Turn on CH1 Count enable command J Turn off CH1 Count enable command Read CH1 Present value to D1116 to D1117 J Turn on CH1 Preset replace command J Turn off CH1 Preset replace command e Program for reading the latch count value latch counter input terminal x10098 x1009 x30 Y102A X102B TF L I z s y AF DMOV W1118 SET Y102A X102A i RST e Program for the count disable function X1008 X1009 X26 AF r s 1 SET X27 I RST X1008 I X1009 K4 e Program for the latch counter function X1008 X1009 X29 X1025 gt AF r s AF SET Y1025 X29 X1025 7 I ar RST X1008 KH mcu X yi X1008 X1009 X28 Y1028 X1029 E r n 1 AF DMOV w1112 SET Y1028 X1028 _ F LRST D1124 Y102A Y102A Y1025 Y1025 Y1025 Y10
371. settings of the master station Transient data i The transient data request Correct the request command at the request source and retry the D2174 command ap command is incorrect operation error oo e Check the network status using the CC Link IE Field Network The target station is Receive buffer diagnostics of GX Works2 D2A0y overloaded and cannot Pace full f e When the target station is overloaded and cannot receive transient receive transient data i i data send the data to the target station after a while D2A3 Transient data The received transient data is Correct the number of data frame length at the request source and a length error incorrect retry the operation Station number switch A station number out of range RS D72Ay out of range a Set the station number within the allowable range has been set value other than 1 to 120 DF01 Transient data The divided transient data Set the transient data size within the range that can be handled by H divided error have been received the module Then send the transient data that is not divided Point When multiple errors occur only the latest error code is stored in CHO Latest error code RWr22 RWr3A or CHO Latest warning code RWr23 RWr3B Old errors can be checked with the error history of GX Works2 For the error history refer to the following Checking by executing a command of the slave station gt Page 221 Section 11 1
372. signed to Cam switch output 1 channel assignment setting SS Controlled by the high speed counter module Controlled by the program ON ON ON ON ON OFF status of Cam switch Output 1 OFF Bor Wo OFE AT3 1 onie gt 4 CH1 Cam switch execute command RY26 off 1 m S CH1 Cam switch execute RX26 opp BR 4 y 3 n 1 AA 1 1 eo Cam switch status Output 1 RWr2 b0 9 0 0 0 gt 4 ON 3 ON ON External output signal of the extension A 3 output module YO OFF gt OFF OFF OFF a 4 No Description When CH1 Cam switch execute command RY26 is turned off then on the step setting of Cam switch Output 1 is acquired and 1 CH1 Cam switch execute RX26 turns on If the value is changed while the cam switch function is in operation the change is ignored 2 The cam switch function operates when CH1 Cam switch execute RX26 turns on CH1 Present value RWr10 to RWr11 and the step setting of Cam switch Output 1 are compared and the result is output from YO 3 of the extension output module The output status can be checked by Cam switch status Output 1 RWr2 b0 of Cam switch output signal RWr2 When CH1 Cam switch execute command RY26 is turned off the operation is as follows e CH1 Cam switch execute RX26 turns off Cam switch status Output 1 RWr2 b0 becomes 0 e YO of the extension output module
373. smoke and fire To prevent this configure an external safety circuit such as a fuse Connectors for external devices must be crimped with the tool specified by the manufacturer or must be correctly soldered Securely connect the connector to the module Mitsubishi programmable controllers must be installed in control panels Wiring and replacement of a module must be performed by qualified maintenance personnel with knowledge of protection against electric shock For wiring methods refer to INSTALLATION AND WIRING in this manual Startup and Maintenance Precautions N WARNING Do not touch any terminal while power is on Doing so will cause electric shock or malfunction Shut off the external power supply all phases used in the system before cleaning the module or retightening the terminal block screws or connector screws Failure to do so may cause the module to fail or malfunction Startup and Maintenance Precautions CAUTION Do not disassemble or modify the module Doing so may cause failure malfunction injury or a fire Do not drop or apply strong shock to the module Doing so may damage the module Shut off the external power supply all phases used in the system before mounting or removing a module Failure to do so may cause the module to fail or malfunction Before handling the module or the cable to be connected to the module touch a conducting object such as a grounded metal to discharge the stati
374. specifications of each module e Performance specifications of the high speed counter module gt Page 29 Section 3 2 e Performance specifications of extension I O module CC Link IE Field Network Remote I O Module User s Manual The value of the module power supply current in the extension module described in the specifications is the value of the module power supply current supplied from the main module High speed counter module Extension module NZ2GFCF D62PD2 NZ2EX2B1 16T 250mA Module power supply current 220mA Module power supply current 30mA Total current consumption 3 4 Function List The following table lists the functions of the high speed counter module CHAPTER 3 SPECIFICATIONS Function name Description Operation mode Reference Linear counter function This function counts pulses between 2147483648 and 2147483647 and detects an overflow underflow when the count value is outside the range Ring counter function This function repeatedly counts pulses between the upper limit value and lower limit value of the ring counter Comparison output function This function compares the count value with the preset comparison condition and outputs ON OFF signals when they match Coincidence output function This function compares the present count value with the preset coincidence detection point or a detection area and outputs ON OFF signals
375. speed counter module in List of stations a gt CC IE Field Configuration gt Online gt Parameter Processing of Slave Station 2 Set 0 Coincidence Output Function for Comparison output setting Comparison output function a Coincidence output 2 channel assignme 0 CH1 I 8 Coincidence Output Function Coincidence output 3 channel assignme 0 CH1 fam Switch Function 3 Seta channel to be compared for Coincidence output 1 to 4 channel assignment setting Coincidence output 1 channel assignment setting Coincidence output 2 channel assignment setting 0 CH1 Coincidence output 3 channel assignment setting 0 CH1 O OCHI Coincidence output 4 channel assignment setting 0 CH1 o pe 4 Setthe comparison condition for Coincidence output 1 to 4 comparison condition setting i Coincidence output 1 comparison condition setting 0 Coincide X Coincidence output 2 comparison condition setting 0 Coincide Coincidence output 3 comparison condition setting 0 Coincide 0 Coincidence Output Coincidence output 4 comparison condition setting 0 Coincide J1 Within range Output Presetireplace setting at coincidence output Coinci 0 Present 2 Outofrange Output Point When Operation mode setting is set to a mode other than 0 Normal Mode the setting of Coincidence output 1 to 4 comparison condition setting is ignored
376. ssing is completed after the module is powered on always check that Remote READY RXB is on after the initial processing is performed For Initial data processing request flag RX8 program refer to the following Page 196 Section 9 3 194 CHAPTER 9 PROGRAMMING 9 2 Procedure for Programming Create a program to count the pulses according to the following procedure Start Program for each mode gt Page 200 Section 9 3 4 Parameter setting L gt Page 205 Section 9 3 6 1 A program that is added according to the control target Create a program if needed Error warning reset program End Buluwesboldg 104 BINPS90Jq Z6 195 9 3 Program Example 1 System configuration Power supply module Q62P CPU module Q10QUDHCPU Master local module QJ71GF11 T2 Input module QX40 Input module QX40 High speed counter module NZ2GFCF D62PD2 Extension output module THA R N NZ2EX2B1 16T Wee oq _ _ _ Master station Station No 0 Remote device station Station No 1 7l i a Link device assignment Master station Station No 0 Remote devic
377. ster local module used Control cycle of the high speed counter module AT gt Up to AT AT2 2 delay occurs until the high speed counter module completes processing after the module reads remote output signals remote registers and remote buffer memory updated by the program In addition the update timing of remote input signals remote registers and remote buffer memory fluctuates within one control cycle Operation cycle of simple motion module AT 4 In this operation cycle the high speed counter module in the synchronous communication mode updates CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 Updated data is sent in the next operation cycle Thus another delay of AT4 occurs Abbreviation Description Remarks i Indicates the maximum delay time of internal processing AT gt x 2 Link scan time is not included in AT E AT Internal control cycle time 0 5ms d Link scan time is not included in AT gt _ AT Processing time for acquiring data for the maximum setting number of The smaller the number of steps the 3 steps of cam switches 16 points x 16 steps and analyzing them 40ms shorter the processing time The cycle time is the same as the link AT4 Operation cycle of simple motion module 302 scan time APPENDICES 5 Examples of response delay time in the normal mode asynchronous communication mode An example is described in a to d regarding the operation of the coincidence ou
378. t How to calculate the dummy resistance amount at 24VDC Calculation R V I 24V 35mA 680 Q How to calculate rated standard electricity at 24VDC Calculation P4 V x 24V x 35mA 0 84W approximately 1W Calculation including a margin P2 P4 x 2 0 84 x 2 1 68W approximately 2W Result Install dummy resistance of 680Q 2W in between the pulse input terminals CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING 2 When the coincidence output function does not perform normal operation a When Coincidence output 1 to 4 RX10 to RX13 do not turn on Check item Are Coincidence output 1 to 4 assigned properly Action Review the setting in Coincidence output channel assignment setting address 01014 Are the comparison conditions for Coincidence output 1 to 4 proper Review the setting in Coincidence output comparison condition setting address 01024 Is Initial data setting request flag RY9 or Setting change request Coincidence output 1 to 4 RY14 to RY17 turned on after changing Point setting Coincidence output 1 Lower limit value setting Coincidence output 1 RWw0 to RWw1 to Upper limit value setting Coincidence output 4 RWwE to RWwF Turn on Initial data setting request flag RY9 or Setting change request Coincidence output 1 to 4 RY14 to RY17 after changing Point setting Coincidence output 1 Lower limit value setting Coincidence output 1 RWw0 to RWw1 to Upper limit value setting Coi
379. t 1 to 4 RY10 to RY13 is turned off then on for coincidence output e When values are counted outside the detection area for within range output or out of range output Automatically reset depending on Cam switch function step No 1 to No 16 setting Output 1 to 16 of remote buffer memory External output enable timing When CHO Coincidence output enable command RY20 RY38 is turned off then on When CHO Cam switch execute RX26 RX3E is turned off then on after CHO Cam switch execute command RY26 RY3E is turned off then on When Initial data processing request flag RX8 is on the setting data is not checked 114 CHAPTER 8 FUNCTIONS 8 5 2 Coincidence output function The coincidence output function compares CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 with a coincidence detection point or with an area divided by the coincidence output upper lower limit value and outputs the comparison result from Coincidence output 1 to 4 terminals EQU1 to EQU4 At coincidence output Coincidence output 1 to 4 RX10 to RX13 turns on The unit to output the comparison result is called coincidence output Four points are assigned to coincidence output The present value is compared with each point and the comparison result is output from the point 1 Setting method of the coincidence output function 1 Set Parameter write for Method selection CC IE Field Configuration window gt Select a high
380. t Value Reference Program Buffer Memory Module Star 7j HE Addte r Display Format Modify Value 2 ia 32 32 64 asc 10 g Details Open Device J a i al e 0 0 0 0 0 223 s po Bulusejy ey pue s pop 10113 9y JO BurjoeuD LLL 11 2 This section describes error codes Error Code List Error codes are classified by error number as follows Error code Classification Reference 0000 to 3FFFy D5294 D52B High speed counter module error Page 224 Section 11 2 1 D000 to DFFF D5294 and D52B excluded CC Link IE Field Network error Page 240 Section 11 2 2 1 Error code list 00004 to 3FFFyy D5294 D52By The errors are classified into the following three types Classification Description Major error An error that cannot be recovered The RUN LED turns off Moderate error An error where the module cannot continue to operate The ERR LED turns on Minor error An error where the module can continue to operate The ERR LED flashes If an error occurs check that the D LINK LED is on Then take corrective actions as listed below Error code Classification hexadecimal Error name Description and cause Operation of when an error occurs The other CHs Error CH Action 000By Major error Network number change error The network number has bee
381. t command Read CH1 Sampling count value to D1118 to D1119 Turn on CH1 Update flag reset command Sampling count value Turn off CH1 Update flag reset command Sampling count value Turn on CH1 Selected counter function start command Turn off CH1 Selected counter function start command Read CH1 Periodic pulse count difference value CH1 Periodic pulse count present value and CH1 Periodic pulse count value update check to D1118 to D1123 Turn on CH1 Update flag reset command Periodic pulse count value Turn off CH1 Update flag reset command Periodic pulse count value jdwexg wepold 6 211 d Program for the comparison output function e Program for the coincidence output function x1008 X1009 X22 F r n aA 1 H SET Y1020 x22 g AF RST Y1020 X1008 I X1009 I x1008 X1009 1020 X1010 Y1010 AF TF an Y1050 X1010 x25 Mov W1100 D1100 D1100 0 g SET Y1010 D1100 1 x1010 Y1010 R r n RST Y1010 x10098 X10099 Y1020 x1011 AF AF Y1051 e Program for overflow underflow detection processing X10908 X10909 F r n Mov w1120 D1132 D11321 Y1052 D1132 2 Y1053 f Program for an error warning reset X100A X1036 _ F H L lt gt wii22 KO J LMOV W1122 D1134 X1007 X1037 _ p H Io W1123 KO MOV W1123 D1135 X100A X1036 X3C
382. t down command RY22 RY3A 269 CHO Count enable command RY24 RY3C 269 CHO Count source selection address 01214 01411 EEEE deta his Gan si chu ae it ies gay deta tie ota 288 CHO Counter format address 01244 0144p 290 CHO Counter function detection RX25 RX3D 260 316 CHO Counter function selection address 0126 OTAG Hoe eos paced ne gaa eMac e tales AEA 291 CHO Counting speed setting address 01234 01434 Sigg hcp anes Gikwleare ah eee eat gad Ganasoat Aug 289 CHO Cycle setting PWM output RWw20 to RWw21 RWw38 to RWwW39 2 20 ee 284 CHO Cycle setting Sampling counter Periodic pulse counter RWw17 RWw2F 282 CHO Error reset command RY36 RY4E 271 CHO Error status RX36 RX4E 266 CHO External control input response time setting address 01294 01494 lt o ooa eee eee 292 CHO External input status RWr21 RWr39 278 CHO External preset replace Z Phase request detection RX23 RX3B 4 259 CHO External preset replace Z Phase request detection reset command RY23 RY3B 269 CHO Function input logic setting address 01274 O147 shes cease dees ds ogee Oh neal eed 291 CHO Latch count value Latch counter input terminal RWr18 to RWr19 RWr30 to RWr31 276 CHO Latch count value update flag Latch counter input terminal RX2B RX43 0000005 263 CHO Latch count value update flag reset command
383. t terminal RY32 RY4A Are the external wirings to CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 and CHO Latch counter input terminal LATCH1 Check the external wiring and correct errors LATCH2 correct b When the module does not measure normally Check item Action Are the shielded twisted pair cables used for pulse input wiring Use the shielded twisted pair cables for pulse input wiring input wiring Are measures against noise taken for the adjacent Take noise reduction measures such as attaching a CR surge devices and inside the control panel suppressor to the magnet switch Measures A Bundle up the pulse input lines in a single tube and keep a distance of Is the distance between the high voltage equipment j against 150mm or more between the pulse input lines and the power line even F and pulse input line kept enough ao noise inside the control panel Separate the grounding cable of the high speed counter module from Does any noise come from the grounded part of the the grounded part high speed counter module If the case of the high speed counter module touches the grounded part separate it Does a program used read out the 2 word data such as a F Read out it in unit of 2 words 32 bits measured pulse value in unit of 2 words 32 bits 251 uouswousyd Yyoey 104 BunoousejqnolL SL pow juewainseew Aouenba 9y si Bues Sspow UoNesedo y UO Buas 94 US
384. tandard value EN61131 2 2007 EN61000 4 2 Electrostatic discharge immunity Immunity test in which electrostatic is applied to the cabinet of the equipment e 8kV Air discharge e 4kV Contact discharge EN61000 4 3 Radiated radio frequency electromagnetic field immunity Immunity test in which electric fields are irradiated to the product 80 AM modulation 1kHz 80M 1000MHz 10V m 1 4G 2 0GHz 3V m 2 0G 2 7GHz 1V m EN61000 4 4 Electrical fast transient burst Immunity test in which burst noise is applied to the power AC DC main power I O power AC I O unshielded 2kV immunity line and signal line e DC I O analog communication 1kV AC power line AC I O power AC I O i i i hielded 2kV CM 1kV DM EN61000 4 5 Immunity test in which unshielded Surge immunity lightning surge is applied to the power line and signal line DC power line DC I O power 0 5kV CM DM DC I O AC I O shielded analog 2 communication 1kV CM EN61000 4 6 Immunity to conducted disturbances induced by radio frequency fields EN61000 4 8 Power frequency magnetic field immunity Immunity test in which high frequency noise is applied to the power line and signal line Immunity test in which the product is installed in inductive magnetic field 0 15M 80MHz 80 AM modulation 1kHz 10Vrms 50Hz 60Hz 30A m EN61000 4 11 Voltage dips and interruption
385. tation RWw Remote device station RWw The following shows the transmission time required for setting Point setting Coincidence output 1 RWw0 to RWw1 to the high speed counter module The processing time required for transmitting Setting change request Coincidence output 1 RY14 to the high speed counter module is not included SM x n2 CT x 1 Processing time of the high speed counter module AT e SM Scan time of the program in the master station e CT Operation cycle e n2 The value provided by rounding up the value after the decimal point of CT SM APPENDICES Appendix 5 EMC and Low Voltage Directives Compliance to the EMC Directive which is one of the EU Directives has been a legal obligation for the products sold in European countries since 1996 as well as the Low Voltage Directive since 1997 Manufacturers who recognize their products are compliant to the EMC and Low Voltage Directives are required to attach a CE mark on their products 1 Sales representative in EU member states Authorized representative in EU member states is shown below A Name Mitsubishi Electric Europe BV Address Gothaer Strasse 8 40880 Ratingen Germany Appendix 5 1 Measures to comply with the EMC directive The EMC Directive specifies that products placed on the market must be so constructed that they do not cause excessive electromagnetic interference emissions and are not unduly affected by electromagnetic interfer
386. tation number are easy 4 Error history function The history of 15 errors and occurrence time can be stored in the module The error history helps the investigation for the cause when a problem occurs 19 soinjeey Z4 5 Pulse measurement function Pulses can be measured with 100ns measurement resolution The pulse width ON width OFF width can be precisely measured Various pulse measurement applications such as the workpiece length measurement or the transport processing speed management of various types of transport equipment and processing equipment are available Example Filling process container type identification control ss LN m i VOLT A ia Light sensor 6 Coincidence output function This function compares a preset value with the input count value If they match the function outputs a signal and thus the fixed feed control is possible Control example Drilling process fixed feed control driller Encoder Inverter 20 CHAPTER 1 HIGH SPEED COUNTER MODULE 7 Cam switch function According to the input count present value the ON OFF status of output can be set for every preset point without any program More precise ON OFF control is available without scan time effect An extension output module is required for using this function Output 1 Output 2 Output 3 Count present value 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 8 PWM output functi
387. tatus OFF status ON CPU module in RUN OFF ON OFF ON Data link in CPU module in STOP OFF OFF OFF ON operation CPU module in PAUSE OFF ON OFF ON CPU module in RESET OFF OFF OFF ON During disconnection cyclic stop OFF OFF OFF ON 2 Setting method 1 Set Parameter write for Method selection CC IE Field Configuration window gt Select a high speed counter module in List of stations gt CC IE Field Configuration gt Online gt Parameter Processing of Slave Station 2 For Output HOLD CLEAR setting select 0 CLEAR or 1 HOLD v Output HOLDICLEAR setting 0 CLEAR zl v Cyclic data update watch time setting 0 Module based parameter main module 0 CLEAR v E Comparison output function 1 HOLD Item Setting range 0 CLEAR Output HOLD CLEAR setting 1 HOLD Point When the output status changes according to the change in the comparison result after the output is set to HOLD the output of the following functions changes Coincidence output EQU1 to EQUA4 of the coincidence output function Coincidence output EQU1 to EQU4 of the PWM output function Output of the extension output module that is used as the output of the cam switch function YO to YF 182 CHAPTER 8 FUNCTIONS 8 21 Cyclic Data Update Watch Function This function monitors the cyclic data update interval When the cyclic transmission remain
388. the Sampling counter Periodic parameters are parameters are pulse counter RWw16 written with the written with the RWw2E to 0 or 1 and perform parameter parameter one of the following operations processing of processing of e If Initial data processing the slave the slave request flag RX8 is on turn station or Initial station or Initial off then on Initial data A value other than 0 and 1 data processing data processing processing completion flag CHO Time unit S set in CHO Time unit completion flag completion flag RY8 setting error setting Sampling RY8 or Initial RY8 or Initial If the parameters are written counter Periodic pulse data settin data settin 0501 Moderate error Sampling counter RWw16 3 withthe parameter counter RWW2E request flag request flag processing of the slave Periodic pulse GIONE RY9 is turned RY9 is turned station or Initial data setting O indicates the channel 43 43 counter where settings are off then on off then on completion flag RX9 is on icorect If CHO Setting If CHO Setting turn off then on Initial data change request change request setting request flag RY9 Sampling Sampling e If Initial data processing counter Periodic counter Periodic request flag RX8 and Initial pulse counter pulse counter data setting completion flag RY27 RY3F is RY27 RY3F is RX9Q are off turn off then on turned off then turned off then CHO Setting change request on 8 on 3 Sa
389. the preset replace command since there is a delay of when the preset replace command is used When the preset replace function is performed by CHO Phase Z input terminal Z1 Z2 the operation response time follows CHO Z phase input response time setting address 01294 b0 to b1 01494 b0 to b1 Since CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 is updated synchronizing with the internal control cycle a maximum of delay time shown below occurs until the preset value is stored AT Setting time of CHO Z phase input response time setting address 01294 b0 to b1 0149 b0 to b1 For ATy refer to Page 302 Appendix 4 During operation in the synchronous communication mode the latch counter function using the latch counter input terminal cannot be used CHAPTER 8 FUNCTIONS 8 7 Latch Counter Function by Latch Counter Input Terminal 1 Latching the present value by the latch counter input terminal The latch counter function by latch counter input terminal acquires the value in CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 of the counter and stores it in the remote register when CHO Latch counter input terminal LATCH1 LATCH2 is input The following figure shows an operation example of acquiring the value in CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 as CHO Latch count value Latch counter input terminal RWr18 to RWr19 RWr30 to RWr31 at the rising edge of CHO Latch counter input terminal LATCH1 LATCH2
390. then on Initial data error address 00034 setting request flag RY9 ENS ernest Reset and power on or execute been set in RWw RWr p i 0E00 Moderate error RVR setting when synchronous 19 remote reset to assign pi setting error oe nen ey RWWw3F RWr3F in RWw RWr communication mode is setting of network parameter activated Execute the followings and turn Synchronous on the power or execute te r remote reset Synchronous communication with i ys l e Simple motion module 0E10 Moderate error communication simple motion module did 19 n E setting Operation error 1 not execute in specified d 4 confirmation interval i RP Confirmation of transmission path The operation cycle that Recheck the operation cycle high speed counter setting of simple motion module Operation cycle 0E20 Moderate error roent module does not support 19 and turn on the power of high g is set in simple motion speed counter module or module execute remote reset Execute the followings and turn Synchronous on the power or execute A is F remote reset Synchronous communication with Simple notion Module 0E30 Moderate error communication simple motion module did 19 oct setting Operation error 2 not execute in specified confirmation interval i eo e Confirmation of transmission path Set the lower 3 bits of Input ioi The lower 3 bits of Input response time setting address npu scans response time setting 0001
391. this signal is turned on the setting values in the parameter area of the remote buffer memory are reflected to the inside of the module In addition the setting values of the extended parameter area are saved into the nonvolatile memory e When this signal is turned on all the following remote input signals turn off e Warning status flag RX7 e Error status flag RXA e Remote READY RXB Coincidence output 1 to 4 RX10 to RX13 e Setting change completed Coincidence output 1 to 4 RX14 to RX17 CHO Preset replace completion RX21 RX39 CHO External preset replace Z Phase request detection RX23 RX3B CHO Counter function detection RX25 RX3D CHO Cam switch execute PWM output RX26 RX3E CHO Setting change completed Sampling counter Periodic pulse counter RX27 RX3F CHO Update flag reset completed Latch count value Sampling count value Periodic pulse count value RX28 RX40 CHO Update flag Latch count value Sampling count value Periodic pulse count value RX29 RX41 CHO Latch count value update flag reset completed Latch counter input terminal RX2A RX42 CHO Latch count value update flag Latch counter input terminal RX2B RX43 CHO Update flag reset completed Measured frequency value Measured rotation speed value RX2C RX44 CHO Update flag Measured frequency value Measured rotation speed value RX2D RX45 CHO Measured pulse value update flag reset completed Fu
392. time of the program in the master station ew Aejaq esuodsey pue ajoA5 josjUOD jeusazu y xIPUeddy e CT Operation cycle e n2 The value provided by rounding up the value after the decimal point of CT SM 305 306 b Processing time Normal value Master station RWr lt Remote device station c RWr The following shows the processing time required until a count value is read by the master station after the count value is counted by the high speed counter module SM x 1 CT x n1 Processing time of the high speed counter module AT AT4 e SM Scan time of the program in the master station e CT Operation cycle e n1 The value provided by rounding up the value after the decimal point of SM CT Processing time Normal value Master station RX lt Remote device station RX The following shows the processing time required until Coincidence output 1 RX10 is transmitted to the master station after the high speed counter module receives Reset command Coincidence output 1 RY10 The processing time required for transmitting Reset command Coincidence output 1 RY 10 to the high speed counter module is not included SM x 1 CT x n1 Processing time of the high speed counter module AT AT4 e SM Scan time of the program in the master station e CT Operation cycle e n1 The value provided by rounding up the value after the decimal point of SM CT d Processing time Normal value Master s
393. timing of the setting value When Initial data setting request flag RY9 is turned off then on 292 APPENDICES 11 Module based parameter data address 012A to 012By 014A to 014B Address Name Description Default CH1 CH2 e Set the pulse measurement target of CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 Pulse measurement The following shows the setting range 012A 014A setting Function 0 Pulse ON Width 0 input terminal 1 Pulse OFF Width e The reflection timing of the setting value A When Initial data setting request flag RY9 is turned off then on e Set the pulse measurement target of CHO Latch counter input terminal LATCH1 LATCH2 e The following shows the setting range 0 Pulse ON Width 0 1 Pulse OFF Width e The reflection timing of the setting value When Initial data setting request flag RY9 is turned off then on Pulse measurement setting Latch counter input terminal 012By 014By 12 Module based monitoring data address 06004 Address Name Description Default e This area stores the channel assignment statuses of coincidence outputs e The following shows the range of values which can be stored b15 b14 b13 b12 b11 b10 b9 b8 b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 bO Coincidence Coincidence Coincidence Coincidence 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 output 4 output 3 output 2 output 1 Channel assignment X A J 06004 Co
394. tion Speed Measurement Function The rotation speed measurement function counts the pulses of the pulse input terminals in phase A and B and automatically calculates the rotation speed High speed counter module Pulses Remote register CHO Measured rotation speed value RWr1A to RWr1B RWr32 to RWr33 Rotation speed measurement Encoder 1 Restrictions During operation in the synchronous communication mode the rotation speed measurement function cannot be used Set CHO Operation mode setting to 0 Normal Mode 2 Setting method of the rotation speed measurement function 1 SetParameter write for Method selection CC IE Field Configuration window gt Select a high speed counter module in List of stations gt CC IE Field Configuration gt Online gt Parameter Processing of Slave Station 2 Set CHO Operation mode setting to 2 Rotation Speed Measurement Mode 0 Normal 2 Rotation Speed Measurement Mode eli CH1 Operation mode setting CH1 Count source selection 0 A Phasel CH1 Pulse input mode 0 1 Phase 0 Normal Mode CH1 Counting speed setting o 10kpps 1 Frequency Measurement Mode m CH1 Counter format lo Linear C 2 Rotation Speed Measurement Mode 3 Pulse Measurement Mode 4 PWM Output Mode CH1 Z phase Preset trigger s
395. tion based parameter data address 00024 to 0003 Address CH1 CH2 Name Description Default 00024 Output HOLD CLEAR setting Set whether to hold or clear the output of the high speed counter module and the extension output module The following shows the setting range b15 b14 b13 b12 b11 b10 b9 b8 b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0 0 0 0 0 0 00 0 0 0 0 0 00 0 ST L o CLEAR 0 fixed 1 HOLD The reflection timing of the setting value When Initial data setting request flag RY9 is turned off then on 00004 00034 Cyclic data update watch time setting Set the time to monitor the data update interval of the cyclic transmission watch time When the cyclic transmission remains to be stopped over the cyclic data update watch time setting the high speed counter module is regarded as disconnected Then the output status of the high speed counter module and extension output module becomes HOLD or CLEAR For details on output HOLD CLEAR refer to Page 182 Section 8 20 Setting range Not monitor 0 or 0 1 to 2 seconds 1 to 20 Set the value in increments of 100ms 1 The reflection timing of the setting value When Initial data setting request flag RYQ is turned off then on 286 3 Module based parameter data address 01004 to 0101 APPENDICES
396. tion function executes the count disable function and preset replace Section 8 13 function without switching the functions According to the status change of CHO Function input terminal Latch counter preset replace FUNC1 FUNC2 of the connector for external devices this Page 157 function function executes the latch counter function and preset replace Section 8 14 function without switching the functions With this function CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to CC Link IE Field Network RWr29 is updated in synchronization with the operation cycle of a Pade 160 synchronous communication simple motion module 9 f y Section 8 15 function This enables the high speed counter module to operate at the same timing of other slave stations on the same network i Frequency This function counts the pulses of the pulse input terminals in Page 163 Frequency measurement function i measurement phase A and B and automatically calculates the frequency de Section 8 16 Rotation Rotation speed measurement This function counts the pulses of the pulse input terminals in speed Page 167 function phase A and B and automatically calculates the rotation speed measurement Section 8 17 mode This function measures CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 Pulse Page 171 Pulse measurement function FUNC2 or CHO Latch counter input terminal LATCH1 LATCH2 measurement ea 3da i of the connector for external devices and calculates the ON width mode 3
397. tion in the United States Japan and other countries Intel Pentium and Celeron are trademarks of Intel Corporation in the United States and other countries Ethernet is a registered trademark of Xerox Corp All other company names and product names used in this manual are either trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective companies 322 SH NA 081129ENG B CC Link IE Field Network High Speed Counter Module User s Manual MODEL CCIEF CT U E ee 13JZ83 SH NA 081129ENG B 1312 MEE sfa MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC CORPORATION HEAD OFFICE TOKYO BUILDING 2 7 3 MARUNOUCHI CHIYODA KU TOKYO 100 8310 en NAGOYA WORKS 1 14 YADA MINAMI 5 CHOME HIGASHI KU NAGOYA JAPA When exported from Japan this manual does not require application to the Ministry of Economy Trade and Industry for service transaction permission Specifications subject to change without notice
398. tion overview of the high speed counter module gt Master module 3 Reading writing of remote I O signals High speed a remote register counter module and a remote buffer memory Pulse UUI Encoder 1 External control CH1 signal Controller 2 Preset replace phase Z function latch roo Coincidence i output na a reer a Pulse 0 to 4 points ln 4 shared with Encoder gt 1 CH1 CH2 External control CH2 signal Controller M 2 Preset replace phase Z function latch 1 Pulses input to a high speed counter module are counted 2 The preset replace function can be performed counting can be paused and a counter value can be latched with an external control signal 3 Status of the remote I O signals remote register and remote buffer memory of a high speed counter module can be checked with the program Also counting can be started stopped and the preset replace function and the coincidence output function can be performed 4 The coincidence output signal can be output by the coincidence output function 16 CHAPTER 1 HIGH SPEED COUNTER MODULE 1 1 Application This module performs controls which are applicable to various applications by executing various functions according to count values of pulses input from the external device The following describes an application example En
399. tion status information each station SW01C8 to SW01CF For details refer to the following MELSEC Q QD77GF Simple Motion Module User s Manual Network When reading CHO Present value use the condition of the above mentioned link special register SW the corresponding bit of the register being on as an interlock The following figure shows the program example to read CH1 Present value of the high speed counter module with station number 17 uonouny uoNeduNWWOD SsnoUDIUoUAS YJOMION PIO Bl HUIT DD SL g Reading a present value in the CC Link IE Field Network synchronous communication function X100B X3E SW1C9 0 m m DMOV W1110 D1116 Remote Synchronous Synchronous CH1 CH1 READY pem yee operation Present Present information value value station No 17 storage device 161 4 Setting procedure simple motion module 1 Set the operation cycle of the simple motion module to any of the following e 0 88ms e 1 77ms e 3 55ms For details on the setting procedure refer to the following MELSEC Q QD77GF Simple Motion Module User s Manual Positioning Control 5 Setting procedure high speed counter module 1 Selecta high speed counter module in List of stations on the CC IE Field Configuration window and set the values as follows Set 17 or larger number in STA e Set 80 in Points of RX RY Setting Set 64 in Points of RWw RWr Setting 2 Display the Parameter Processing of Slave Station window and
400. tput 2 Same as Cam switch output 1 5538 to 5631 15A2 to 15FF 4 System area 5632 to 5665 1600 to 16214 Cam switch output 3 Same as Cam switch output 1 5666 to 5759 1622 to 167Fy System area E 5760 to 5793 16804 to 16A1 Cam switch output 4 Same as Cam switch output 1 5794 to 5887 16A2 to 16FFy System area T 5888 to 5921 1700 to 17214 Cam switch output 5 Same as Cam switch output 1 5922 to 6015 1722 to 177Fy System area 53 Kowa 1 yng ajowsey Jo ysl 2 E Address T y Read e escription Default di Decimal Hexadecimal p Write 6016 to 6049 17804 to 17A14 Cam switch output6 Same as Cam switch output 1 6050 to 6143 17A2 to 17FFy System area 6144 to 6177 18004 to 18214 Cam switch output 7 Same as Cam switch output 1 6178 to 6271 1822 to 187Fy System area 6272 to 6305 18804 to 18A14 Cam switch output 8 Same as Cam switch output 1 6306 to 6399 18A2 to 18FFy System area i 6400 to 6433 19004 to 19214 Cam switch output 9 Same as Cam switch output 1 6434 to 6527 19224 to 197Fy System area E a 6528 to 6561 19804 to 19A14 Cam switch output 10 Same as Cam switch output 1 6562 to 6655 19A2 to 19FFy System area Cam switch function 6656 to 6689 1A00 to 1A214 Cam switch output 11 Same as Cam switch output 1 parameter data 6690 to 6783 1A224 to 1A7F System area
401. tput function in the following condition e Master local module is the QJ71GF11 T2 Block data assurance per station is set e Asynchronous mode Ex Operation of the coincidence output function A ON CHO Count enable command RY24 RY3C OFF CHO Coincidence output 2N enable command RY20 RY38 OFF ee ALL ee a Bo Point setting d i a 1 ot 4 i Coincidence output 1 N i i N 1 T 1 1 i f i RWw0 to RWw1 Counter value smaller Coincidence output 1 RWr0 b0 Coincidence output 1 RX10 Reset command Coincidence output 1 RY10 Counter value greater Coincidence output 1 RWr0 b1 CHO Present value i I l i RWr10 to RWr11 O 1 2 to 98 99 100 101 102 103 RWr28 to RWr29 SE ee e ee es ee ee ee a Processing time Normal value Master station RY Remote device station RY The following shows the processing time required until the high speed counter module starts pulse input after CHO Count enable command RY24 RY3C is turned on ew Aejaq esuodsey pue ajoA5 jouop jeusazu y xIPUeddy SM x n2 LS x 1 Processing time of the high speed counter module AT e SM Scan time of the program in the master station e LS Link scan time e n2 The value provided by rounding up the value after the decimal point of LS SM 303 304 b Processing time Normal value Master station RWr lt Remote device station c RWr The fol
402. tting at coincidence output 00004 R W 260 01044 Cam switch output unit assignment setting 0 R W 261 01054 Cam switch output channel assignment setting 0000 R W Module based 262 to 287 0106 to 011F yy System area _ parameter data 288 01204 CH1 Operation mode setting 0 R W main module 289 01214 CH1 Count source selection 0 R W 290 01224 CH1 Pulse input mode 0 R W 291 01234 CH1 Counting speed setting 0 R W 292 01244 CH1 Counter format 0 R W 293 01254 CH1 Phase Z setting 0000 R W 294 01264 CH1 Counter function selection 0 R W 295 01274 CH1 Function input logic setting 0 R W 46 CHAPTER 3 SPECIFICATIONS 5 Address gt a A Read ype escription Default x Decimal Hexadecimal Write 296 01284 CH1 Latch counter input logic setting 0 R W 297 01294 CH1 External control input response time setting 002A R W 298 012A CHT Pulse measurement setting Function input 0 RW terminal CH1 Pul t setting Latch t 299 0128 u se measurement setting Latch counter 0 RW input terminal 300 to 319 012C to 013F4 System area 320 01404 CH2 Operation mode setting 0 R W 321 01414 CH2 Count source selection 0 R W 322 01424 CH2 Pulse input mode 0 R W Module based 393 0143 CH2 Counting speed setting 0 R W parameter data main module 324 01444 CH2 Counter format 0 R W 325 0145 CH2 Phase Z setting 0000 R W 326 0146
403. ue equals to the ring counter upper limit value when CHO Count enable command RY24 RY3C is turned off then on or when the preset replace function is performed When pulses are counted up or down in the status the operation is the same as that of when pulses are counted from CHO Ring counter lower limit value RWw10 to RWw11 RWw28 to RWw29 For example if CHO Count enable command RY24 RY3C is turned on when CHO Ring counter lower limit value RWw10 to RWw11 RWw28 to RWw29 is 0 CHO Ring counter upper limit value RWw12 to RWw13 RWw2A to RWw2B is 2000 and CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 is 500 the counting range and the CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 change as follows CHO Ring counter lower limit value CHO Present value CHO Ring counter upper limit value RWw10 to RWw11 RWw28 to RWw29 RWr10 toRWr11 RWw12 to RWw13 RWw2A to RWw2B RWr28 to RWr29 2000 500 2147483648 L 2147483647 DI NAN ounting range SN EXAKN CHO Present value CHO Ring counter CHO Ring counter RWr10 to RWr11 upper limit value lower limit value RWr28 to RWr29 RWw12 to RWw13 RWw10 to RWw11 RWw2A to RWw2B 2000 RWw28 to RWw29 to 1998 1999 to 498 499 eA ULJUUUUL A The value of CHO Ring counter upper limit value 1 1 1 1 1 1 uolouny Jajunoo Bury Z y 8 uonoaj s JeWOY 498 UNDD 4g RWw12 to RW
404. ule failure may be the cause Please consult your local Mitsubishi representative 3 When the MODE LED flashes Check item Action Is the high speed counter module in execution of the unit test When the high speed counter module is in execution of the unit test the D LINK LED turns on after the unit test is completed Take corrective action according to the result of the unit test gt Page 244 Section 11 4 241 SQ37 y BurjoayD E L 4 When the D LINK LED turns off Check item Does the own station in network operate normally Are 1000BASE T compliant Ethernet cables used Action Connect GX Works2 to the master station and check that the own station is performing data link by CC Link IE Field Network diagnostics LJ User s manual for the master local module used Replace the cable with a 1000BASE T compliant Ethernet cable OA User s manual for the master local module used Is the station to station distance 100m or less Change the station to station distance to 100m or less Does the cabling condition bend radius meet the specifications Refer to the manual for the Ethernet cable used and correct the bend radius Is any Ethernet cable disconnected Replace the Ethernet cable Do other stations connected to the high speed counter module normally operate Check that the power supplies of the other stations are turned on Does the switching
405. umber of output points per channel 0 to 4 points 0 to 16 points Comparison start timing When Initial data processing request flag RX8 is off and Initial data setting completion flag RX9 is off When CHO Cam switch execute RX26 RX3E is turned off then on Setting item for comparison point range e Point setting Coincidence output 1 to 4 Lower limit value setting Coincidence output 1 to 4 RWwo0 to RWw1 RWw4 to RWw5 RWw8 to RWw9 RWwC to RWwD e Upper limit value setting Coincidence output 1 to 4 RWw2 to RWw3 RWw6 to RWw7 RWwA to RWwB RWwE to RWwF Cam switch function parameter data address 1500p to 1FFF Change method of comparison point range e Turning off then on Setting change request Coincidence output 1 to 4 RY14 to RY17 e Turning off then on Initial data processing completion flag RY8 e Turning off then on Initial data setting request flag RY9 Turning off then on CHO Cam switch execute RX26 RX3E Internal output Comparison result e Coincidence output 1 to 4 RX10 to RX13 e Counter value greater smaller signal RWr0 only for coincidence output Cam switch output signal RWr2 External output Coincidence output 1 to 4 terminals EQU1 to EQU4 Output terminals of the extension output module Preset replace at coincidence output function Provided Not provided Output reset timing e When Reset command Coincidence outpu
406. underflow error ieee 0 fixed 1 Overflow Error codes other than J N gt 0 fixed 0 fixed O 050 and O 2004 S17 POD 109 Z LL 239 2 Error code list D0004 to DFFF D5294 and D52B excluded When an error occurs the ERR LED does not turn on The D LINK LED flashes or turns off Troubleshoot the problem with the CC Link IE Field Network diagnostics gt Page 190 Section 8 24 Error code hexadecimal Error name Description and cause Action Station type The network parameter is In the network configuration settings of the master station change DOEO hl mismatch incorrect or outside the range the station type to the remote device station e In the network configuration settings of the master station cancel DOE1 Own station The network parameter is the reserved station setting i reserved incorrect or outside the range Change the station number of the module to a station number that is not reserved Station No e Set a unique station number The network parameter is f DOE2 already in use After taking the above action turn off then on or reset all the incorrect or outside the range own station stations where this error has been detected Own station og F F The network parameter is Add the station information of the module in the network DOE3 No out of F range incorrect or outside the range configuration
407. urns on Coincidence output 1 to 4 RX10 to RX13 because CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 of when Initial data processing request flag RX8 is turned off is O default To turn off Coincidence output 1 to 4 RX10 to RX13 set the comparison setting item to other than 0 or to a range that does not include 0 before turning off then on Initial data processing completion flag RY8 119 uonounj jndjno souapiouloy Z S g uonouny nd no uosuedwog gg 6 Operation example of each comparison condition a Operation example of coincidence output The following figure shows the timing to enable Point setting Coincidence output 1 and an operation example of when the present value matches Point setting Coincidence output 1 1000 for the case where coincidence output is set as the comparison condition Note that Coincidence output 1 is assigned to CH1 Controlled by the program CH1 Coincidence output enable command RY20 Setting change request Coincidence output 1 RY14 Setting change completed Coincidence output 1 RX14 Point setting Coincidence output 1 RWwo0 to RWw1 Counter value smaller Coincidence output 1 RWr0 b0 Coincidence output 1 RX10 Coincidence output 1 terminal EQU1 Reset command Coincidence output 1 RY10 Counter value greater Coincidence output 1 RWr0 b1 CH1 Present value RWr10 to RWr11 CH1 Count enable command RY24 120 gt Cont
408. us and error details Communication Test The communication status of the station selected in Networks Status can be checked The transient communication route and whether the communication is established from the connected station to the destination station can be checked IP Communication Test The reaching time and the route of the IP communication from the connected station to the target station can be checked Cable Test The cable status between the connected station and the destination station can be checked Link Start Stop The network data link can be started and stopped Network Event History The history of various events that occurred in the network can be checked Reserved Station Function Enable A reservation for a station can be temporarily cancelled and the cancellation can be disabled Also the station numbers for the modules set as reserved stations can be checked on a list Enable Disable Ignore Station Errors System Monitor A station not set as an error invalid station can be temporarily set as an error invalid station and the error invalid station setting can be disabled Also the station numbers for the modules set as temporarily error ignore stations can be checked on a list The system monitor on the selected station is activated and the status of the module can be checked This function is unavailable for the high speed counter module User s manual for the maste
409. ut 1 e This signal is valid only when Coincidence Output Function 0 is selected in Comparison output setting address 01004 and Coincidence Output 00 is selected in Coincidence output comparison condition setting address 0102 RY11 Reset command Irasai gt Controlled by the high speed counter module Coincidence output 2 Controlled by the program Point setting Coincidence output 1 to 4 RWw0 to RWw1 RWw4 to RWw5 0 1000 RY12 Reset command RWw8 to RWw9 RWwC to RWwD Coincidence output 3 Coincidence output 1 to 4 chs ON ON RX10 to RX13 NOFF K BAN F oN Reset command L wi A Coincidence output 1 to 4 E s y s V RY10 to RY13 OFF t OFE 7 r r t gt x il K e CHO Present value N N RY13 Reset command RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 0 X Do 999C 1000 x 1001 Coincidence output 4 t gt AqT1 1 1 For AT4 refer to Page 302 Appendix 4 e Turn on this signal to reflect the changes of the following remote registers RWw RY14 Setting change request to the high speed counter module in the coincidence output function Coincidence output 1 Point setting Coincidence output 1 to 4 Lower limit value setting Coincidence output 1 to 4 RWw0 to RWw1 RWw4 to RWw5 RWw8 to RWw9 RWwC to Setting change request RWwD mt Coincidence output 2 Upper limit value setting Coincidence output 1 to 4 RWw2 to RWw3 RWw6 to RWw7 RWwA to RWwB RWwE to RWwF e For Coincidence output 1 when Setting change request Coincidence output 1
410. ut from the coincidence output 1 terminal EQU1 turn on CH1 Coincidence output enable command RY20 When CH1 Present value RWr10 to RWr11 is Lower limit value setting Coincidence output 1 RWw0 to RWw1 or more and the present value is within the specified range Coincidence output 1 RX10 and the coincidence output 1 terminal EQU1 turn on When CH1 Present value RWr10 to RWr11 is more than Upper limit value setting Coincidence output 1 RWw2 to RWw3 and 5 the present value is outside the specified range Coincidence output 1 RX10 and the coincidence output 1 terminal EQU1 turn off 122 CHAPTER 8 FUNCTIONS Point Coincidence output 1 to 4 RX10 to RX13 turn on regardless of CHO Coincidence output enable command RY20 RY38 Even if Lower limit value setting Coincidence output 1 to 4 RWw0 to RWw1 RWw4 to RWw5 RWw8 to RWw9 RWwC to RWwD and Upper limit value setting Coincidence output 1 to 4 RWw2 to RWw3 RWw6 to RWw7 RWwA to RWwB RWweE to RWwF are changed the present value is not compared with the changed value unless Setting change request Coincidence output 1 to 4 RY14 to RY17 is turned off then on uogouny jndjno souapliouloy Z S g uonouny nd no uosuedwog gg 123 c Operation example of out of range output The following figure shows the timing to enable Lower limit value setting Coincidence output 1 1000 and Upper limit value setting Coincidence output 1 2000 an
411. ut terminal and the operation is Coincidence output 4 channel rei performed assignment setting i f Coincidence output 2 is CH1 PWM output assignment setting 00024 assigned to the PWM output RWw1D terminal Coincidence output 1 channel 0 CH1 assignment setting Coincidence output 2 channel 0 CH1 Coincidence output 1 to 2 are assignment setting assigned to CH1 and Coincidence output 3 channel icio Coincidence output 3 to 4 are Coincidence output 1 and Coincidence F assignment setting i assigned to CH2 output 2 are assigned to the PWM output Coincidence output 4 channel terminal and the operation is performed assignment setting 1 CH2 The same PWM waveform is output Coincidence output 1 and CH1 PWM output assignment setting 0003 Coincidence output 2 are H RWw1D assigned to the PWM output terminal 176 CHAPTER 8 FUNCTIONS Ex Setting item Setting detail Operation Coincidence output 1 channel 0 CH1 assignment setting Coincidence output 2 channel 0 CH1 Coincidence output 1 to 2 are assignment setting assigned to CH1 and The errorcode METON 1 stored i Kia Coincidence output 3 channel aes Coincidence output 3 to 4 are T a code Ae pea 4 assignment setting assigned to CH2 pingi ence output is assigne o Coincidence output 3 that is used by CH2 Coincidence output 4 channel 1 CH2 At this time Error status flag RXA and assignment setting the E
412. utput from the coincidence output 1 terminal EQU1 turn on CH1 Coincidence output enable command RY20 6 When CH1 Present value RWr10 to RWr11 equals to Point setting Coincidence output 1 RWw0 to RWw1 Coincidence output 1 RX10 and the coincidence output 1 terminal EQU1 turn on Also Counter value smaller Coincidence output 1 RWr0 b0 becomes 0 7 If Reset command Coincidence output 1 RY10 is turned on while CH1 Present value RWr10 to RWr11 and Point setting Coincidence output 1 RWw0 to RWw1 match Coincidence output 1 RX10 and the coincidence output 1 terminal EQU1 turn off 8 If Reset command Coincidence output 1 RY10 is turned off while CH1 Present value RWr10 to RWr11 and Point setting Coincidence output 1 RWw0 to RWw1 match Coincidence output 1 RX10 and the coincidence output 1 terminal EQU1 turn on again 9 10 When CH1 Present value RWr10 to RWr11 is more than Point setting Coincidence output 1 RWw0 to RWw1 the value in Counter value greater Coincidence output 1 RWr0 b1 is 1 Turn on Reset command Coincidence output 1 RY10 to reset Coincidence output 1 RX10 and the coincidence output 1 terminal EQU1 If Coincidence output 1 RX10 and the coincidence output 1 terminal EQU1 remain on the next coincidence output cannot be detected Point Coincidence output 1 to 4 RX10 to RX13 turn on regardless of CHO Coincidence output enable
413. value e When a bit corresponding to Coincidence output 1 of Coincidence output comparison condition setting address 0102 is set to Coincidence Output 00 this setting value is not used Default setting The following shows the setting range Coincidence output 1 2147483648 to 2147483647 The reflection timing of the setting value 1 When Initial data processing request flag RX8 turns off 2 When Initial data setting request flag RY9 is turned off then on only while Initial data processing request flag RX8 is off 3 When Setting change request Coincidence output 1 RY14 is turned off then on ee output 2 e This setting is for Coincidence output 2 of the coincidence output function 4 c The details on this area such as the setting range are the same as those of 5 Lower Henk vale Point setting Coincidence output 1 Lower limit value setting Coincidence setting output 1 RWw0 to RWw1 except the coincidence output number Coincidence output 2 Upper limit value This setting is for Coincidence output 2 of the coincidence output function 6 setting e The details on this area such as the setting range are the same as those of 7 Coincidence output 2 Upper limit value setting Coincidence output 1 RWw2 to RWw3 except the coincidence output number pier output 3 e This setting is for Coincidence output 3 of the coincidence output function 8 The details on this area such as the setting r
414. w13 RWw2A to RWw2B 2000 is not stored in CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 CHO Present value CHO Ring counter CHO Ring counter RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 RWr10 to RWr11 upper limit value lower limit value RWr28 to RWr29 RWw12 to RWw13 RWw10 to RWw11 RWw2A to RWw2B 2000 lt RWw28 to RWw29 500 499 to 2 1 0 1999 1998 to 502 501 In counting down A oo To I 1 The value of CHO Ring counter lower limit value i i RWw10 to RWw11 RWw28 to RWw29 I 0 is stored in CHO Present value l I I 1 1 111 b Present value lt Ring counter lower limit value or Ring counter upper limit value lt Present value e For counting up When the value in CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 reaches CHO Ring counter lower limit value RWw10 to RWw11 RWw28 to RWw29 the value in CHO Ring counter lower limit value RWw10 to RWw11 RWw28 to RWw29 is held as the present value The value ring counter upper limit value 1 is stored in CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 at the next count up pulse input For counting down When the value in CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 reaches CHO Ring counter upper limit value RWw12 to RWw13 RWw2A to RWw2B the value in CHO Ring counter lower limit value RWw10 to RWw11 RWw28 to RWw29 is automatically stored in CHO Present value RWr10 t
415. witch setting to 0 Normal mode Asynchronous communication mode or 9 Automatical judgment mode Execute all CH Mode switch setting J9 Automatic Input response time setting 5 10ms Output HOLD GLEAR setting 0 CLEAR Gvelie data undate wateh tim IN The following table lists the setting value of Mode switch setting and the drive mode 0 Normal mode Asynchronous communication mode 9 Automatical judgment mode JAKK Setting value of Mode switch TE Operation setting 0 Normal mode Asynchronous The high speed counter module operates in the normal mode asynchronous communication communication mode mode The drive mode is automatically set according to the type of the module that operates as the 9 Automatical judgment mode m master station of the high speed counter module oT The drive mode varies depending on the module of the master station as shown below p Drive mode when Mode switch setting is set to 9 Automatical Master station judgment mode Master local module Simple motion module First five digits of the serial number are 15091 or earlier Normal mode asynchronous communication mode Simple motion module First five digits of the serial number are Synchronous communication mode 15092 or later 3 Click the Execute button to write the parameter to the high speed counter module 102
416. with other networks On CC Link IE Field Network set a network route with the routing parameter in advance to communicate with a station that is set a different network number A high speed counter module does not need to set the routing parameter Communications with other networks are performed according to the routing parameters set to the master station Local station A station that includes a CPU module and can communicate with the master station and other local stations This station can create simplified CC Link IE Controller Network by combining the master station and other local stations The station can perform the cyclic transmission and transient transmission Disconnection A process of stopping data link if a data link error occurs Main module A module with the CC Link IE Field Network communication function which can be used as a single remote module High speed counter module The abbreviation for the CC Link IE Field Network high speed counter module Dedicated instruction An instruction that simplifies programming for using functions of intelligent function modules Extension module A remote module that does not support the CC Link IE Field Network communication function This module cannot be used as a single module However connecting the module to the main module will increase the number of I O points per station Extension I O module A generic term for extension modules where a
417. x n2 LS x 1 Processing time of the high speed counter module AT e SM Scan time of the program in the master station e LS Link scan time e n2 The value provided by rounding up the value after the decimal point of LS SM APPENDICES 6 Examples of response delay time in the synchronous communication mode An example is described in a to d regarding the operation of the coincidence output function in the following condition e Master local module is the QD77GF16 e Block data assurance per station is set Ex Operation of the coincidence output function ON CHO Count enable command A RY24 RY3C OFF CHO Coincidence output on enable command RY20 RY38 OFT Counter input pulse Point setting Coincidence output 1 RWw0 to RWw1 Counter value smaller Coincidence output 1 RWr0 b0 Coincidence output 1 RX10 Reset command Coincidence output 1 RY10 Counter value greater Coincidence output 1 RWr0 b1 CHO Present value f RWr10 to RWr11 0 1 2 to 98 99 100 101 102 103 RWr28 to RWr29 DO ede ae eG a Processing time Normal value Master station RY Remote device station RY The following shows the processing time required until the high speed counter module starts pulse input after CHO Count enable command RY24 RY3C is turned on SM x n2 CT x 1 Processing time of the high speed counter module AT e SM Scan
418. xed 0 OFF 1 ON sla sibay a owey jo sjiejaq Z xipueddy e When Initial data setting request flag RY9 is turned off then on the value in this area is cleared 273 2 Remote registers RWr2 to RWr3 Address Description Default RWr Name CH1 CH2 e When the cam switch function is selected this area stores the comparison result of Cam switch function step No 1 to No 16 setting Output 1 to 16 in the remote buffer memory and CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 b15 b14 b13 b12 b11 b10 b9 b8 b7 b6 bd b4 b3 b2 b1 bO 16 15 14 13 12 mhio 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 J q DA Cam switch output 0 OFF 00004 signal 1 Cam switch status Output 1 2 Cam switch status Output 2 15 Cam switch status Output 15 16 Cam switch status Output 16 e When Initial data setting request flag RY9 is turned off then on the value in this area is cleared e This area stores the output terminal statuses of the extension output module assigned using the cam switch function b15 b14 b13 b12 b11 b10 b9 b8 b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 bi bO 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 k s 0 OFF Cam switch output 1 ON 00004 terminal status 1 Cam switch status Output 1 2 Cam switch status Output 2 15 Cam switch
419. y refer to Page 302 Appendix 4 259 sjeuBls jndul ayows jo sjiejeq xipueddy sjeubls O I e owsyY Jo sjlejeq xipueddy Remote input Signal name Description RX No E L e This signal turns on when the counter function starts by turning on CHO Selected counter function start command RY25 RY3D This signal turns off when CHO Selected counter function start command RY25 RY3D is turned off RX25 GHI The following figure shows an operation example of when the latch counter function is performed asses gt Controlled by the high speed counter module gt Co nterfunction Controlled by the program detection CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 CHO Selected counter function start command RX3D CH2 RY25 RY3D CHO Latch count value RWr12 to RWr13 RWr2A to RWr2B CHO Counter function detection RX25 RX3D e This signal turns on when the cam switch function is started by turning on CHO Cam switch RX26 CH1 Cam ich execute command PWM output start command RY26 RY3E wi e This signal turns on when the PWM output is started by turning on CHO Cam switch execute PWM outp t execute command PWM output start command RY26 RY3E utpu RX3E CH2 p e This signal turns off when CHO Cam switch execute command PWM output start command RY26 RY3E is turned
420. yuos yomu y Hulbueuos jnouym Jayawesed y BuibueyD ZZ The refreshed device values of remote I O or remote registers may be overwritten Accesses the PLC CPU by using the current connection destination Please check if there is any problem with the connection destination Process is executed according to the parameters written in the PLC CPU For information on items not displayed on the screen please refer to the manual vi po Execute Import Export Close 97 98 10 Click the __ amp ate _ button and the following window is displayed MELSOFT Series GX Works2 11 Click the ve button 12 The parameter is written to the high speed counter module The module parameter setting of the slave station is completed CHAPTER 7 VARIOUS SETTINGS 7 3 Operation Mode List This section lists the comparison output setting and counter function selection that can be combined with each operation mode O Can be set Cannot be set lt Same as normal mode asynchronous communication mode Drive mode Normal mode asynchronous 7 a Synchro Setting communication mode Operation mode P nous i value Function name Comparison _ Reference setting A Counter communi 1 output setting j 3 function cation a selection mode Coinci Cam 3 dence This mode operates according to the combination of each function and setting
421. zation by Error history clear command address 1000p 2 This shows whether read or write from programs is possible R Readable W Writable Point The error history area is written to a nonvolatile memory when an error occurs 51 Kowa yng 90W JO 3S7 Z E 4 Module control data area address 10004 to 14FF i Address R si A Read ype escription Default er Decimal Hexadecimal Write 4096 10004 Error history clear command 00004 R W 4097 10014 Error history clear completed 0000 R 4098 10024 Parameter area initialization command 00004 R W Station based 4099 10034 Parameter area initialization completed 0000 R control data 4100 10044 Module operation information initialization command 00004 R W 4101 1005 Module operation information initialization 0000 R completed 4102 to 4351 1006 to 10FF System area zun Module based control data 4352 to 4607 1100 to 11FFy System area main module Module based control data The remote buffer memory of the connected l 4608 to 4863 12004 to 12FFy i MEMI extension extension module is assigned module 1 4864 to 5375 1300 to 14FFy System area 4 This is the value for when the module power supply is turned off then on or at the remote reset 2 This shows whether read or write from programs is possible R Readable W Writable a Module control

CC-Link IE Field Network High-Speed Counter Module User`s Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents